Contract - G. Hyatt Construction Inc - 3/10/2022 ORIGINAL
CITY OF ROUND ROCK
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT
R ROUNO ROCK TEXAS
OUNO ROC
Project Manual For:
S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS
1
JANUARY 2022
Prepared By:
Studio]6:19, L
® m
305 W. Liberty Ave,, Suite 100
Round c , TX 78664
512-534-8680
® CIF®®�
'ROVE BY
'I`HPE Hurry Registration No N/A
S. MAYS GATEWAYE C
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Deseriti o. of Pages
00020 Notice to Bidders I
00100 Instructions to Bidders 4
Exhibit A - Form 1295 1
Exhibit B - Questionnaire 2
Exhibit C - Proposal Form 5
00200 Bid Bond 2
00300 Bid Form 7
00410 Statement ofBidder's Safety Experience 1
00500 Agreement 5
00600 Insurance& Construction Bond Forms
Performance & Payment Bond Instructions I
Insurance Instructions 1
00610 Performance Bond 2
00620 Payment Bond 2
00650 Certificate of Liability Insurance 1
00700 General Conditions 41
00800 Supplemental General 2
00900 Conditions Special Conditions 5
01000 Technical Specifications 4
Supplemental Technical Specifications 129
02000 Plans, Details and Note, I
8 2,016
0100 0665
00020 NOTICE TO BIDDERS
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS STREET GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY-2022
INVITATION FOR BID
Sealed bids addressed to Dawn Scheel,P.E.,City of Round Rock,Transportation Department,
3400 Sunrise Road Round Rock Texas 78665 for furnishing all labor, materials and equipment
and performing all work required for the project titled, S. Mays Gateway Enhancements (which
primarily consists of constructing masonry walls, columns, screens, and signage, additional
concrete sidewalk, and associated landscape and irrigation improvements along S. Mays Street
from Logan Street to Hesters Crossing Road)will be received until Thursday,January 27th,2022
at 2:00 p.m., then publicly opened and read aloud at the same address. Bid envelopes shall state
date and time of bid and "S. Mays Gateway Enhancements". Bids must also be accompanied by
a "Statement of Bidder's Safety Ex erience" included in Section 410 of the Proiect Manual. No
bids may be withdrawn after the scheduled opening time. Any bids received after scheduled bid
opening time will be returned unopened.
Bids must be submitted on the provided bid form and must be accompanied by an acceptable bid
security as outlined in the Instructions to Bidders, payable to the City of Round Rock,Texas equal
to five percent(5%) of the total bid amount. Plans, Bid Forms, Specifications, and Instructions to
Bidders may be obtained from the City of Round Rock website (link to CivCast)at:
htti)s://www.roundrocktexas.iEov/city-businesses/solicitations/
Bidders shall be responsible for printing or obtaining prints of the aforementioned
documents as necessary. Please submit any and all questions through the CivCast Question and
Answer interface.
In case of ambiguity, duplication, or obscurity in the bids, the City of Round Rock reserves the
right to construe the meaning thereof. The City of Round Rock further reserves the right to reject
any or all bids and to waive any informalities and irregularities in the bids received.
The successful bidder will be expected to execute the City of Round Rock's standard contract and
to furnish performance and payment bonds,all as described in the bid documents.Contractors and
subcontractors shall pay to laborers,, workmen, and mechanics the prevailing wage rates as
determined by the City of Round Rock.
A non-mandatory Pre-Bid conference will be held at 3400 Sunrise Road, Round Rock, Texas on
Wednesday,January 10, 2022 at 2:00 p.m.
Publish Dates:
Pflu2erville Pflag
01/0512022
01/12/2022
Round Rock Leader
01/06/2022
01,113/2022
10..2015
193093
NOTICE TO BIDDERS 00020, 1
00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1. Prior to submitting any bid, bidders are required to read all drawings (plans), specifications,
and all other Project Manual and/or Contract Documents carefully;to inform themselves by
their independent research, test and investigation of the difficulties to be encountered and
judge for themselves of the accessibility of the Work and all attending circumstances
affecting the cost of doing the Work and the time required for its completion and obtain all
information required to make a bid.The aforementioned documents may only be obtained
from the City's website at the following web address: www.roundrocktcxas. ov/
businesses/solicitations and www.eiveastu a.com. Bidders shall be responsible for
printing or obtaining prints of the aforementioned documents as necessary.
2. Should the bidder find discrepancies in, or omissions from the drawings (plans),
specifications,or other Project Manual and/or Contract Documents,or should he be in doubt
as to their meaning, he should notify at once the City and obtain clarification or addendum
prior to submitting any bid. Any addenda issued will be posted with the documents at the
web address mentioned in 1 above no later than two business days prior to the Bid
Opening Date. Prior to submitting a bid, the bidder is responsible for determining if
any addenda have been issued and for following any instructions required in any
addenda issued.
3. It shall be the responsibility of the bidder to see that his bid is received at the place and
time named in the Notice to Bidders in the Project Manual. Bids received after the
scheduled opening time will be returned unopened.
4. Bids shall be submitted in sealed envelopes plainly marked "Sealed Bid" and showing the
name of the project, the job number if applicable, and the opening date and time.
5. Bidders shall be responsible for submitting a copy of the City's Bid Form, Bid Bond
Form, and Statement of Bidder's Safety Experience from the Project Manual
documents posted at the web address as described in 1 above.
6. Bids shall be accompanied by a bid security consisting of a certified cashier's check in an
amount not less than five percent (5%) of the total maximum bid price, payable without
recourse to the City of Round Rock, or a bid bond in the same amount from a reliable surety
company, as a guarantee that the bidder will enter into a contract and execute performance
and payment bonds,as stipulated by item 16 below,within ten(10)days after notice of award
of contract to him. Bid securities must be submitted in the same sealed envelope with the
bid. Bids submitted without a bid security may not be considered at the sole discretion of the
City.
Page l
00100 2-2021 Instructions to Bidders
00426487
7. If are the bid, bidder must submit For 1295 on the Texas Ethics Commission
(TEC) Website at httl!s:Hww% ethics.state.tx.us/-,vhatsnew/elf info form 1295.htm and
submit the signed For 1295 to the City Clerk at.T
within ten (10) business days of notification of the award. Instructions for completing
a
For 1295 are attached as Exhibit "A" tothe Instructions to Bidders.
8. No conditional bids will be accepted.
9. A bidder wishing to withdraw his submitted sealed bid prior to the scheduled bid opening
time must do so by presenting in person a written request signed by an authorized
representative of the bidder to a City employee at the location for which sealed bids are to
be addressed. No telephone, facsimile, or email requests will be accepted. The City will
expend the time and effort that the City in its sole discretion determines is necessary to
investigate the authenticity of a request before complying with a request. The City shall in
its sole discretion determine if the City will comply with a request and the City shall not be
held liable for not complying with a request. If the City does not comply with a request, the
request shall automatically become null and void.
10. A bidder wishing to revise his sealed bid after submittal but before the scheduled bid opening
time must first withdraw his bid as provided for in the Instructions to Bidders and then submit
a sealed bid in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders. No revisions to a bid will be
allowed after the scheduled bid opening time. The bidder shall be responsible for ensuring
the amount of the bid security is as specified in the Instructions to Bidders.
11. All bid securities will be returned to the respective bidders within twenty-five(25)days after
bids are opened, except those which the City elects to hold until the successful bidder has
executed the Agreement. Thereafter, all remaining securities, including security of the
successful bidder, will be returned within sixty(60) days.
12. Until the award of the contract, the City reserves the right to reject any and all bids and to
waive technicalities; to advertise for new bids; or to do the work otherwise when the best
interest of the City will be thereby promoted.
13. In case of ambiguity or lack of clarity in the statement of prices in the bids,the City reserves
the right to consider the most favorable analysis thereof, or to reject the bid. Unreasonable
andlor unbalanced prices submitted in a bid may result in rejection of such bid or other bids.
14. Award of the contract, if awarded, will be made based upon the criteria set forth in Section
2269-055 of the Texas Government Code. In determining the award of a contract under
Chapter 2269, the City may consider;, 1) the price; 2) the bidder's experience; 3)the quality
of the bidder's goods or services;4)the impact on the ability of the City to comply with rules
relating to historically underutilized business; 5) the bidder's safety record; 6) the bidder's
proposed personnel; 7)whether the bidder's financial capability is appropriate to the size and
scope of the project;and 8)any other relevant factor specifically listed in the request for bids.
Page 2
001P)02-20211 Instructions to Bidders
O01426487
15. Award of the contract, if awarded, will be made within sixty (60) days after opening of the
bids, and no bidder may withdraw his bid within said sixty (60) day period of time unless a
prior award is made. A Notice to Proceed will be issued within sixty(60)days after contract
Execution Date as defined in the General Conditions.
16. Within ten(10) days after written notification of award of the contract,the successful bidder
must furnish a performance bond and a payment bond in the amount of one hundred percent
(100%) of the total Contract Amount. Said performance bond and payment bond shall be
from an approved surety company holding a permit from the State of Texas, indicating it is
authorized and admitted to write surety bonds in this state. In the event the bond exceeds
$100,000.00, the surety must also (1) hold a certificate of authority from the United States
secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under
federal law; or(2) have obtained reinsurance for any liability in excess of$100,000.00 from
a reinsurer that is authorized and admitted as a reinsurer in this state and is the holder of a
certificate of authority from the United States secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety
or reinsurer on obligations permitted or required under federal law.
In determining whether the surety or reinsurer holds a valid certificate of authority, the City
may rely on the list of companies holding certificates of authority as published in the Federal
Register covering the date on which the bond is to be executed.
17. Failure to execute the Agreement within ten (10) days of written notification of award or
failure to furnish the performance bond and payment bond as required by item 15 above,
shal I be just cause for the annulment of the award. In case of annulment of the award, the bid
security shall become the property of the City, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages.
18. No contract shall be binding upon the City until it has been signed by its Mayor after having
been duly authorized to do so by the City Council.
19. The Contractor shall not commence Work under the Agreement until he has furnished
certification of all insurance required and such has been approved by the City, nor shall the
Contractor allow any Subcontractor to commence work on his subcontract until proof of all
similar insurance that is required of the subcontractor has been furnished and approved. The
Contractor's insurer shall use the certificate of insurance form included in the bid documents
or the standard ACORD form.
20. If the bidder's insurance company is authorized, pursuant to its agreement with bidder, to
arrange for the replacement of a loss, rather than by making a cash payment directly to the
City, the insurance company must furnish or have furnished by bidder, a performance bond
in accordance with Section 2253.021(b), Texas Government Code, and a payment bond in
accordance with Section 2253.021(c).
21. Any quantities given in any portion of the Bid Documents, including the drawings (plans),
are estimates only, and the actual amount of work required may differ somewhat from the
Page 3
00100 2.2021 Instructions to Bidders
00426487
estimates. The basis for payment shall be the actual amount of work done and/or material
furnished as specified in the General Conditions.
22. Bids shall be submitted on a separated contract basis. No Texas sales tax shall be included
in the prices bid for materials consumed or incorporated into the Work.This contract is issued
by an organization which is qualified for exemption pursuant to the provisions of Section
151.309(5) of the Texas Tax Code. The City will issue an exemption certificate to the
Contractor. The Contractor must then issue a resale certificate to the material supplier for
materials purchased. The Contractor must have a valid sales tax permit in order to issue a
resale certificate.
Upon obtaining consumable materials, the Contractor will issue a resale certificate in lieu of
payment of sales tax, and the following conditions shall be observed;
1) The Contractor will transfer title of consumable, but not incorporated, materials to the
City at the time and point of receipt by the Contractor;
2) The Contractor will be paid for these consumable materials by the City as soon as
practicable. Payment will not be made directly but considered subsidiary to the pertinent
bid item. The Contractor's monthly estimate will state that the estimate includes
consumables that were received during the month covered by the estimate; and
3) The designated representative of the City must be notified as soon as possible of the
receipt of these materials so that an inspection can be made by the representative. Where
practical, the materials will be labeled as the property of the City.
23. The Contractor, after execution of the contract and pursuant to Internal Revenue Service
(IRS) regulations, shall furnish its Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) to the City. The
Contractor shall provide the appropriate information on a W-9 form (which can be provided
by the City upon request). This form shall be submitted directly to the City's Accounts
Payable Department to ensure security of the information.
24. If the Bid Form includes Add and/or Deduct Alternate bid items and/or otherwise provides
for Alternate bids, the City will determine whether to select or not select one or more of the
Add and/or Deduct Alternate bid items and/or Alternate bids at the City's sole discretion and
for its greatest advantage. If the City selects any Add andlor Deduct Alternate bid items, the
total bid amount will be determined by adding the amount of the selected Add Alternate(s)
to, and deducting the amount of the selected Deduct Alternate(s) from the Base Bid or the
selected Alternate bid.
Page 4
InsonActions tG ffidders
00426487
EXHIBIT "A"
FORM 1295 INSTRUCTIONS
Pursuant to Section 2252.90 of the Texas Government Code, as of January 1, 2016, any business entity entering
into a contract with a local government that requires approval of the governing body must submit a disclosure of
interested parties (Form 1295)to the local governmental prior to the execution of the contract. The Texas Ethics
Commission (TEC) has created an electronic filing application for business entities to submit the required
information and generate the required form. The City of Round Rock may not enter into a contract that
requires the approval of the City Council until the business entity files a Form 1295 with the City Clerk.
Please follow the instructions below to file your Form]295 with the TEC and the City of Round Rock:
• Upon being notified of a bid award,the award recipient("business entity")must go to the following website:
�ttps �'www.ethics.state.ta us'tilinand follow the login instructions on the website application to
complete a Form 1295.
✓ If this is a business entity's first time logging on to the website application,the business entity must
create a Username and Password and then follow the application's instructions to complete a Form 1295.
✓ The City does not have a Contract ID Number System. Please insert 000000 and the project name in this
box. Do not put the resolution number of the initial agreement if this is a supplemental agreement-only
put the project name.
✓ Even if a business entity has no interested parties, Form 1295 still must be completed using the website
application and filed with the City Clerk. Please note that there are very few instances that a business will
not have any interested parties. Visit the"'ii"Ii f*s FAQ Rage for the definition of an interested party.
✓ If a business is publicly traded,they are exempt from having to complete a Form 1295. Please e-mail the
City Clerk stating such.
• The business entity MUST print and sign the completed Form 1295 once it has been accepted by the TEC
and no longer has DRAFT stamped on it.
✓ The signed Form 1295 must be scanned and e-mailed directly to the City Clerk at
mspinks te,roundrocktexas,gov as soon as it is completed. DO NOT send the form back to the
Purchasing Department, Project Manager,or mail it with signed original agreements/contracts.
✓ The City Clerk only has 30 days from receipt to acknowledge the form in the TEC system. If you do not
return it to the City Clerk promptly,and the 30 days has expired when she receives it,you WILL have to
complete another one.
• A new Form 1295 must be done for each contract a business entity enters into with the City, including
Supplementals,Amendments,and Change Orders.
• A Form 1295 cannot be handwritten. It must be completed electronically through the TEC website
application.
If you have any questions regarding the process of filing of Form 1295 with the City, please contact:
Meagan Spinks, City Clerk
Phone: (512)218-5404
E-mail: ms inks c roundrocktexas. ov
If you have questions regarding the actual form or the online filing application, please visit the TEC's FAQ
page: https:'''www.ethics.state.tx.uslresourceslFAOs,,°FAQ Form1295.phu
Revised 812020
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,Tx
JANUARY-2022
EXHIBIT 'B' - QUESTIONNAIRE
Please provide the following information in the same sequence and in the same format
contained herein. This for may be retyped at the proposer's option. Supplemental
materials providing additional information in response to any question may be attached(and
must be numbered to correspond to the number of the question), but the information
requested below is to be provided in this format.
I Basic Company Information:
1.1 Name of organization: G Hyatt Construction, Inc.
1.2 Address of principal office: 2006 Bagdad Road,# 170, Leander, TX 78641
1.3 Telephone number and facsimile number of principal office: 512-650-5637
1.4 Form of business organization (e.g., corporation, partnership,joint venture): Corporation
1.5 Year founded: 2010
1.6 Individual named as primary contact and telephone number: Justin Hyatt, 512-650-5637
2 Proposed Schedule and Sequencing:
2.1 Describe your proposed work plan for this project. The Owner is particularly
interested in your sequencing plan and scheduled order and approach to accomplish
the full build-out of the project. A CPM schedule is required.Contractor should be
aware that pedestrian and vehicular access to businesses shall be maintained,and
Cthat adverse impact on adjacent businesses should be avoided.
2.2 Provide a complete construction schedule assuming a notice to proceed will be
provided March 18", 2022 (actual notice to proceed could be a different date).
Schedule shall match the calendar days required to reach final completion for the
project as provided in this agreement.
By execution hereof the undersigned warrants and represents that the foregoing answers to
this Questionnaire are true and correct.
G Hyatt Construction, Inc.
,S iZZ...
lgqpWkel,of ropokr� Name of Firm
,/,e "1, 2006 Bagdad Road, Suite# 170
"Jp(
in Hyatt Leander, TX 78641
Printed Name of Proposer Address of Firm
President 512-650-5637
...........
Title Telephone Number of Finn
Rur;re-,�+N[)ROCK S.MAYS GAr&:WAY ENhdfhNCEMEWS ROUND BOCK, M
i-ARGU -202?
Acknowledgement
The State of Texas )
County SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME on this day of the month of
2022, in the capacity and for the purposes indicated.
RHuB� �li��IIS"� �,rvrvry n,rvrvrvm ,: U,�„w�, ,,,,,-,w„m.� ....
XrT Notary Public, State of Texas
wu!ii uW Uw�'W��w
illl�iry Pu bfic, mate 01'Nx,
ouinim,Expi[iruu 04-27.' 02!'6''
IPWory I[ D '1 ,341D61,57 9
Iwow000wwwi� '°
My Commission Expires
�Y1nm”
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENNtlANC EM EN IS ROUND ROC K,TX
JANUARY-2022
EXHIBIT'C'—PROPOSAL
PROJECTE: S. Mays Gateway Enhancements
PROJECT LOCATION: South Mays Street, Round Rock, 7 664
PROJECT OWNER. City of RoundRock,Texas
DATE: January 27,2022
Firm e: G Hyatt Construction, Inc.
Principal Office Address: 2006 Ba dad Road, Suite ii 170, Leander,TX 78641
Telephone Number:
-
....
Facsimile Number:
Primary Contact Name: Y
m .r.,.nrrrrrm�
Primary Contact Title: President
ADDENDA ACKNOWLEDGMENT:
The undersigned Proposer acknowledges receipt of the following addenda:
1/11 X22 1 12/22 A
Addendum o. I dated ate Received
.. „mnnnnnnmm,rvmmmm,,,�,
Addendum o. 2 dated 124122 Date Received 1125122 ..
Addendum No. 3 dated Date Received
Addendum No. 4 dated DateReceived....
NO MODIFICATIONS,ADDITIONS,DELETIONS OR ATTACHMENTS A
IS PROPOSAL FORM. IN SUBMITTING THIS PROPOSAL,
REPRESENTSA ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, S
ASSOCIATED , AS WELL AS THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE
PROPOSED C , SHALL STRICT
DOCUMENTS N WHICH THIS PROPOSAL IS BASED.
ROUNID ROCK S.MAYS GATEWA1i'EiNiAiMl(.',IEME.,��:T%' ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY-2022
CONTRACTOR PROPOSES:
In response to the Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals for Construction Services for the execution of
the work described by the contract documents for the above-described project, and having examined the
site where the work is to be performed, and being familiar with local conditions as they might in any way
affect the cost and/or time for execution of the work, and having carefully examined all of the contract
documents and addenda thereto, the undersigned Proposer agrees to perform all of the work,to provide all
services,to furnish all necessary superintendence,labor,machinery,equipment, tools,materials,insurance
and miscellaneous items, including transportation and other facilities as may be required for the complete
and satisfactory and timely execution of the work for which this proposal is submitted, as provided by the
attached supplemental specifications and as shown on the plans for the construction of the project, all for
the lump-sum consideration stated as follows:
TOTAL PROPOSED CONTRACT SUM to include Allowances from Section 012100
Dollars
'lu
VOLUNTARY ALTERNATE SUM: (Attach description on separate sheet if needed)
Dollars(S
ROLINID R1(.)CK S.MAYS,(.,,ATE.WAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY-2022
The undersigned Proposer agrees to Commence work within to (10)days after the date of written"Notice
to Proceed." The undersigned Proposer further agrees to complete the work in full within two hundred
and fifteen (215)calendar days after the date of the written"Notice to Proceed,"subject to any extensions
of time allowed by the contract documents, and in phases as indicated on the drawings. The undersigned
Proposer and the Owner agree that for each and every calendar day on which the work, or any portion
thereof,remains incomplete after the stated calendar-day period,the Proposer shall pay the amount of Five
Hundred Dollars($500.00)per calendar day as liquidated damages,not as a penalty but for delay damages
to the Owner. Such amount shall be deducted by the Owner from any payment due to the Proposer.
The undersigned Proposer agrees that this proposal shall be good for and may not be withdrawn for a period
of one hundred and twenty(120)calendar days after closing deadline for receiving proposals.
The undersigned Proposer agrees, if notified of the acceptance of this proposal within ninety (90)days of
the time set for opening of proposals,to execute and deliver to the Owner within five(5)days from the date
of such notification the required construction contract,a performance bond and a payment bond for the total
amount of the construction agreement, and a certificate of insurance, all as stipulated in the contract
documents.
The undersigned Proposer agrees to attach to this proposal a certified check, cashier's check or proposal
bond in the amount of five percent (5%) of the total proposed contract sum. Also accompanying this
proposal is all information required in the"Instruction to Proposers."
It is understood and agreed by and between the parties that the proposal security accompanying this proposal
will be returned to the Proposer,except in the following instance: in the event of acceptance of this proposal,
if the Proposer fails to execute the required construction agreement and deliver the required performance
and payment bonds within five (5) days after acceptance, then the proposal security shall become the
property of the Owner and shall be considered as liquidated damages for the delay and other inconveniences
suffered by the Owner because of such failure of the Proposer.
The undersigned Proposer acknowledges that the Owner reserves the right to reject any and/or all proposals
covered in this Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals and that the Owner has the right to waive any
informalities and/or defects in proposals or to accept such proposals as it shall deem to be in the best
interests of the Owner.
In submitting this proposal, the Proposer represents that no person or company other than the Proposer
listed below or otherwise indicated hereinafter has any interest whatsoever in this proposal or the
construction agreement that may be entered into as a result hereof.
The undersigned Proposer certifies that the proposed contract sum and all prices contained inthis proposal
have been carefully checked and are submitted as correct and final. The undersigned Proposer further
certifies that the unit prices have been shown in words and figures for each item listed in this proposal;and
it is understood and agreed that, in the event of a discrepancy,the words shall govern.
The undersigned Proposer affirms that she/he/they are duly authorized to execute this proposal, and that
this company, corporation, firm, partnership, and/or individual has not prepared this proposal in collusion
with any other Proposer. The undersigned Proposer affirms that the content of this proposal as to prices,
terms, and conditions has not been communicated byte undersigned nor by any agents oremployees of
the undersigned to any other person engaged in this type of business,prior to the official public opening of
this proposal.
R(DUND li;i"OCK S.MAYS(.ATIEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY-2022
This Proposal Form shall be signed by the Proposer as follows:
J, Sole Proprietorship: Signature of sole proprietor in the presence of a notary public who will also
sign and afflxseal, printed name, and printed title(if any). Insert the printed words"Sole
Proprietor" under the signature.
K. Partnership or Joint Venture: Signature of all partners or joint venturers in the presence of a notary
public who will also sign and affix seal, printed name,and printed title(if any). Insert the printed
words"Partner"or"Joint Venturer"under each signature.
L. Corporation: Signature of duly authorized signing officers,printed names,and printed titles. Under
each such signature, insert the capacity in which the signing officer acts. Affix the corporate seal.
'S' ure ro ,,,er
Justin Hyatt
............."'.....,..........
Printed Name of Proposer
President
Title
G Hyatt Construction, Inc.
Name of Firm
2006 Bagdad Road, Suite# 170
Leander,TX 78641
--......------ ,-------............
Address of Firm
512-650-5637
Telephone Number of Firm
[Corporate Seal, if a corporation]
R��V.IND ROCK S.MAYS GATrWAY ENHA NCEMENrs ROUND ROCK,Ti
JANUARY--2022
Acknowledgement
The State of TexasCounty }
f }
!S�CRIBED ay o month o
2022, int the capacity forte purposes indicated.
.,,,,,,,, . .,
Notary Public State of Texas
-202,1
I
000um
.�
Y CommissionExpires
00200 BID BOND
The Hanover Insurance Company 1440 L€ In Streek Worcester,MA 01653
Hanover citizens insurance Company of America,645 West Grand River Avenue,Homill MI 48843
Insurance Group'"' Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company 1 440 Unmin Street,Worcester,MA 01653 Bid Bond
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,that we,the undersigned,_G.,.Hyanconst ruction,Inc.
20186 Mad Road,Ste 170,Leander,TX 78641
hereinafter called Principal,and THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY a corporation established under the laws of the State
of New Hampshire, and/or MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY a corporation established under the laws ofthe
State of New Hampshire and having their principal office in Worcester,Massachusetts,as Surety,hereinafter called Surety,are held
and firmly bound unto City of Round Rack.Tr Der) ment
3400 Sunrise Road,Run d Rock,_TX 78665 as Obligee,
in the penal sum of Five Percent of the Greatest Amount Bid Dollars (5%GAB) Dollars
forte payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally in ourselves, our heirs, executors
administrators,successors and assigns.
The condition of the above obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted to the
reitof Round Rock,Transportation Department
3400 Sunrise Road,Round Rock,TX 78665
a certain Bid,attached hereto and hereby made a part hereof,to enter into a contract in writing for
S Mays Gateway Enhancements
N(7W,THEREFORE,
(a) If said Bid shall be rejected, or in the alternate
(b) If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a contract in the Form of Contract attached
hereto (properly completed in accordance With said Bid)and shall furnish a bond for his faithful performance of
said contract,and for the payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith,
and shall in all other respects perform the agreement created by the acceptance of said Bid,
Then this obligation shall be void,otherwise the same shall remain in force and effect; it being expressly understood and agreed
that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the penal amount of this obligation as
herein stated.
The Suret)6 for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligabons of said Surety and its bond shall be in no way
impaired or affected by an extension of the time within is the Owner may accept such Bid;and Surety does hereby waive
notice of any such extension.
SIGNED, SEALED AND DATED this 27th da of January 2022
yoi
att Cirl 16 Inc
G. H -q�
n
A
BY (seao
MASSPIW 6AY,,ASURANCE COMPANY
(5eab
(Attorney-in-fact)
V THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY
BY (Seal)
Pegi,;rke(441 YI' orn"e"yin-fact)
® INSURANCETHE HANOVER
CITIZENSMASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY
POWER OF ATTORNEY
THIS Power of Attorney limits e acts ofthose named herein,and theyhave no authorityo bind the Company except i
e manner and to the extent hereinstated.
KNOW L PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS:
That THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY and MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE C PA Y, both beingcorporations
organized and existing under the laws of the State of New Hampshire, and CITIZENS INSURANCE C PA Y OFAMERICA,
corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Michigan,(hereinafter individually and ll ively the"Company")does
hereby constitute and appoint,
Steven ott,Steve Rickenbacher, David Oxford, Peggy Hogan,Sherrel Breazeale and/or Bart Russ
Of Consolidated Insurance of Dallas, TX each individually, if there be more than one named, as its true and lawful
attorney(s)-in-fact to sign, execute,seal,acknowledge and deliver for, and on its behalf,and as its act and deed any place within the
United States,any and all surety bonds,reoognizances,undertakings,or other surety obligations.The execution of such surety bonds,
recognizances,undertakings or surety obligations,in pursuance of these presents,shall be as binding upon the Company as if they had
been duly signed by the president and attested by the secretary of the Company,in their o n proper persons.Provided however,that this
power of attorney limits the acts of those named herein,and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner stated and
to the extent of any limitation stated below:
Any such obligations in the United States, not to exceed irty Million andNoll in any single insce
That this power is made and executed pursuant to the authority of the following Resolutions passed by the Board of Directors of said
Company,and said Resolutions remain in full force and effect:
RESOLVE®: That the President or any Vice president, in conjunction with any Vice President, be and they hereby are authorized and
empowered to appoint Attorneys-in-fact of the Company,its its name and as it acts,to execute and acknowledge for and on its behalf as surety,
any and all bonds,recognizanoes,contracts of indemnity,waivers of citation and all other writings obligatory in the mature thereof,with powerto
attach thereto the seal of the Company.Any such writings so executed by such Attorneys-in-fact shall be binding upon the Company as if they
had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the Company in their own proper persons.
RESOLVED That any and all Powers of Attorney and Certified Copies of such Powers of Attorney andrtifs tion in respect thereto,granted
and executed by the President or Vice president in conjunction with any Vice president of the Company,shalt be binding on the Company to the
same extent as if all signatures therein were manually affixed,even though one or more of any such signatures thereon may be facsimile.
(Adopted October 7,1981®The Hanover Insurance Company®Adopted April 14, 1952Massachusetts Say Insurance Company„Adopted
September 7,2001—Citizens Insurance Company of America)
IN WITNESS WHEREOF,THE HANOVER INSURANCE CC PA Y,MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY and CITIZENS
INSURANCE CO PA Y CFA ERICA have caused these presents to be sealed with their respective corporate seals,duly attested by
o Vice Presidents,this 13th day of January,2016.
INSURANCETHE HANOVER
c r UNURANCE CONtpAKy
c u e GMPANYOFAMERICA
(D
ILIie rata M
Robert-M Vice Pr.c t
rHR HANOVER Su ce cav
FThe
'4c�fyull a r e�e �r�4
THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
COU OF WORCESTER )ss. u6 Oma ��
On this 130' day o a before e e the above named Vi Presidentsanover Insurance Company,
Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company and Citizens Insurance Company of America,to me personally known to be the individuals and
officers described herein,and acknowledged that the seals affixed to the preceding instrument are the corporate seals of The Hanover
Insurance Company,Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company and Citizens Insurance Company of America,respectively,and that the
said corporate seals and their signatures as officers were duly affixed and subscribed to said instrument by the authority and direction of
said Corporations.
omm J.
8fit"NAMYor
LYe�vhC.� 3 W„1V[8735"�'$'I'ulaesij IX"
lvfy t'w"z om:crcuum Ezrvaecx�9xeckro�,"�"&9;;".":.^
I,the undersigned Vice President of The Hanover Insurance Company,Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company and Citizens Insurance
Company of America,hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a full,true and correctcopy of the Original Power of Attorney issued
by said Companies,and do hereby further certify that the said Powers of Attorney are still in force and effect.
GIVEN under my hand and the seals of said Companies,at Worcester,Massachusetts,this 27th day of January 2022.
CERTIFIED
.....rn.,
, `fheodoum;(].Mewtina,^u"x INw.a�st� ¢,r
U
Texas Complaint Notice
a
Commercial Lines
IMPORTANT TIC AVISO IMPORTANTE
To obtain information or make a complaint: Para obtener infor acion o para someter una eja:
You maycallThe Hanover Insurance Co any/ Usted puede lle ar I numero cle telefonogratis de
Citizens Insurance Company of America's toll-free The HanoverInsurance Company/Citizens Insurance
telephone number for information or to make a Company of America's para infor acion o para
complaint at: so a rune jal:
1-800-343-6044 1- -343-
You may also write to The Hanover Insurance any/ Usted tambien puede escri ira The Hanover Insurance
Citizens Insurance Company of America : Company/Citizens Insurance Company of America l:
440 Lincoln Street 440 Lincoln Street
Worcester, MA 01653 Worcester, MA 01653
You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance Puede co unicarse con el Departamento de Seguros
too tin information companies, coverages, de Texas para o to er infor acion acerca cle
rights or complaints : companias,c a r s, rec oso u j l:
1-800-252-3439 1-800-252-3439
You
- -252-
You may write the Texas Department of Insurance: Puede escri it al Departamento de Seguros de Texas:
P. 0. Box9 P. 0. Box 149104
Austin,TX 78714-9104usi ,TX 78714-9104
Fax:
714-
Fax: (512) 7 -1771 Fax: ) -1771
Web: http://www.tdi.texas.gov : http://www.tdi.texas.gov
E-mail. ConsumerProtection@tdi.texas.gov E-mail: ConsumerProtection@tdi.texas.gov
PREMIUM OR CLAIM ISES- DISPUTASS EPI :
Should you have a dispute concerning r premium Si tiene una disputa cone rine a su prima
ora out a claim you should contact theagent or the recta o,debe comunicarse con el agente o la com-
company first. if the dispute is not resolved,you may pania primero. Si no se resuelve la disputa, puede
contacttheTexas Department of Insurance. e o ces comunicarse con el departamento(T I).
ATTACH THIS NOTICETO YOURIC : This UNA ESTE AVISOSU POLIZA: Este aviso es solo
notice is for information only and does not become para proposito de infor acion y no se convierte en
art or condition of the attached document. parte o condicion del clocumento a jurat .
The Hamm IIrislurance::crm -arnr l 440tfincmin Street.,W arcesiter,IVIA01.653
it&ii rr r d,rr/'ra',Iji ipap I D,r r utamatrt.!a Vrbtt rc�ri�w n'rrrru�a,umy of A med h 1808 CVIoith ttiu,ghl;oder Wad r,I "Pelll,COXA 48843 h are over,cor"
00300 BID FORM
BID FORM
PROJECT NAME: S. Mays Street Gateway Enhancements
PROJECT LOCATION: Round Rock,Texas
OWNER: City of Round Rock, Texas
DATE: January 5, 2022
Gentlemen and Ladies:
Pursuant to the foregoing Notice to Bidders and Instructions to Bidders, the undersigned bidder hereby
proposes to do all the or , to furnish all necessary superintendence, labor, machinery, equipment, tools,
materials, insurance and miscellaneous items, to complete all the Work on which he bids as provided by the
attached Bid Documents, and as shown on the plans for the construction of
S. Mays Street Gateway Enhancements
and binds himself on acceptance of this bid to execute the Agreement and and for completing said Work
within the time stated, for the following prices, to wit:
Any addenda issued will be posted with the Project Manual and/or Contract Documents on the
City's website at https:LLwww.roundrocktexas.govLcity-businesseslsolicitationsI by the close of business on
Thursday,Jan. 27th, 2022 . Prior to submitting a bid, the bidder is responsible for determining if any
addenda have been issued and for following any instructions in any addenda issued.
Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following Addenda by listing Addendum "number" and "date".
BASE BID
Bid Approx. Item Description
to Quantit Unit and Written Unit Price —Unit Price Amount
1.01 1 LS Mobilization / General Conditions
complete in place per plans
for One hundred ninety nine thous. —dollars
and zero cents. $ 199,000.00 $ 199,000.00
1.102 1 LS Traffic Control Plan
Implementation
complete in place perplans
for Seventy thous. Five thirty three dollars
and ten cents. $ 70,533.10 70,533.10
1.03 1 LS SWPPP and
Eros ion/Sedimentation Controls
complete in place per plans
for Twenty thousand eighty one dollars
00300-9-2015 Page 1 of 8 Bid Fonn
BASE BID
Bid Approx. to Description
to Quantit Unit and Written Unit Price Unit Price Amount
and sixty cents. $ 20,081.60 $ 20,081.60
00300-9-2015 Page 2 of 8 Bid Fonn
BASE BID
Bid Approx. to Description
Item Quantit Unit and Written Unit Price Unit Price Amount
1.04 1LS Unclassified Excavation/Site
Grading[Embankment including
preparing Limits of Const. (LOC),
Clearing and Grubbing, Removal
of P.C. Concrete, and Grading
within the LOC
complete in place per plans and specs
for Twenty thousand dollars
and zero cents. $ 20,000.00 $ 20,000.00
1.05 1 LS Demolition and Haul Off
complete in place per plans and specs
for Eighty thousand dollars
and zero cents. S 80,000.00 $ 80,000.00
1.06 9,682 SF P.C. Concrete Sidewalk
(4" Thick) complete in place per plans and specs
for Eight dollars
and twenty nine cents. $ 8.29 80,302.51
1.07 30 EA Concrete Curb Ramp
complete in place per plans and sp es
for Two hundred twenty dollars
and zero cents. 220.00 6,600.00
1.08 53 LF Safety Rail
complete in place per plans and specs
for Two hundred twenty three dollars
and seventy five cents. $ 223.75 $ 11,858.80
1.09 3 EA Corten Plate Bridge
complete in place per plans
for Twenty five hundred dollars
and zero cents. $ 2,500.00 $ 7,500.00
00300-9-2015 Page 3 of 8 Bid Form
BASE BID
Bid Approx. to Description
Item Quantit Unit and Written Unit Price it Price Amount
1.10 195 LF Louver Utility Screen
complete in place per plans and specs.
for our hundred forty three dollars
and zero cents. $ 443.00 $ 86,385.00
1.11 24 EIA Masonry Colunm
complete in place per .pjAqq?qjd§p es
for Fifty three hundred and five dollars
and thirty cents. 5,305.30 $ 111,411.30
1.12 7 EA Masonry Mailbox
complete in place per plans ands ecs
for Fifty two hundred ninety six dollars
and fifty cents. $ 5,296.50 37,075.50
1.13 1 Wire Mesh Screen all
complete in place per plans and specs
for Ninety thousand dollars
and zero cents. S 90,000.00 $ 90,000.00
1.14 1 LS Masonry Screen all at
Renaissance Square
complete in place per plans and specs
for One hundred seventy five thous. dollars
and zero cents. $ 175,000.00 $ 175,000.00
1.15 1 LS Masonry Sound all at Tower
Drive, including columns
complete in place per plans and specs
for Fifty five thousand dollars
and zero cents. 55,000.00 $ 55,000.00
1.16 200 LF Half Masonry Wall
complete in place per pans and,specs
for Three hundred fifty nine dollars
and twelve cents. S 359.12 $ 71,823.40
00300-9-2015 Page 4 of 8 Bid F®
BASE BID
Bid Approx. to Description
to Quantit Unit and Written Unit Price Unit Price Amount
003009-2015 Page 5 of 8 Bid Fonn
BASE BID
Bid Approx. Item Description
to Quantit Unit and Written Unit Price Unit Price Amount
1.17 12 EA Masonry Dumpster Screen
complete in place per plans and specs
for Twenty seven thou. 225 dollars
and zero cents. $ 27,225.00 $ 326,700.00
1.18 1 LS Masonry Screen Walls and Wall
Signs located at Gattis School
Road
complete in place per plans,,and,specs
for Forty six thousand three hundred dollars
and zero cents. $ 46,300.00 $ 46,300.00
1...........19....... 1, EnLS trace Monument Sign located
... ......
at Hesters Crossing Road
complete in place per plans and spe!qs
for Fifty eight thou. Seven hundred dollars
and zero cents. $ 58,700.00 $ 58,700.00
1.20 90 EA Limestone Boulders
complete in place per plans and specs
for One hundred fifty five dollars
and seventy four cents. $ 155.74 $ 14,016.42
1.21 166 EA 100 Gal. Tree, Container grown,
including planting and staking
complete in place per plans and specs
for Nine hundred eighty dollars
and thirty eight cents. $ 98038 $ 162,742.25
1.22 791 EA Landscape Shrub, 5 Gal.,
including planting
complete in place per plans and specs
for Twenty nine dollars
and Fifty two cents. $ 29.52 23,353.48
00300-9-2015 Page 6 of 8 Bid Form
BASE BID
Bid rx® Item Description
Hem it and Written Unit Pricei rice Amount
1.23 1,018 A Landscape Shrub, 3 Gal.,
including lantin
complete in place per 121ans and specs
for Eighteen dollars
and sixty three cents. 18.63 $ 18,969.41
1,.24 75,59 SF Bermuda Hydroseed including
five grading- as necessary- soil
prep, and establishment
complete in place per plans and sees
for Zero dollars
and±ifty five cents. 0.55 41,577.80
1.25. 48,322 SF Bermuda Sod including fine
grading® as necessary - soil prep,
and establishment
complete in place per plans and specs
for Zero dollars
and Ninety two cents. $ 0.92 $ 44,649.53
1.26 10,630 SF 8" Bed Prep, including 5°° Depth
Prepared soil an 3" depth gravel
mulch
complete in place per glans and specs
for One dollars
and eighty for cents. 1. $ 19,527.31
1.27 335 SF River Rock
complete in place per plans andspecs
for One dollars
and forty nine cents. 1.49 97.48
1....2.E 987 €� Limestone Edging
complete in place per plans andspecs
for Sixteen dollars
and ninety five cents. 16.95 16,730.64
00300-9-2015 Page 7 of 8 Bid Fonn
BASE BID
Bid Approx. Item Description
to Quantit Unit and Written Unit Price Unit Price Amount
1.29 572 LF Steel Edging
complete in place per dans and specs
for Nine dollars
and sixty five cents, $ 9.65 $ 5,518.08
1.30 1 LS Complete Irrigation system,
including all trenching, conduit,
backfill, wiring, fittings, boxes,
fixtures, controller, and
appurtenances
complete in place per pLans and_specs
for 3 hundred sixty eight thou. 488 dollars
and sixty six cents. S 368,488.66 $ 368,488.66
1.31 4,132 LF Boring Under Public Streets and
Private Drives
complete in place per pjans
for Forty seven dollars
and zero cents. $ 47.00 194,204,00
LS Complete Lighting system,
including all connections,
trenching, con duit, backfill,
wiring, fixtures, etc., complete in
place per plans
complete in place per plans
for Twenty eight thou. Five hundred dollars
and zero cents. $ 28,500.00 28,500.00
1.33 12 EA Monthy Maintenance Package to
ensure project warranty coverage.
for twenty five hundred twenty seven dollars
and fifty seven cents. $ 2,527.57 $ 30,330.83
00300-9-2015 Page 8 of 8 Bid Fonn
TOTAL BASE BID (Items I thru 1.33 $ 2,523,377.10
CMaterials:
All Other Charges:
Total: $ 2,523,377.10
Note: This total must be the same amount as shown above for "Total Base Bid"
If this bid is accepted, the undersigned agrees to execute the Agreement and provide necessary bonds and
insurance certification as per the Instructions to Bidders.
The undersigned certifies that the bid prices contained in the bid have been carefully checked and are
submitted as correct and final. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and may waive any
informalities or technicalities.
Respe- hitted,_
2006 Bagdad Road, Suite# 170
Justin Hyatt Leander, TX 78641
Print Name Address
President 512-650-5637
Title Telephone
G Hyatt Construction, Inc.
Name of Firm
Janua!y 27, 2022 Justin H att,
Date Secretary, if Bide Is
Corporation
00200-9-2015 Page 1 of I Bid Fonn
00410 STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S SAFETY
EXPERIENCE
Page 1
00410 8-2014 Statement of Bidder's Safety Experience
00090654
Solicitation Requirements, Contract Forms & Conditions of Contract
Statement of Bidder's Safety Experience Section 00410
Bidder must submit a signed Statement of Bidder's Safety Experience form with his Bid; failure
to do so will constitute an incomplete Bid that may be rejected. In order to make a responsive
Bid, Bidder must provide evidence that it meets minimum OSHA construction safety program
requirements, has not been fined by OSHA for any willful safety violations in the past three
years, and has a lost time injury rate that doesn't exceed the limits established below. All
questions must be answered and data given must be clear and comprehensive. If necessary,
questions may be answered on separate attached sheets.
Company Name: G Hyatt Construction, Inc.
----------
Address- 2006 Bagdad Road, Suite# 170, Leander,TX 78641 Phone: 512-650-5637
Completed by: ...................Justin Hyatt Date: 1125/2022
1. Does the company have a written construction Safety program? QYes No
2. Does the company conduct construction safety inspections? E]Yes No
3. Does the company have an active construction safety-training program? E]Yes No
4. Has the company been fined by OSHA for any willful safety violations in the past []Yes No
three years?
5. Does the company have a lost time injury rate of 7.8 for SIC 15,or 7.6 for SIC 16, MYes El No
or less over the past three years?
Attach the company's OSHA 200/300 logs for the past three years.
6. Does the company or affected subcontractors have competent persons in the
following Areas?
A. Scaffolding Yes []No MA
B. Excavation Yes No NIA
C. Cranes M Yes E]No E]N/A
D. Electrical Z Yes ONo El N/A
E. Fall Protection E Yes []No E]N/A
F. Confined Spaces [3 Yes [:]No E]N/A
I hereby certify that thv,-e&6 rmation-is"ffue and correct.
Signature '' Title President
.......... ;;7'
Page 1
00410 8-2014 Statement of Bidder's Safety Experience
00090654
OSHA's For 300A (R., 0112001) Note,YOU can type lopul Into this form and save It
Because the forms in this reoordkeeping package are'fillabtah-wMable' Year 20 19
PDF documents,you can type Into the input form r*lds and
US.Department of Labor
Summaty of Work-Related Injuries and Illnesses then save your inputs using the free Adobe PDF Reader 0-0.d...I SOW,—d M-1th Adinig.fl.0—
FappmA 0M a W.12 11-0176
All asteblishmanot covered by Part I ON must complete this Summary page,even Who work-related injuries or illnesses occurred dufirg the year.
Remember to review the Log to verify that the entries are complete and accurate before completing this summary, -
Using the Log,count the indiviWal entries you made for each category.Than write the lotals below,makings youlve added the entries from
every page ofthe Log.ifyou had no cases,write'0.' Establishment Information
Employees,former employees,and their representatives have the tight to review the OSHA Form 300 in Nit ihofirsly:They also have limited access
to the OSHA Form 301 or its equivalent,See 29 CFR Part 1904,35,in OSHA's recocrikeeltem;rule,for further details on the access provisions for V—J#afth~tHyatt Construction,
Inc.
these forms.
-- sued 1819 Cross Draw Trail
city Leander Suite TX Zip 78641
Total number or Total number of Total number ofcases Total number of
deaths cases with days wish job transfer or o(her recordable Industry description(,.g,Alanqlucnire qfniump arrack iradenT)
amdy from work restriction
cases General Contractor
0 0
(G) (H) North American Industrial C!4ssificarion iNAICS),if known(e g.,336212 J
Employment information(IfyouAoili& e for,se ainfms,,see i
Total number or days Total number of days of ;Owk%htel opt the next lwirr rue emenw.le
away from work job transfer or restriction
0 0 Annual avcnge number afemploytics 20--
Total hours woAcd by a)'employ Iasi year 37,56000
(K) M
Sign here
• Knowingly fals-ifyIng th is document may result in a fine,
I'mal number ofcetti€yexamined this document and that to the best or
(M) my rues are true,accurate,arip-mpriletu
if)Injuries 0 (4) Poisonings
L/k
(2)Skin disorders 0 (5) Hearing loss 0 npw TaIc k
ph '4�5637
'P "�56
115/2020
(3)Respiratory conditions 0 (6) All other illnesses 0 ph. Dine
Post this Summary page from February I to April 30 of the year failawing the year Covered by the form.
Fieset
Public ftpwrws 6uadcw for Ohio is ese—W Yo atcr.y.53...Ws PN mtpaw,wflwlana tame go ft%a Lk.UU-1wM,--h �W said th.d.l.—&-a X4
.QMPL,w and M,w the coigonaoo ormila—P.a M—> q..-d —P-d W e.-fikfi.. 94.& s—14-W OMS WOMI—tIf'..h—
coanmc.ne ve seta e s nr d atrxr� .raft.d r pi0a, Int:tJS t gonmc��t .{25HA Oa°w�or5[mr�[ !A ,st:,Roses td-368d,2tKt� titwaian ......NW,
www-s.m Dc'04 10 D.-t ad Lt.es.ptwd semis to this affl — - in-
20
OSHA's
For (Pev 0412004) Note.You can type input into this form and save it /
Bemuse the f in this re rcik ping package are°fillabl T table 20
PDF documents,you
can type into the input form fields and
Summary of Work-Related Illnesses then save your inputs using the free o PDF Reader. °S,Department of Labor
0rraap40anmt S.Wy..4 a'-MA AY °nia¢ratamaa
F—k,— 99MS" az S&a➢170..
All establishments covered by Pad 1904 must complete oris Summary page,even if no work-related injurres or illnesses occurred curing the year.
Remember to review the Log to verify that the entrses are complete a accurate before completing this summary -
Luing the tog,count the individual entries you made for each category.Then sprite the totals below,making sure youve added Me entries harp
every gage of the Log.lfyou had no cases.write V' Establishment Information
Employees,former employees and their representatives have the right to review the OSHA Form 300 in ds endrefly.They also have limited access
to the OSHA Farm 301 or its equivalent.See 29 GFR Fart 1904.35,in OSHA s recoralkeeping rule,for further details an the access patavisions foryatt Construction, <n�.
these forms.
Sint
1819 Cress Draw Trail
Cis Leander TX Zip 78641
Total number of Total number of Total number of cases Total number of
deaths cases with days wrih job transfer at other recordable indstsory d nprlos.ae,g ntae jasverr�
assay from work restriction cases
General Contractor
-- J) North Anen¢can IndasmalClran ficiniort(NAICS)-afknr.wnie,g. 3l
2 a 6 22 pl
- - Employment Information(Ifiva ahaaa'i hm—e tlar.se.1gaares,see the
otal number of days Total number of days of lf'rarksheet an rhe rxxr pane to estin ale}
asap:=°r --wwk )ol}transfer or restriction 17
Anntaal average number of employ°
-- -_..- Total hours worked by all e¢riployesaa Iasi year 33,677M
rtt here
Knowingly falsifying this document may result in a Fine.
z
aiat number of,-. I certify that 0;uri rd this dtacurnenit2ndol to the best of
my knomt•I are€rue accurate, np�zeftp€nurges i4 Poisonn{2 Skin disorders 5 t=cerin%lassC'om e� .scans
e 12-650-5637 tate 117/2021
{3?RespirataryGond=tions (65 Al CatheriPincsses
i
Post this Summary page from February!to April 30 of the year following year casened by me form.
9vt}i�re a Cu¢hrr call�.iwst pPacrarm�vao�rium�ed¢e.+w.gc}6 meautw peresapa�drrelaCsAg,Saes Orb tstiecne 9As ittsr saw, hoe ihad� .._ _ ._, ._.�
eowspp;¢�and rcees,x adr catllmbasma and snraranarima.t'c^eacvea arc ne¢aeq�emvt is esepnnd to she cg7$a:a��of,nfaeet:ramn uvkaa rt displmz a�xsse�tipruled€94ia caaaa�i eg�r�r
9r�m�a fear
rare. mt wet aatsas am•ashen w df h.dace mlkaw c t.IS rm or 4w6ar,OSHA Otfl—oPSaM wal AndW-3644200 v tw*a A,aawe,NW, --_-
1R°aeauagoaa,SSC 20,uo tea—¢—d she—pl,W is—em
t ,
0SHA"s Form 30OA (Rey.0112004) Year 2091 410
—,-7—
Summary of Work-Related Injuries and Illnesses U.S.Department of Labor
oc.upaooal treaty and Hg.rkh Aorniflignel.
;Wd must oamplefe#ds Summarypoge even rnokVurAR.1or FWM.W.1N0uaen.121"174
Anesses occurradduring,the year Renernber io,rev*w the Log to verily&W J1*entuas are co.,nDbga
U&'VPIVL09 count Ift ff"u,1460*8 you made fore ach mVgoty Establishment information
mBkNV Seffe youlwe added the erw.Jaz froin aLwy ps,-e of It*kV 11youtWne cases rrrirs'0,
SHA 0, W in Yow establishment name
'i'86"u"fY T1*Yatm have kefed acwss 10 ft OSHA F 301 Orllsequivabnt 29 CFR
190-4.35.m OSHA s RooDmWare.p6V r0s,for furitw dstags an Joe access wove sbas for few"farms. Stmt
3 Da did load Bilabe rf 970
N� City Gander
State Ras ZrJ>
78641
Total number of Total number of Total number of cases Total number of General Csntractor
Industry description(e.g.,Manufacture of motor ifock trailers,
deaths cases with days with job transfer or other recordable
away from work restriction cases Standard Indusolat Classification(SIO),If known(e.g.SIC 3715)
0 D O 0
(H) OR N orth Z—0d c ffnI ZClass'40 It on N A IC S)If k rwwn(a 3 36 212)
Z'
.Nurhrof 0 Employment information
Total number of Total number of days of
days away from
transfer or restriction Annual average number of amftyees 19
ire
Toted hours worked by all amplayees last
0 pear ear
no"
finjui Mind III iii"T 'w
Sign here
Total number of... Knowingly falsifying this document may result In a fine.
M
(1) Injury 0 (4) Polsoning 0
(2) Skin Disorder 0 (5) Hearing Loss _0
(3) Respiratory I cartify that I have exanuft efills doc niand that to the best of my krigrm"gt entrtes are true.acturale,and
on'ny L i
Condition 0 (6)All Other Illnesses 0 complete
Jusun H
tt President
,C
.0 P year t1ve —Tide
512-550-�563
Post this Summary page from February I to April 30 of the year following the year covered by the form Phone, gate
Pubw rwing boulen for N&caloom at inkwrrafion is ashrrwarl to swap 58 nanuim per rowan",oxeotkn firm In naiew ft kaanWan.seardt AM
o0w N data mWed and corrolve wal fee@4 ft cdlwnm of mkXnkAItX PNOIS am W required 10 raftood b ft suflectan of irnqrnom L.Neft ft
"gYs a On"Intly y21W OMB control nmribff.11 YQJ have any aornotarifir ab=t thow 991knake or any awo*of h@ data collection,witad:US Dwinewl
Of LabM OSHA Office at Slaudivt,Room N-36",2W Ggmiutron Ave,NW Wasisroon,DC 20210.Dora mid
00500 AGREEMENT
Cijy of Round Rock, ex r ct Forms
Standard ee a
Rock,City of Round Texas
Standard
Owner and Contractor
AGREEMENT made as of the ( )day of in the year 20_,,,m�
BETWEEN the Owner: City of Round Rock,Texas(hereafter"Owner"or"City")
221 East Main Street
Round Rock,Texas 78664
and the Contractor G, HyattConstruction, Inc ("Contractor")
The Project is described as: S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS
The Engineer is: rent A. 1Ba..ker,P
EA, ASLA C
uell16:
�a —.
, __....
305 W.Libert Aye„Suite 100
Roun oc,k,TX 78664
For and in consideration of the mutual terms, conditions and covenants of this Agreement and all
accompanying documents between Owner and Contractor, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged,Owner and Contractor agree as follows:
ARTICLE I CONTRACT C S
The Contract Documents consist oft is Agreement,Conditions of the Contract(General,Supplementary and
other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to execution of this Agreement,other documents
listed in this Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of this Agreements these form the Contract,and are
as fully a part of the Contract as if attached tot is Agreement or repeated herein. The Contract represents the entire
and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations,representations or agreements,
either written or oral.An enumeration of the Contract Documents,other than Modifications,appears in Article 7.
ARTICLEI CONTRACT
Contractor shall fully execute the Work described in the Contract Documents,except to the extent specifically
indicated in the Contract Document,.,to be the responsibility ofothers-
00500 +-0.210 0 Page ] of5 simiadaarrll11=a:arrr aal�'A inc: mmm°lora
0044 X647
ARTICLE 3 DATEOF COMMENCEMENT; DATE OF SUBSTANTICOMPLETION; DATE OF
FINAAL L COMPLETION
3.1 The date of commencement of the or shall be the date of this Agreement unless a different date is stated
below or provision is made for the date to be fixed in a Notice to Proceed issued by Owner.
3.2 The Contract Time shall be measured from the date delineated in the Notice to Proceed,
3.3 Contractor shall commence Work within tett 10 calendar days
from the date delineated in the Notice to Proceed.
3.4 Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the items of Work listed on Attachment A to this
Agreement no later than one ninety seven (,197 )calendar days from issuance by Owner of Notice to Proceed,
and Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the entire Work no later than
one-hundred niPet), seven 197 calendar days from issuance by Owner of Notice to Proceed,subject to
adjustments of this Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents,
3.5 If Contractor fails to achieve Substantial Completion of the Work (or any portion thereof)on or before the
date(s)specified for Substantial Completion in the Agreement,Contractors all pay to Owner,as liquidated damages,
the sum of five hundred and No/100
Dollars(S_500.00 for each calendar day that Substantial Completion is delayed after the date(s)
specified for Substantial Completion, It is hereby agreed that the liquidated damages to which Owner is entitled
hereunder are a reasonable forecast ofjust compensation forte harm that would be caused by Contractor's failure to
achieve Substantial Completion of the Work(or any portion thereoo on or before the date(s)specified for Substantial
Completion in the Agreement and is nota penalty. It is agreed that the harm that would be caused by such failure,
which includes loss of expected use oft e Project areas,provision of alternative storage facilities and rescheduling of
moving and occupancy dates, is one that is incapable or very difficult of accurate estimation. It is hereby agreed that
if Substantial Completion of the or (or any portion thereof)is not achieved ort or before thirty(30)days after the
date(s) specified for Substantial Completion in the Agreement, the Owner shall have the option to either collect
liquidated damages as set forth herein or tothereafter rely on its remedies Linder the Contract Documents and at law
and in equity, including without limitation, the recovery of actual damages. The date(s) specified for Substantial
Completion of the Work(or any portion thereof)in the Agreement shall be subject to adjustment as provided in the
Contract Documents.
3.6 Contractor shall achieve Final Completion oft e entire Work no later than two-hundred and fifteen
(.215 ,)calendar days from issuance by Owner of Notice to Proceed.
ARTICLE 4 CONTRACTSUM
4.1 Oweer sal l pay Contractor the Contract Sum in current funds for Contractor's full and complete performance
of the Work and all of Contractor's obligations under this Agreement. The Contract Sum shall be
Twomillion,, five hundred twenty three, three hundred seventy-seven dollars and ten cents.
...............
(S 2,523,3717 10 subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Contract Documents,
4.2 Does the Contract Sum include alternates which are described in the Bid Form?
Yes Ifyes,please provide details below:
00500 4 21020 Page 2 of 5 "13wmdmd Form of Ajyeeffnen�
004431(.-47
ARTICLE 5 PAYMENTS
5.1 PROGRESS PAYMENTS
5.1.1 Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to Engineer and Owner by Contractor,and Certificates for
Payment issued by Engineer and not disputed by Owner andl,or Owner's lender,Owners all make progress payments
on account of the Contract Sum to Contractor as provided below, in Article 14 of the General Conditions, and
elsewhere in the Contract Documents,
5.1.2 The period covered by each Application for Payment shall be one calendar month ending on the last day of
the month.
5.1.3 Provided that an Application for Payment is received by Engineer and Owner, and Engineer issues a
Certificate of Payment not later than the tenth (10th) day of a month, Owner shall make payment to Contractor of
amounts approved by the Owner not later than the tenth(10th)day of the next month. If an Application for Payment
is received by Engineer and Owner after the application date fixed above,payment shall be made by Owner not later
than one month after the Engineer issues a Certificate for Payment, The Owner shall not have any obligation to pay
any amount covered by the Engineer's Certificate for Payment that is disputed by the Owner.
5.1.4 Each Application for Payment shall be based on the most recent schedule of values submitted by Contractor
in accordance with the Contract Documents.The schedule of values shall allocate the entire Contract Sum among the
various portions of the or . The schedule of values shall be prepared in such for and supported by such data to
substantiate its accuracy as Engineer and Owner may require.This schedule,unless objected to by Engineer or Owner,
shall be used as a basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment.
5.1.5 Applications for Payment shall warrant the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work as of the
end of the period covered by the Application for Payment.
5.1.6 Subject to other provisions of the Contract Documents, the amount of each progress payment shall be
computed as provided in Article 14 of the General Conditions,
5.1.7 Except with Owner's prior written approval, Contractor shall not make advance payments to suppliers for
materials or equipment which have not been delivered and stored at the site.
5.2 FINAL PAYMENT
51.1 Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be made by Owner to
Contractor when:
I Contractor has fully performed the Contract except for Contractor's responsibility to correct Work,
and to satisfy other requirements, if any,which extend beyond final payment;and
.2 a final Certificate for Payment has been issued by Engineer and approved by the Owner.
5, ®2 Owner's final payment to Contractor shall be made no later than thirty (30) days after the issuance of
Engineer's final Certificate for Payment. In no event shall final payment be required to be made prior to thirty(30)
days after all Work on the Contract has been fully performed. Defects in the Work discovered prior to final payment
shall be treated as non-conforming Work and shall be corrected by Contractor prior to final payment,and shall not be
treated as warranty items.
ARTICLE 6 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION
6.1 The Contract may be terminated by Owneror Contractor as provided in Article 15 ofthe General Conditions.
01060111) 4.20201 Page 3 of 5 Standard Form of Agreement
0110144164"T
6.2 The Work may be suspended by Owner as provided in Article 15 of the General Conditions.
ARTICLE 7 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
7.1 The Contract Documents,except forModifications issued after execution of this Agreement,are enumerated
as follows- -
7.1®1 The Agreement is this executed version of the City of Round Rock, Texas Standard Form of Agreement
between Owner and Contractor,as modified.
7.1.2 The General Conditions are the "City of Round Rock Contract Forms 00700," General Conditions, as
modified.
7.1.3 The Supplementary,Special,and other Conditions of the Contract are those contained in the Project Manual
dated-.JANUARY-2022-.
7.1.4 The Specifications are those contained in the Project Manua[dated—JANUARY 2022
7.1.5 The Drawings, if any,are those contained in the Project Manual dated JANUARY2022
7.1.6 The Insurance&Construction Bond Forms of the Contract are those contained in the Project Manual dated
JANUARY 2022 .
7® ®7 The Notice to Bidders,Instructions to Bidders,Bid Form,and Addenda, if any,are those contained inthe
Project M arcual dated
7A.8 If this Agreement covers construction involving federal funds, thereby requiring inclusion of mandated
contract clauses, such federally required clauses are those contained in the "City of Round Rock Contract Forms
03000," Federally Required Contract Clauses,as modified.
7.1.9 Other documents,if any, forming part of the Contract Documents are as follows:
N/A
ARTICLE 8 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
8.1 Where reference is made in this Agreement to a provision of any document, the reference refers to that
provision as amended or supplemented by other provisions of the Contract Documents.
8.2 Owner's representative is: Dawn Scheel,PE
City of Round_Rock
3400 Sunrise Road
Round Rock,TX 78665
8.3 Contractor's representative is: Justin Hyatt
G Hyatt Construction,Inc.
2qMqb ago oad,Suite 170
Leander,TX 78641
8.4 Neither Owner's nor Contractor's representative shall be changed without ten(10)days'written notice to the
other party.
00500 4.2020 Page 4 of 5 Standard Form of Agreement
00443647
8.5 Waiver of any breach of this Agreement shall not constitute waiver of any subsequent breach.
8.6 Owner agrees to pay Contractor from available funds for satisfactory performance of this Agreement in
accordance with the bid or proposal submitted therefor,subject to proper additions and deductions,all as provided in
the General Conditions, Supplemental Conditions, and Special Conditions of this Agreement, and Owner agrees to
make payments on account thereof as provided therein. Lack of funds shall render this Agreement null and void to
the extent funds are not available. This Agreement is a commitment of City of Round Rock's current revenues only.
8.7 Although this Agreement is drawn by Owner,both parties hereto expressly agree and assert that,in the event
of any dispute over its meaning or application,this Agreement shall be interpreted reasonably and fairly,and neither
more strongly for nor against either party.
8.8 This Agreement shall be enforceable in Round Rock,Texas,and if legal action is necessary by either party
with respect to the enforcement of any or all of the terms or conditions herein, exclusive venue for same shall lie in
Williamson County, Texas. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws and
court decisions of the State of Texas.
8.9 Both parties hereby expressly agree that no claims or disputes between the parties arising out of or relating
to this Agreement or a breach thereof shall be decided by an arbitration proceeding,including without limitation,any
proceeding under the Federal Arbitration Act(9 USC Section l®14)or any applicable state arbitration statute.
8.10 The parties, by execution of this Agreement, bind themselves, their heirs, successors, assigns, and legal
representatives for the full and faithful performance of the terms and provisions hereof.
This Agreement is entered into as of the day and year first written above and is executed in at least two(2)
original copies,of which one is to be delivered to Owner.
OWNER CONTRACTOR
CITYO ROUND ROCK,TEXAS G Hyatt Cog I action, nc.
.
....................... ...........
-—Rorg-------------
Printed Name. Craig an PriA d N'qm` as in I lyatl
............... -------- d 71 ,
Title City Mayor ( President
Date Signed: Date Signed: 3,°15122
AT
qCity Clerk,,.. .
FOR*�' U Y,APPROVID AS TO FORM:
.................. ........
C ity
ity Attc �ey
0(600 4 210210 Page 5 of 5 Soandwrd Form of Agreement
00443647
00600 INSURANCE AND
CONSTRUCTION BOND FORMS
BONDS AND INSURANCE INSTRUCTIONS
Instruction Sheet
1. Insurance Company must be licensed by State of Texas.
2. Agent signing bonds must be licensed in Texas.
3. Agent signing bonds must have Power of Attorney on behalf of insurance
company.
4. If Agent signing bonds has Power of Attorney, but not licensed in Texas, then the
bond must be counter-signed by Texas local recording agent.
ALL THE ABOVE INFORMATION CAN BE FOUND AT
Texas Department of Insurance website—www.tdi.state.tx.us
5. Make sure the dollar amount on both Performance and Payment Bonds match the
amount of the Agreement& Bid Form Sheet.
5. Both Performance and Payment Bonds should be signed by Authorized Person. If
the contractor is a corporation, then it should be signed by the President or the
Vice-President. If the contractor is not incorporated, then it may be signed by the
Owner. Please state the title of the authorized person.
PERFORMANCE BO
Bond No. BCD1088345
THE STATE OF TEXAS §
§ KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS:
COUNTY OF WILLIAMSON §
That G. Hyatt Construction, Inc. , of the City of_Leander
9
County of Williamson and State of�_ Texas as Principal,and
The Hanover Insurance Company authorized under the law of the State of Texas to act as surety
on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF ROUND ROCK,TE,XAS
(Owner),in the penal sum of Two Million Five Hundred Twenty Three Thousand Three Hundred Seventy Seven and 101100
......... ......
Dollars ($2..... ,377.10---- - for the payment whereof, well and truly to be made the said
Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and
assigns,jointly and severally,by these presents:
WHF,RPAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written Agreement with the Owner dated the
day of.__. March 20 22.to which the Agreement is hereby referred to
and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein consisting of:
S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said
Principal shall faithfully perform said Agreement and shall, in all respects, duly and faithfully
observe and perform all and singular the covenants, conditions and agreements in and by said
Agreement, agreed and covenanted by the Principal to be observed and performed, including but
not limited to, the repair of any and all defects in said work occasioned by and resulting from
defects in materials furnished by or workmanship of,the Principal in performing the Work covered
by said Agreement and occurring within a period of twelve (12) months from the date of Final
Completion and all other covenants and conditions, according to the true intent and meaning of
said Agreement and the Plans and Specifications hereto annexed,then this obligation shall be void;
otherwise to remain in full force and effect;
PROVIDED,HOWEVER,that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253,
Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in
accordance with the provisions of said Chapter 2253 to the same extent as if it were copied at
length herein.
Pae 1
10 4-20Perfonnance Bond
00449639
PERFORMANCE BOND(continued)
Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or
addition to the terms of the Agreement, or to the Work performed thereunder, or the Plans,
Specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in anywise affect its obligation on this
bond,and it does hereby waive notice of any such change,extension of time,alteration or addition
to the terms of the Agreement,or to the work to be performed thereunder.
If Principal fails to faithfully perform said Agreement, Surety, after receipt of written notice of
Principal's default,shall perform all of Principal's duties and obligations under the Agreement. If,
within ten (10) days after receipt of such notice from Owner, Surety does not commence to
complete the obligations of Principal with a contractor acceptable to Owner and diligently
complete the performance of the Principal's duties and obligations, Owner shall have the right but
not the obligation to have the duties and obligations of Principal performed. In such event,Surety
shall pay to Owner, upon demand,all costs,expenses and damages sustained by Owner as a result
of Principal's failure to perform its duties and obligations under the Agreement up to the
Contract sum of this Performance Bond, plus all costs and expenses, including
attorney's fees and expert and consultant fees incurred by Owner to enforce its rights under this
Performance Bond.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument
this 15th day of _ March
...................................................... 2022.
G. Hyatt Construction, Inc. The Hanover Insurance Company
Principal
Surety
Pe Hogan
Printed Name" Printed Name
mw,
B
y' .... � By
_. ,�.
Title: �°
� � ��. Title Attorney �-
Addr 10 a ,dad Road, Ste 170entrax
Address: ,5 110 N....... ...Cl EPwY, Ste 300--'
Leander,, TX 78641 Dallas, TX 75206
L... .
Resident Agent of Surety.
i
Si nature
Steven Lott
Printed Name
12201 Merit Drive, Ste 220
Street Address
Dallas,TX 75251
City, State&Zip Code
Page 2
104-20Performance Bond
43639
PAYMENTBOND
Bond No. BCD1088345
THE STATE OF TEXAS §
§ KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
COUNTY OF WILLIAMSON §
That......G. Hyatt Construction, Inc. of the City of Leander
County of........Williamson ........... and State of Texas as Principal,and
The Hanover Insurance Company authorized under thelaws he State of Texas to act
as Surety on Bonds for Principals,are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF ROUND ROCK,
TEXAS (OWNER), and all subcontractors, workers, laborers, mechanics and suppliers as their
interest may appear, all of whom shall have the right to sue upon this bond, in the penal sum of
Two Million Five Hundred Twenty Three Thousand Three Hundred Seventy Seven and 10/100
Dll.
($,,2.523 377 10 for the payment whereof,well and truly be made the said
Principal and Surety bind themselves and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and
assigns,jointly and severally,by these presents:
WHEREAS,the Principal has entered into a certain written Agreement with the Owner,dated the
day of.. March . 20 22 to which Agreement is hereby referred to
and made a part hereof as fully ud ti;�esme ex—tent as if copied at length herein consisting of:
S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said
Principal shall well and truly pay all subcontractors,workers, laborers, mechanics, and suppliers,
all monies to them owing by said Principals for subcontracts,work,labor,equipment,supplies and
materials done and furnished for the construction of the improvements of said Agreement, then
this obligation shall be and become null and void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
PROVIDED,HOWEVER,that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253,
Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in
accordance with the provisions of said Chapter 2253 to the same extent as if it were copied at
length herein.
Page I
00620 042020 Payment Bond
OD437699
PAYMENT BOND(continued)
Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or
addition to the terms of the Agreement, or to the Work performed thereunder, or the plans,
specifications or drawings accompanying the same shall in anywise affect its obligation on this
bond,and it does hereby waive notice of any such change,extension of time,alteration or addition
to the terms of the contract,or to the work to be performed thereunder.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this Instrument
this 15th day of March .2022--
G.
2022.G. Hyatt Construction, Inc. The Hanover Insurance Company
................... ........
Principal Surety
,;.
Peggy Hogan
Printed N e Printed Name
By: CA By:
Title:
Title: Attomey
s: ,006 Bagdad oad, Ste 170 Address: 5910 N Central Expwy, Ste 300
......,,,,„ ... .... . . ............................ __....
A re Leander,TX 78641 Dallas, TX 75206
Resident Agent of Surety:
a
Signature
Steven Lott
Printed Name -- -
12201 Merit Drive, Ste 220
Street Address
Dallas, TX 75251
City,State&Zip Code
Page
006201-2020 Payment Rond
00090656
THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY
MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE
AMERICACITIZENS INSURANCE COMPANY OF
POWER OF ATTORNEY
THIS Power of Attorneylimits c of those namedherein, have i o bind the Company excepti
to mannera tothe extent herein stated.
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS:
That THE HANOVERINSURANCE COMPANY and MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY, both beingcorporations
organized and existing under the laws of the State of New Hampshire, and CITIZENS INSURANCE CC P Y OF AMERICA, a
corporation organized and existing un er the laws of the State of Michigan,(hereinafter individually and collectively the"Co any")does
hereby constitute and appoint,
Steven Steve Rickenbacher, David Oxford, Peggy Hogan, r re at for Bart Russ
Of Consolidated Insurance of Dallas, TX each individually, if there be more than one named, as its true and lawful
attorney(s)-in-fact to sign,execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver for, and on its behalf,and as its act and deed any place within the
United States,any and all surety bonds,recognizances,undertakings,or other surety obligations.The execution of such surety bonds,
recognizances,undertakings or surety obligations,in pursuance of these presents,shall be as binding upon the Company as if they had
been duly signed by the president and attested by the secretary of the Company,in their o n proper persons.Provided however,that this
power of attorney limits the acts ofthose named herein,and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner stated an
to the extent of any limitation statebelow:
Any such obligations in the United States, not to exceed ThirtyMillion and Noll ($30,000,000)in any single instance
That this power is made and executed pursuant to the authority oft the following esolutions passed by the Board of Directors of said
Company, and said Resolutions remain in full force and effect:
SOLVED; That the President or any Vice President, in conjunction with any Vice President, be and they hereby are authorized and
empowered to appoint Attorneys-in-fact of the Company,in its name and as it acts„to execute and acknowledge for and on its behalf as surety,
any and all bonds,recogwzances,contracts of indemnity,waivers of citation and all other writings obligatory in the nature thereof,with power to
attach thereto the seal of the Company.Any such writings so executed by such Attorneys-in-fact shall be binding upon the Company as if they
had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the Company in their own proper persons.
RESOLVED:That any and all Powers of Attorney and Certified Copies of such Powers of Attorney and certification in respect thereto,granted
and executed by the President or Vice President in conjunction with any Vice President of the Company,shall be binding on the Company to the
same extent as if all signatures therein were manually affixed,even though one or more of any such signatures thereon may be facsimile.
(Adopted October 7,1961—The Hanover Insurance Company o Adopted April 14,1982—Massachustts Bay I nsurance Company;Adopted
September 7,2001—Citizens Insurance Company of America)
IN I S WHEREOF,THE HANOVERINSURANCE COMPANY, AY INSURANCE COMPANY and CITIZENS
INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA have caused these presents to be sealed with their respective corporate seals,duly attested by
o Vice Presidents,this 131'day of January,2016.
THE HAWVER Mmpmy
a c c MpAc u C Yofcot)
e "ria Vice praiur. u�
rHE HANOVER INSUPANCE COMPANY
HU&EYT' Car IIiM C PA"Y
?The
aE a
THE LT OMASSACHUSETTS
COUNTYWORCESTER )}ss. darn �. ��"m
On this 131' day of January 2016 before me came the above named Vice Presidents Hanover Insurance Company,
Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company and Citizens Insurance Company of America,to me personally known to be the individuals and
officers scried herein,and acknowledged that the seals affixed to the preceding instrument are the corporate seals of The Hanover
Insurance Company,Massachusetts BayInsurance Company and Citizens Insurance Company of America,respectively,and that the
said corporate seals and their signatures as officers were duly affixed and subscribed to said instrument by the authority and direction of
said Corporations.
DUMB J.
no"PUMM,rCP
rxnr! .Nurwy 9I
)Cc+oves®sst.m Enplrs^e Mor h 4,1012
I,the undersigned Vice President of The Hanover insurance Company,Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company and Citizens Insurance
Company of America,hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a full,true and correct copy of the Original Power of Attorney issued
by said Companies,and do hereby further certify that the said Powers of Attorney are still in force and effect.
GIVEN under my hand and the seals of said Companies,at Worcester, Massachusetts,this 15th day of March 2022.
CERTIFIEDm �
du al re G.M �un�ez. i l. "�
Ilr�� II"iwc�m�^IlinirwiY„�"`
Texas Complaint Notice
Commercial Lines
IMPORTANT TIC VIS IMPORTANTE
To obtain information or make a complaint: Para o teer infor acion o para someter ua j :
You maycallThe Hanover Insurance Company/ Usted puede Ila l numero de tlono gratis de
Citizens Insur ce Company of America's toll-free The HanoverIns ace Company/Citizens Insranee
telephone number for information or to make a Company of America's para infor acion o para
complaint at: so eua j I:
1-800-343-6044 1-800-343-6044
You
- -3 -
You may also write to The Hanover Insurance Company/ s tambien puede escribira The Hanover Insurance
Citizens Insurance Co any of America : Company/Citizens Insurance o any of America al.
440 Lincoln Street 440 Lincoln Street
Worcester, MA 01653 Worcester, MA 01653
You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance Puede co unicarse con el Departamentouros
to obtain information companies, coverages, de Texas para o terser infor acion acca de
rights or claits a : companias,co a rs, erecoso uejl:
1-800-252-3439 1-800-252-3439
You y write the Texas Department of Insurance: Puede escribir al Departamento de Seguros de Texas:
Box 149104 P. 0. Box149104
Austin,TX 78714-9104 s ! 78714-9104
a : (512)475-1771 Fax. (512) -1771
Web: http://www.tdi.texas.gov eb: http://www.tdi.texas.gov
E-mail: ConsumerProtection@tdi.texas.gov E-mail:ConsumerProtection@tdi.texas.gov
PREMIUM CLAIM ISS: DISPUTAS SOBREPI S:
Should you ve a disputeconcerning o r premium Si tiene una disputaconcerniente a su prima o a un
ora out a claim you should contact the agent or the reel o,debe co unicarse con el agente o la com-
company first. If the dispute is not resolved,you may pania primero. Si no se resuelve la disputa, puede
contacttheTexas Departmentof Insurance. entoncesco icars cone)departamento(TDI).
ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY: This UNA ESTEVIS SU POLIZA., Este aviso es solo
notice is for information only and does not become para proposito de i for acion y no se convierte en
a part or condition of the attached document. con icion del clocumento a jnt .
'The Hanover Irmuurance Compwry 1440 Uncoki Street,WorcesteurJ I A01653
191-14W g12113u+ar,e hall. 06 mins 9nsrurar ce Cornparq of d erne ka 809 North Highlander Way,Mnu dl,11010 48843 hanncuwrer,cOM
... DATE(MMfDD I
CER
T°I I T LIABILITY I I 11110512021
THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE BOLDER,THIS
CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY"OR NEGATIVELY AMEND,EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES
BELLOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S),AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.
IMPORTANT, If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(les)must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed.
If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED,subject to the terms and conditions of the policy,certain policies may require an endorsement A statement on
this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder In lieu of such endorsement(s),
PRODUCERNTA T l lna Ca3MweIl
NAME:
AssureadPanners of Texas,LLC PHONE (972)644-2606 Ax
AiC No Ext: Q Naa: (972)644644-8035065
dba Baldwin Cox Allen EMAIL tina e@"Ax baldwinagency. m
ADDRESS:
5930 Preston ViBlvd Ste 200 INSURER(S)AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIL k
Dallas TX 75240-4702 INSURER A: CRA Insurance Company 35209
INSURED
INSURER FB
G Hyatt Construction Inc. INSURER C:
2006 Bagdad Road Ste 174 INSURER D:
INSURER E
Leander 70641 INSLIriER F
COVERAGES CERTIFICATE PJUMBERe CL21102919575 REVISION NUMBER-
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD
INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT,TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS
CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN,THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,
EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.
S.
ILN R TYPE OF INSURANCE INSD D POLICY NUMBER MP;oD FF 1EMR0ffYYyL LIMITS
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE g 1,000,000
CLAIMS-MADE
19 CUR :�CL Yb TI" 100,000
MISES Ea ree S
MED Ell(Anyoneperson) 5 50000
A GPM 7011695941 11101/2021 11/01/2022 PERSONAL&ADV INJURY s 1,000,000
GEN`LAGGREGATE LIMITAPPLIESPER: GENERAL AGGREGATE , 2.0410.000
IHPOLICY PR
JECO
T L Q�1
PRODUCTS 5 2,0046,000
ERLimited Pollution Liability s 2,000,000
AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY CONOWEGISINGLE LIMIT S 1,000,000
Ea aaadeelk
ANYAUTO BODILY INJURY(Perperson) S
A OWNED SCHEDULED BUA7011698907 1110112021 1110112022 BODILY INJURY(Pera idem! s
AUTOS ONLY AUTOS
v,,,s^ HIRED NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE �
�o AUTOS ONLY AUTOSONLY Pmr °d�ecr
5
UMBRELLALIAR UR EACH OCCURRENCE S 5,000,000
A EXCESS Lina cLakinSMArrE CUE 7011698924 11101/2021 11/0112022 AGGREGATE s 5,000,000
DED X RETENTION$ 10,400
!"JOF2RERS COMPENSATION PER OTH.
AND EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY YIN STATUTE ER
ANY PROPRIEr IPARTHERIEXECU"TIVE E.L.EACH ACCIDENT 5
OFFICERIMEMBER EXCLUE T2 9 A
(Mandatory in NH) E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE S
It yes,describe under
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT 5
Contractors Equipment LeasedlRented Equip $400,000
A CPM 7011698941 11/0112021 11/0112022 Deductible $ 1,000
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS 6 LOCATIONS P VEHICLES(ACORD 101,Addles onal Remarks Sehadule,may Ice attached it more space Is niquivern
The general liability and auto liability policies include a blanket automatic additional insured endorsement that provides additional insured with ongoing&
completed operations status to the certificate holder when required by written contract between the named insured and the certificate holder. The general
liability policy contains a special endorsement with"primary and non-contributory'wording. The general liability,auto and workers compensation policies
include a blanket automatic waiver of subrogation endorsement when required by a written Contract between the reamed insured and the Certificate holder.
CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION
City of Round Rock SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE
3400 Sunrise Road THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF,NOTICE WILL,BE DELIVERED IN
Round Rock,TX 78665 ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS.
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
01988-2015ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved.
ACORD 25(2016103} The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD
CNA CNA PARAMOUNT
Contractors' n r I Liability en ion Endorsement
claims arising solely out of their capacity or status as such and, in the case of a spouse, where such claim seeks
damages from marital community property, jointly held property or property transferred from such natural person
Insured to such spouse. No coverage is provided for any act, error or omission of an estate, heir, legal
representative, or spouse outside the scope of such person's capacity or status as such, provided however that the
spouse of a natural person Named Insured and the spouses of members or partners of joint venture or partnership
Named Insureds are Insureds with respect to such spouses'acts, errors or omissions in the conduct of the Named
Insured's business.
10. EXPECTED OR INTENDED INJURY EXCEPTION FOR REASONABLE FORCE
Under COVERAGES, Coverage A — Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability, the paragraph entitled
Exclusions is amended to delete the exclusion entitled Expected or Intended Injury and replace it with the following.
This insurance does not apply to
Expected or Intended Injury
Bodily injury or property damage expected or intended from the standpoint of the Insured. This exclusion does not
apply to bodily injury or property damage resulting from the use of reasonable force to protect persons or property.
11. GENERAL AGGREGATE LIMITS F I -PER PROJECT
A. For each construction project away from premises the Named Insured owns or rents, a separate Construction
Project General Aggregate Limit, equal to the amount of the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations,
is the most the Insurer will pay for the sum of:
1. All damages under Coverage A, except damages because of bodily injury or prop" age included in
the prod ucts-com pleted operations hazard;and
. All medical expenses under Coverage C,
that arise from occurrences or accidents which can be attributed solely to ongoing operations at that construction
project. Such payments shall not reduce the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations, nor the
Construction Project General Aggregate Limit of any other construction project.
B. All:
1. Damages under Coverage B, regardless of the number of locations or construction projects involved;
2. Damages under Coverage A, caused by occurrences which cannot be attributed solely to ongoing
operations at a single construction project, except damages because of bodily injury or property damage
included in the products-completed operations hazard;and
3. Medical expenses under Coverage C caused by accidents which cannot be attributed solely to ongoing
operations at a single construction project,
will reduce the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations.
C. The limits shown in the Declarations for Each Occurrence, for Damage To Premises Rented To You and for
Medical Expense continue to apply, but will be subject to either the Construction Project General Aggregate Limit
or the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations, depending on whether the occurrence can be
attributed solely to ongoing operations at a particular construction project,
D. When coverage for liability arising out of the products-completed operations hazard is provided, any payments
for damages because of bodily injury or property damage included in the products-completed operations
hazard will reduce the Products-Completed Operations Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations regardless of
the number of projects involved.
6NA7 7 x (1-15) Pd5cy o: ND I I 698S 41.
Page 8 of 17 Endorsement o: 5
The Coritru nt,md 'lnsmmr,i,�ric,c� Co. Effective) aln 13./0L/202]
Insured Name: G. iw~,ATS' INC
Copyright iC;:HA Af Rights Reserved flnr.fludr,rk awapflrofltyflu ct um rt�iniiantl arp Virr uurnir e.�uviii �wgu�mW„Il Baa.,„wiii�u iirtz Ip�rnrmi^Deli iroi.
CNA Na PARAMOUNT
Contractors' General Liability Extension Endorsement
........... ........................................
E. If a single construction project away from premises owned by or rented to the Insured has been abandoned and
then restarted, or if the authorized contracting parties deviate from plans, blueprints, designs, specifications or
timetables,the project will still be deemed to be the same construction project.
F. The provisions of LIMITS OF INSURANCE not otherwise modified by this endorsement shall continue to apply as
stipulated.
12. IN REM ACTIONS
A quasi in rem action against any vessel owned or operated by or for the Named Insured, or chartered by or for the
Named Insured, will be treated in the same manner as though the action were in personal against the Named
Insured.
13. INCIDENTAL HEALTH CARE MALPRACTICE COVERAGE
Solely with respect to bodily injury that arises out of a health care incident:
A. Under COVERAGES, Coverage A — Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability, the paragraph entitled
Insuring Agreement is amended to replace Paragraphs 1.b.(1)and 1.b.(2)with the following:
b. This insurance applies to bodily injury provided that the professional health care services are incidental to
the Named Insured's primary business purpose, and only if..
(1) such bodily injury is caused by an occurrence that takes place in the coverage territory.
(2) the bodily injury first occurs during the policy period. All bodily injury arising from an occurrence will
be deemed to have occurred at the time of the first act, error, or omission that is part of the occurrence;
and
B. Under COVERAGES, Coverage A — Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability, the paragraph entitled
Exclusions is amended to:
I. add the following to the Employers Liability exclusion:
This exclusion applies only if the bodily injury arising from a health care incident is covered by other
liability insurance available to the Insured (or which would have been available but for exhaustion of its
limits).
ii. delete the exclusion entitled Contractual Liability and replace it with the following:
This insurance does not apply to:
Contractual Liability
the Insured's actual or alleged liability under any oral or written contract or agreement, including but not
limited to express warranties or guarantees.
Ill. add the following additional exclusions:
This insurance does not apply to:
Discrimination
any actual or alleged discrimination, humiliation or harassment, including but not limited to claims based on
an individual's race, creed, color, age, gender, national origin, religion, disability, marital status or sexual
orientation.
Dishonesty or Crime
Any actual or alleged dishonest, criminal or malicious act, error or omission.
Medicare/Medicaid Fraud
.........................................................
CNA74705XX(1-15) Policy.....
olicy1W � 698911
Page 9 of 17 Endorsement No: 5
T11he InSUrflu oe Co. Effective Date: 211011 021
Insured Name: ( . 11YATT CGIRS"T Ir"JJCT ION INC
i light CNA Aill Iliights Reservmll. Includescopy6ghted twteriaW insuiraince,servlr,�desomce,Inc.,with its permission
CNA CNA PARAMOUNT
Contractors' General Liability Extension Endorsement
any actual or alleged violation of law with respect to Medicare, Medicaid, Tricare or any similar federal, state
or local governmental program.
Services Excluded by Endorsement
Any health care incident for which coverage is excluded by endorsement.
C. DEFINITIONS is amended to:
i. add the following definitions:
Health care incident means an act, error or omission by the Named Insured's employees or volunteer
workersin the rendering of:
a. professional health care e ices on behalf of the Named Insured or
b. Good Samaritan services rendered in an emergency and for which no payment is demanded or received.
Professional health care services means any health care services or the related furnishing of food„
beverages, medical supplies or appliances by the following providers in their capacity as such but solely to
the extent they are duly licensed as required:
. Physician;
b. Nurse;
c. Nurse practitioner;
d. Emergency medical technician;
. Paramedic;
f. Dentist;,
g. Physical therapist;
h. Psychologist;
I. Speech therapist;
j. Other allied health professional; or
Professional health care services does not include any services rendered in connection with human clinical
trials or product testing.
{I. delete the definition of occurrence and replace it with the following:
Occurrence means a health care incident.All acts, errors or oiss+ons that are logically connected by any
common fact,circumstance,, situation,transaction, event, advice or decision will be considered to constitute
single occurrence;
iii, amend the definition of Insured toy
a. add the following:
the Named Insured'Insured's employees are Insureds with respect to:
(1) bodily injury to a co-employee while in the course of the co-employee's employment by the
Named Insured or while performing duties related to the conduct of the Named Insure '
business, and
C NA74705XX(1-1 ) PolicyNo ?01w696943
Page 10 of 17 Endorsement o: 5
°°hi.e taq.a uut:u7 . u II ]1:in sur ance Co. ffective Date 11/0)/2 :11
InsuredName: G.. HYA q. I':;Opti STRUCTION INC
Q11nPY1Jr1gJh1t CNA Aill Rights lte stwu°w ed. lirn�udes copyri®hted material of Insurer x,: rc �iNc�u �uKir „lire.,,wiith ills p mq u�u'o..
............................................................................................................................................................................................
CNA CNA T
Contractors' General Liability Extension Endorsement
O bodily injury to a volunteer worker while performing duties related to the conduct of the
Named Insured's business;
when such bodily injury arises out of a health care incident.
the Named Insured's volunteer workers are Insureds with respect to:
(1) bodily injury to a co-volunteer worker while performing duties related to the conduct of the
Named Insured's business; and
( ) bodily injury to an employee while in the course of the employee's employment by the Named
Insured or while performing duties related to the conduct of the Named Insured's business;
when such bodily injury arises out of a health care incident.
b. delete Subparagraphs( ), ( ), (c)and ( )of Paragraph 2. .(1)of WHO IS AN INSURED.
D. The Other Insurance condition is amended to delete Paragraph .(1) in its entirety and replace it with the
following:
tr Insurance
b. Excess Insurance
(1) To the extent this insurance applies, it is excess over any other insurance, self insurance or risk transfer
instrument, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis, except for insurance purchased
specifically by the Named Insured to be excess of this coverage.
1 . JOINT U 1 PARTNERSHIP1 LIMITED IA IITCOMPANIES
WHO IS AN INSURED is amended to delete its last paragraph and replace it with the following:
No person or organization is an Insured with respect to the conduct of any current or past partnership,,joint venture or
limited liability company that is not shown as a Named Insured in the Declarations, except that if the Named Insured
was a joint venturer, partner, or member of a limited liability company and such joint venture, partnership or limited
liability company terminated prior to or during the policy period, such Named Insured is an Insured with respect to
its interest in such joint venture, partnership or limited liability company but only to the extent that:
any offense giving rise to personal and advertising injury occurred prior to such termination date, and the
personal and advertising injury arising out of such offense first occurred after such termination date;,
w2 b. the bodily injury or property a first occurred after such termination date;and
c. there is no other valid and collectible insurance purchased specifically to insure the partnership;, joint venture or
limited liability company; and
If the joint venture, partnership or limited liability company is or was insured under a consolidated (wrap-up)
insurance program,then such insurance will always be considered valid and collectible for the purpose of paragraph
c. above. But this provision will not serve to exclude bodily injury, property a or personal and advertising
injury that would otherwise be covered under the Contractors General Liability tension Endorsement provision
entitled I Cl , CCIP, OR CONSOLIDATED (WRAP-UP) INSURANCE A
Please see that provision for the definition of consolidated (wrap-up)insurance program.
15. LEGAL LIABILITY — DAMAGE TO PREMISES1 LI I I PROPERTY IN THE NAMED
I U CARE,CUSTODY OR CONTROL
A. Under COVERAGES, Coverage A — Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability, the paragraph entitled
Exclusions is amended to delete exclusion j.Damage to Property in its entirety and replace it with the following-
This insurance does not apply to:
CA747®5X(1 15j Policy o. +G
Page 11 of 17 Endorsement No: 5
The ConL:u.nental Insurance Co. Effective Date: 3-3. ""1il1 /210'21
Insured Name C. HYATT CONSTRUCTION INC
Collpy'righI ClINA,AN Rights Reser vett lnGucla s copy righted malarial at Insurairmi ,a uw,iias t u ,in .,witls uk III tit iis5ion.
CNA CNA PARAMOUNT
Contractors' General Liability Extension Endorsement
j. Damage to Property
Prop" to:
(1) Property the Named Insured owns, rents, or occupies, including any costs or expenses incurred by you,
or any other person, organization or entity, for repair, replacement, enhancement, restoration or
maintenance of such property for any reason, including prevention of injury to a person or damage to
another's property;
( ) Premises the Named Insured sells, gives away or abandons,, if the property damage arises out of any
part of those premises;
(3) Property loaned to the Named Insured;
( ) Personal property in the care,custody or control of the Insured;
(5) That particular part of real property on which the Named Insured or any contractors or subcontractors
working directly or indirectly on the Named Insured's behalf are performing operations, if the property
damage arises out of those operations; or
( ) That particular part of any property that must be restored, repaired or replaced because your work was
incorrectly performed on it.
Paragraphs (1), ( )and ( )of this exclusion do not apply to property damage (other than damage by fire)to
premises rented to the Named Insured or temporarily occupied by the Named Insured with the permission of
the owner, nor to the contents of premises rented to the Named Insured for a period of 7 or fewer
consecutive days.A separate limit of insurance applies to Damage To Premises Rented To You as described
in LIMITS OF INSURANCE.
Paragraph ( )of this exclusion does not apply if the premises are your work.
Paragraphs ( ), ( ), ( ) and ( ) of this exclusion do not apply to liability assumed under a sidetrack
agreement.
Paragraph (6) of this exclusion does not apply to property damageincluded in the products-complete
operations hazard-
Paragraphs
r mParagraphs(3)and( )of this exclusion do not apply to props to:
i. tools,or equipment the Named Insured borrows from others„„ nor
ii. other personal property of others in the Named Insured's care, custody or control while being used in the
Named Insured's operations away from any Named Insured's premises.
However,the coverage granted by this exception to Paragraphs( )and ( )does not apply to:
a. property at a job site awaiting or during such property's installation, fabrication, or erection;
. property that is mobile equipment leased by an Insure
c. property that is an auto, aircraft or watercraft;
. property in transit;,or
e. any portion of property e for which the Insured has available other valid and collectible
insurance, or would have such insurance but for exhaustion of its limits,or but for application of one of its
exclusions.
A separate limit of insurance and deductible apply to such property of others. See LIMITS OF INSURANCE
as amended below.
A7 705 (1-1 ..
1 ) Policy o: 70 uM,9894:&.
Page 12 of 17 Endorsement o: tl.
Ccrullt'il uix x. tat.l. :IG:uu aa.ura'anice Co. Effective Date: 13/01 /2023
Insured Name: G. I l ''9,” "'° CONISTRUCT ION INC
Copyright CNA AN Illa,iil;ilhits Ra:;se i ved. Inclurjes copyrighted materiel of lens>uiraini e Serviium Office.Inc.,with its permission.
CNA CNA PARAMOUNT
Contractors' General Liability Extension Endorsement
B. Under COVERAGES, Covera — Bodily injury and Property Damage Liability, the paragraph entitled
Exclusions is amended to delete its last paragraph and replace it with the following:
Exclusions c. through n. do not apply to damage by fire to premises while rented to a Named Insured or
temporarily occupied by a Named Insured with permission of the owner, nor to damage to the contents of
premises rented to a Named Insured for a period of 7 or fewer consecutive days.
separate limit of insurance applies to this coverage as described in LIMITS OF INSURANCE.
C. The following paragraph is added to LIMITS INSURANCE:
Subject to 5. above, $25,000 is the most the Insurer will pay under Coverage A for damages arising out of any
one occurrence because of the sum of all property damage to borrowed tools or equipment, and to other
personal property of others in the Named Insured's care, custody or control, while being used in the Named
Insured's operations away from any Named Insured's premises. The Insurer's obligation to pay such property
damage does not apply until the amount of such property a exceeds$1,000. The Insurer has the right but
not the duty to pay any portion of this$1,000 in order to effect settlement. If the Insurer exercises that right, the
Named Insured will promptly reimburse the Insurer for any such amount.
D. Paragraph 6.,, Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit, of LIMITS INSURANCE is deleted and replaced by
the following:
6. Subject to Paragraph 5. above, (the Each Occurrence Limit), the Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit
is the most the Insurer will pay under Coverage A for damages because of property to any one
premises while rented to the Named Insured or temporarily occupied by the Named Insured with the
permission of the owner, including contents of such premises rented to the Named Insured for a period of 7
or fewer consecutive days. The Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit is the greater of:
. $500,000; or
b. The Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit shown in the Declarations.
E. Paragraph .(1)(a)(ii)of the Other Insurance Condition is deleted and replaced by the following:
(ii) That is property insurance for premises rented to the Named Insured, for premises temporarily occupied by
the Named Insured with the permission of the owner; or for personal property of others in the Named
Insured's care, custody or control,
n
1 . LIQUOR LIABILITY
Under COVERAGES, Covera e A — Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability, the paragraph entitled
Exclusions is amended to delete the exclusion entitled Liquor Liability.
This LIQUOR LIABILITY provision does not apply to any person or organization who otherwise qualifies as an
additional insured on this Coverage Part.
17. MEDICAL PAYMENTS
LIMITS INSURANCE is amended to delete Paragraph 7. (the Medical Expense Limit) and replace it with the
following:
7. Subject to Paragraph 5. above (the Each Occurrence Limit), the Medical Expense Limit is the most the
Insurer will pay under Covera C— Medical Payments for all medical expenses because of bodily injury
sustained by any one person.The Medical Expense Limit is the greater of:
(1) $15,000 unless a different amount is shown here; , N; or
( ) the amount shown In the Declarations for Medical Expense Limit.
CN 74705 (1-15) Policy o: 710] ] 69894]
Page 13 of 17 Endorsement No:
":hie Ccjnit:l-nen hnsurani(,e Co. ffectiveDate: I :IL/ML/2012V II.
Insured Name: (.,. SII' ATT G:,(')IINS TFWCTION INC
tlh'Yii VPnd taNA III II' ut�llmt O rG mrtuIncludes copyrighted maloi,,M of Insurair ,cr,SeMi�:zs Office,Inc.,with its permission
.,, ,,,, ;,,,, ,,,,, ..CNA CNA
PARAMOUNT
Contractors' General Liability Extension Endorsement
B. Under COVERAGES, the Insuring Agreement of Coverage C — Medical Payments is amended to replace
Paragraph ll.a.(3)( )with the following:
( ) The expenses are incurred and reported to the Insurer within three years of the date of the accident; and
1 AIRCRAFT
Under COVERAGES, Coverage A — Bodily Injury rope a e Liability, the paragraph entitled
Exclusions is amended as follows:
The exclusion entitled Aircraft,Auto or Watercraft is amended to add the following:
This exclusion does not apply to an aircraft not owned by any Named Insured,provided that:
1. the pilot in command holds a currently effective certificate issued by the duly constituted authority of the United
States of America or Canada, designating that person as a commercial or airline transport pilot;
. the aircraft is rented with a trained, paid crew to the Named Insured; and
. the aircraft is not being used to carry persons or property for a charge.
19. WATERCRAFT
Under COVERAGES, Coverage A — Bodily Injury rope Liability, the paragraph entitled
Exclusions is amended to delete subparagraph O of the exclusion entitled Aircraft, Auto or Watercraft, and
replace it with the following.
This exclusion does not apply to:
O a watercraft that is not owned by any Named Insured, provided the watercraft is:
( ) less than 75 feet long; and
( ) not being used to carry persons or property for a charge.
PERSONAL20. AND ADVERTISINGINJURY—DISCRIMINATION OR HUMILII
A. Under DEFINITIONS,the definition of personal and advertising injury is amended to add the following tort:
Discrimination or humiliation that results in injury to the feelings or reputation of a natural person.
B. Under COVERAGES, Coverage B — Personal and Advertising Injury Liability, the paragraph entitled
Exclusions is amended to:
1. delete the Exclusion entitled Knowing Violation Of Rights Of Another and replace it with the following:
This insurance does not apply to:
Knowing Violation of Rights of Another
Personal and advertisinginjury used by or at the direction of the Insured with the knowledge that the act
would violate the rights of another and would inflict personal and advertising injury. This exclusion shall not
apply to discrimination or humiliation that results in injury to the feelings or reputation of a natural person, but
only if such discrimination or humiliation is not done intentionally by or at the direction of:
( ) the Named Insured,or
( ) any executive officer, director, stockholder, partner, member or manager (if the Named Insured is a
limited liability company)of the Named Insured.
. add the following exclusions:
CNA74705X (.1.
.._
1-15) PolicyNo: 701.i i/9l,i6 i ......
Page 14 of 17 Endorsement o: 5
'll'u7isput:rance Co. Effective Date: i.'//01 N./2 0 :�..
Insured Name: u:'. CONSTRUCTION INC
Copyright CNA nail Illtights Reserved. Includes copyrighted material)of IInsurance pr::,unrla:es Office,Inc.,with its permission,
....PARAMOUNT
CNA i
CNA
F C o ntractors' n r I Liability Extension Endorsement
This insurance does not apply to:
Employment Related Discrimination
Discrimination or humiliation directly or indirectly related to the employment, prospective employment, past
employment or termination of employment of any person by any Insured.
Premises Related Discrimination
discrimination or humiliation arising out of the sale, rental, lease or sub-lease or prospective sale, rental,
lease or sub-lease of any room, dwelling or premises by or at the direction of any Insured.
Notwithstanding the above, there is no coverage for fines or penalties levied or imposed by a governmental entity
because of discrimination.
The coverage provided by this PERSONAL AND ADVERTISINGINJURY —DISCRIMINATION OR HUMILI
Provision does not apply to any person or organization whose status as an Insured derives solely from
Provision 1.ADDITIONAL INSURED of this endorsement; or
attachment of an additional insured endorsement to this Coverage Part.
This PERSONAL AND ADVERTISINGINJURY—DISCRIMINATION OR HUMILI I Provision does not apply to
any person or organization who otherwise qualifies as an additional insured on this Coverage Part.
1. PERSONAL AND ADVERTISINGINJURY-CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY
A. Under COVERAGES, Covera —Personal and Advertising Injury Liability, the paragraph entitled
Exclusions is amended to delete the exclusion entitled Contractual Liability.
B. Solely for the purpose of the coverage provided by this PERSONAL AND ADVERTISINGINJURY -
CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY provision, the following changes are made to the section entitled
SUPPLEMENTARY - COVERAGES A AND B:
-
1. Paragraph 2.d. is replaced by the following:
d. The allegations in the suit and the information the Insurer knows about the offense alleged in such suit
are such that no conflict appears to exist between the interests of the Insured and the interests of the
indemnitee;
. The first unnumbered paragraph beneath Paragraph 2. .( )(b) is deleted and replaced by the following:,
M
So long as the above conditions are met, attorneys fees incurred by the Insurer in the defense of that
indemnitee, necessary litigation expenses incurred by the Insurer, and necessary litigation expenses incurred
by the indemnitee at the Insurer's request will be paid as defense costs. Such payments will not be deemed
to be damages for personal and advertising injury and wifi not reduce the limits of insurance.
C. This PERSONAL AND ADVERTISINGINJURY - CONTRACTUAL I ILITY Provision does not apply if
Covera —Personal and Advertising Injury Liability is excluded by another endorsement attached to this
Coverage Part,
This PERSONAL AND ADVERTISINGINJURY - CONTRACTUAL LI ILITY Provision does not apply to any
person or organization who otherwise qualifies as an additional insured on this Coverage Part.
DAMAGE22. PROPERTY —ELEVATORS
Sam
Under COVERAGES, Covera e A — Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability, the paragraph entitled
Exclusions is amended such that the Damage to Your Product Exclusion and subparagraphs ( ), ( ) and ( ) of
the Damage to PropertyExclusion do not apply to property damage that results from the use of elevators.
C A74705XX (1-15) Policy No: i O I I 6981"!4
Page 15 of 17 Endorsement No: 5
The Continental Insurance Co. Effective Date: I l/G l./Ayiii�)2
Insured Name, G. HYATT CONSTRUCTION INC
Copyrigh7 CNA All Rights Reserved. Indudes copyrighted marMai of Int»uyraruco Services office,Inc.,with its permission
CNA T
CNA
Contractors' General Liability Extension Endorsement
B. Solely for the purpose of the coverage provided by this PROPERTY DAMAGE — ELEVATORS Provision, the
Other Insurance conditions is amended to add the following paragraph:
This insurance Is excess over any of the other insurance, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other
basis that is Property insurance covering property of others damaged from the use of elevators.
SUPPLEMENTARY23.
The section entitled SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS—COVERAGES A AND a is amended as follows:
A. Paragraph i. . is amended to delete the$250 limit shown for the cost of bail bonds and replace it with a $5,000.
limit; and
B. Paragraph 1.d. is amended to delete the limit of $250 shown for daily loss of earnings and replace it with a
$1,000. limit.
. UNINTENTIONAL P IL E TO DISCLOSE
If the Named Insured unintentionally fails to disclose all existing hazards at the inception date of the Named
Insured's Coverage Part,the Insurer will not deny coverage under this Coverage Part because of such failure.
5. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION -BLANKET
Under CONDITIONS, the condition entitled Transfer Of Rights Of Recoveryint Others To Us is amended to
add the following:
The Insurer waives any right of recovery the Insurer may have against any person or organization because o
payments the Insurer makes for injury or damage arising out of:
1. the Named Insured's ongoing operations; or
. your work included in the prodc -co plated operations hazard.
However, this waiver applies only when the Named Insured has agreed in writing to waive such rights of recovery in
a written contract or written agreement; and only if such contract or agreement:
1. is in effector becomes effective during the term of this Coverage Part,and
. was executed prior to the bodily injury, property damage or personal and advertising injury giving rise to the
claim,
2 . EXTENSION: CI ,CCIP, OR CONSOLIDATED(WRAP-UP) INSURANCE
Note: The following provision does not apply to any public construction project in the state of Oklahoma, nor to any
construction project in the state of Alaska, that is not permitted to be insured under a consolidated (wrap-up)
insurance program by applicable state statute or regulation.
If the endorsement EXCLUSION — CONSTRUCTION - is attached to this policy, or another exclusionary
endorsement pertaining to Owner Controlled Insurance Programs ( .C.I. .) or Contractor Controlled Insurance
Programs(C.C.I. .) is attached,then the following changes apply:
A. The following wording is added to the above-referenced endorsement:
VVith respect to a consolidated (wrap-up) insurance program project in which the Named Insured is or was
involved, this exclusion does not apply to those sums the Named Insured become legally obligated to pay as
damages because of;
1. Bodily injury, property damage,or personal or advertising injury that occurs during the Named Insured's
ongoing operations at the project, or during such operations of anyone acting on the Named Insure '
behalf nor
. RCNA74705XX (1-15 FicyNo. .... n r .
.
Page 16 of 17 Endorsement o: 115
Thie iip n.ii it lm :IInsurance Co. Effective Date: n.:1 /103 /210,2°:11.
Insured Name: G. IliYATT CONSTRUCTION INC
u:"opydg ht CNA AJ Rights Reserved. IneJudes copyrig#'teul P/0,M 43i of Inruira,au-ae[vices Office.Inc.,with its permission,
CNA CNA PARAMOUNT
Contractors' General Liability Extension Endorsement
2. Bodily injury or property damage included within the products-completed operations hazard that arises
out of those portions of the project that are not residential structures.
B. Condition 4.Other insurance is amended to add the following subparagraph .b.(1)(c):
This insurance is excess over:
(c) Any of the other insurance whether primary„ excess„ contingent or any other basis that is insurance available
to the Named Insured as a result of the Named Insured being a participant in a consolidated (wrap-up)
insurance program, but only as respects the Named Insured's involvement in that consolidated (wrap- )
insurance program.
C. DEFINITIONS is amended to add the following definitions:
Consolidated (wrap- ) insurance program means a construction, erection or demolition project for which the
prime contractor/project manager or owner of the construction project has secured general liability insurance
covering some or all of the contractors or subcontractors involved In the project, such as an Owner Controlled
insurance Program ( .C.I. .)or Contractor Controlled Insurance Program(C.C.I.P.).
Residential structure means any structure where 30% or more of the square foot area is used or is intended to
be used for human residency, including but not limited to:
1. single or multifamily housing, apartments,, condominiums, townhouses, co-operatives or planned unit
developments; and
. the common areas and structures appurtenant to the structures in paragraph 1. (including pools, hot tubs,
detached garages, guest houses or any similar structures).
However, when there is no individual ownership of units, residential structure does not include military housing,
college/university housing or dormitories, long term care facilities,, hotels or motels. Residential structure also
does not include hospitals or prisons.
This - I I , CCIP, OR CONSOLIDATED (WRAP-UP) INSURANCE PROGRAMS Provision
does not apply to any person or organization who otherwise qualifies as an additional insured on this Coverage Part.
All other terms and conditions of the Policy remain unchanged.
m
V This endorsement,which forms a part of and is for attachment to the Policy issued by the designated Insurers, takes effect
on the effective date of said Policy at the hour stated in said Policy, unless another effective date is shown below, and
expires concurrently with said Policy.
-.. ri . ,
MEMO C A747b5XX(1 15) Pollicy INo: 70116989,1 I.
Page 17 of 17 11-rndorserner t 11410: 5
Fhe C.'O ,t:l.mentnu l InsL'a:Zunr�e Co. Effective I. Amis: :1. /0 I /202
Insured Name: G. H".aA r INC
�''�If;oydii�gn�lf�:���tiDU IC�ii�IluR�rk��rrirw�*w�. Iluron~Nn,u�a„�,�ialGayirii�fvR��n rru��;v�;�ll calf Iliru��ir�as ��u�u���.mn�ii� 16ni�.,,�iift����gro�mo~nli r�fi�ua
IHYATT -01 HVl� ftp
TJE
IIAMEND,
' ' I ' I ' 3dPy
Iy'' UDB24M@1b8I LIABILITY I u11C222
THUS CERTIFICATE IS p s4EffAS A MATTER OF UNIFORMA1101 OINILY AND CONFERSNO RIGHTS tPCNTHECERTIFICATE HOLDER.THIS
CERTIFICATE IDOES NOT AFFIR ATIVEILY ORNE ATUWELY AME D, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POILI IES
LE�BELEW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE IDOES INOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUINGIIRStRER(S),AUTHORIZED
IREPRIEmSFRTATIIWIE STIR PRODUCER,AND'THE CERTlIFII ATE HCUILDEIR.
iMIPORTAHT'. If the certificate holder Is an AIDDITiONffA.IL INSURED,the policy(les)imuuat Ihnanra ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or tie endorsed.
If SU.DTBIRCDGA'TiON IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy,certain policies may require an endorsement., A staternent on
anis certificate does not counfm r12Unt to the certificate holder In lieu of such e ndoll'seUTo�Dlrnt a.
9'R,CJ%YWCIEIR .��.. CaQD TAC:'T .
._....._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._. _._.
Cravens Warren n Ins urn ace Agency,i nc, PHONE SA_._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._.__X
10011 WW..GuIff Bank Rd. We,INN,EX t:(713)690-•6000 .......4 _u!2).&I �1±9.0 6-020._._._._._.
Houston,'TX 77040 E-MflA➢ .
22KK9-9.It"._._._._._._._._._._._._._._... ._._._I�•A:0'G I._._._.
. ......_ _.._._._._._._._._ ��_._._._._._._. INSuruaE.Ist A JeXas MutualI llnsIGulf lrnRq' RIlydpM.y _ 229.45
ONS9URED _._ INSURER B:
CS A Outsourcing,ILILC dba G&A IPalrtrners OINSU RER C.
17220 IKaty IFI . ,Suite 260 uINSURER D:
Houston,TUC 77094 _._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._. _._._.
nN UIRER E
9N$U A?-R F
COVERAGES ERTiFI ATE NUMBER. . REVISION NUMBER:
.______.._._...__._-._._;_._._._._._..__...................................................._._._._._._ _.-._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._. ._._._._._._._._._._._._
._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._.__.�_.__._.._..._..__..__..__..__..__.._..__..__..__..__..__.._-.-__..__..__..__..__..__
THUS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE PCIUClES OF INSURANCE _0STETBELOWHAVEBEEN 9SSUE: .
_._._._._.
TO THE ONUSUPREUD N IEf.DAGBOVAE FCDRTHIE POLICY PERIOD
INDICATED. NUfD'T'MTHSTANpUDUN G ANY REQUIREMENT, TERNS OR CONDITION OF ANY CONU'TCRAwrT OR OT HER DOCUMENT"WTH RESPECT To VUUHUC H THIS
CERTIFICATE. MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY IPEIRTA IINU, THE UNSUUIRAN CE AFFORDED BY THE P4:LIGE S DIESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUITSJEGT'TOALL THE'TERMS,
EXC;L USiONUS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.Y.lMI'TS SHOWN MAY HAVE FBEIEN!REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS,
TNEW 'n`TPE OF IN9SW&'n LNC.E ..u. POLI1GY NUMBER VSA k. LIMITS
iCOMMRfERCUAII.GENERAL LIABILITY �.. EACH OCCURRENlCE. $
DAMAGE TO RENTED r �
CLAIMS-MAATSE � �OCCUR .._.
hA ECs EXP An orsa Dsrsora',
9t4
C;ENG'LACY,D'fir�tEG01:V"III OriM�&9T4wPtl"4VI',;SPPcR: diF..NIEd�„4l•°�1h4:a4."ZREG1F,7E„,, ._.__._..._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._.
daCBn.IG`f�. .9 DFT II"" 6?6YCbfkl�hrVa.:Y.;dPq4?lG:7F'AkiC.u_.._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._
OTHER'
AUTOM OrRILE.LIIABlLrIF'Y COM BIN FI D SINGLE I„IIT �
AH4��4f',rI�C7�yS • CPM VP.3�I(CD1IPI�F'YFRI'�TTJ''L9Fi'H fear a
afesm9
---------------------------------
w.__ _
ANY AUTO O ILY INJURY Parrstr
OWNED SCHEDULED mm___w.._
_._._._.
AJTOo ONLf AUTOS
AAAGI4:0 JCNLd
4MBREILLA� UR EACH OCCURRENCE $
...........................................................
EXCESS LIAS CAUS-MADE AGGREGATE
$
DIEDrRE'TEH'Tdcaaw$ $
' PER _._._._. OTH
WORKERSCOMPENSATION
AND EMPILOYERS'L9AML9TY YIN Dt�tCT62 � A2A2t22f�ff2D2 _ !Um ._._._._. .
._
000,000
,
WN'YPrBCbPrtdE'VU:kRfdEXCL�'E9iB&"sXE.C4D'fIVFw � N:,.Y...IEA,C;r�9Af;°d;Ir]F..INTi 5
qo mary hmnpscrLlDrxEr� Na r A t„4DUD„UDS
E.V...Tt9SEAa:E-Ef6 EMflPLC1VE $
It Dy'es°describe under 1,000,000 D SCRIPTION9 OF OPERATIONS below E.9..TVISEASE-POLICY 9.IMI' S
IIDESC RUPTION4 OF CUPEIRATUONS D LOCA'r9�ONS B VEHICLES (ACORD RPD tOi,AddIt9�M29 Remarks Schedule,may hn;anrachad 9r more apmee Is ragpArad)
Forum WC 42 03'Ut,Texas Proffasa"sa nap Employer Orgar96xatlon QPECDp Endorsement,extends coverage to the covered employees of G Hyatt Construction,pruc.,
the die nt of the INUaumad Insured.
The Workers rkers CorniDe naaflo n policy includes 0 IDaya Notice of Calrncellial1on in favor of Certificate Holdero where req uked by Mnr6tten contract;except 10 Mays
for Non.-Payment nt p er Form WC 42 06 tDt,
._�EIRTOIFp �'TIE HIL9�IE�k .-�._..._._._....... ...�.�....�_._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._.CANELLkLTV�BNy_._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._�..�,..�__
SHODUL D ANY OF T'HIE.ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE
THE EXIMIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE IlDIELlVEIRETD IN
ACCO RICDANCF WITH THE IROLMY PIR0VIS110INUS.
City of Round Rock AUTHORIZED RIEPGRESEN?TATUWJP_._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._
400 Sunrise IRoad r
Round Rock,TX 78665
---------------------------_p._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._-._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._.
A ORIL'D 25(20116103) 1908.-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. Alp(rights reserved.
The A ORD rnan'le and logo are registered in narks of A 'CDIRD
Texasmutuar Texasmutuz
WORKERS'COMP ENSATION ENSU CE
WOR KERS'COMPENSATION AND WC 42 0311 WORKERS'COMPENSATION AND WC 42 03 11
EMPLOYERS LIABIL171Y POLICY Insured copy EMPLOYERS LIABILITY POU CY Insured copy
Texas Professional Employer organiMilon(PEO)Endorsement
Schedule
This endorsement provides coverage for youreaveaed employees to the client shown In the Schedule below.
This endorsement applies only If attached to a policy Issued In your name as the primary Insured,and only with respect to Ghent name Client ED
your ellent's and your covered employees under a professional employer services agreement between you and your client
shown in the Schedule below.
Certain words and phrases in this endorsement are defined as follows:
Ckmt means any person who enters into a professional employer services agreement with a PEO.
coemAloymentcalationship means a contractual relationship between a client and a PEO that involves the
sharing Of employment responsibilities with,or allocation of employment responsibilities to,covered employees In
accordance with ft professional employarservices agreement and Texas Lobar Code,Chapter 91.
Organization(PEC)means a business entity that offers professional employer services.
Covered employee means on Individual having a coemplayment relationship with a PM
Oved employea means an individual Who is employed by a PEO or a client and does not have a coemp".ant
relationship with a PEO.
Profiassibnal Employer Se.viresig roement means a contract between a PEO and a client that includes details
of"memplayinent relationship.
Part One(MrIvers,Compensation Insurance)and Part Two(Employers Liability insurance)apply to your covered
employees to the client shown In the Schedule below.Under Part One,we will rafturse you for the benefits required by
the workers compensation low If we are not permitted to pay the bonefinsdirectly w the persons entitled to them,
Under Part Two,the limits of our liability applylointly to you and the client,Our duty Is toprovide a single defense foryou
and the client an a balm,proceeding-or suit for darnages;payable under this insurance.
The coverage afforded by this endorsement is not Intended to satisfy the client's duty to secure Its obligations under the
workers compensation low for Its direct employees,
If this policy is cancelled,we will send notice of such cancellation to you.You must notify each client by certified mWE
wimin three days of receipt of such notice.
Premium%,All be charged for covered employees of the client shown in the Schedule below,To satisfy your obligations uo �a Qa
The ,Ecy a wovK- fffttive 4x�Pk, e d almgagibd telvw-
under Part Five(Pfernlum),C2,you must maintain and fur to us 8 complete Payroll record by client for these covered dww ow m my&.d,.h conoelwo�*Whafl mrs WA�-m-7.-arsistapolt-Y
m---A l5W tubm;;arn W ix-'Pwadan Dethe PQL-Y-)
employees, 7N--10srecffia a-12=22-1 11-:011&m- ;WT4 lem;fNe*9 Pan Or
Pan Four(Your Duties If Injury Occurs)applies to you and to the client The diont will recognize our right to defend under -wicy no,DMI070234 afTaxes 1mutual!Rsura:co Company
offecNe Or==2
I
Pans One and Two and our right to Inspect under Part Six{Conditions), Issucatm G&A0U7S0URCWG.klC A
I
DaA: 0&A PARTLINERS
This 15 rot a NO
A:,thodd
NCC.Co—or Code: 29939
PO Box 120K Auadn;TX 7671-2058 PC Rcx 12058;qt r:.TX 78711-2065
i cel- tmmsmLaugd,corn I(SWy 850=5M I Fax(OW)3594*W Ac 42 W 2 of 2 taxasinutual.cxo VC 42 03 11
00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS
City of Round Rock Contract f=orms
General Conditions Section 00700
TABLE�OF C I TENTS OF GENERAL CONDITIONS
Article Page,
Number& Title Number
11. DEFIMITIONS... ........,.... ........
3. COINTRACT ID OCUNa IENITS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE--- -.. .,
4. AVAIILABILITY OF ID NDSI-. SUBSURFACE AND,PHYSICAL
NIDIITIONS; REF PRPN IICP P01INMNT ....,. . ......... .. ............
BONDS AND,INSURANCE. .......... ......,.. I
- CONTRACTOR'S TRACT R'S .... ..... .. .. ...... 1
T, OTHER''O'RIK . 24
. OWNER'S IP:PSIPONSIIPIIILIT115S,w,,.,,
6I �GIIR��RC�iITiCT" TT� � iRI�G�CONSTRUCTION .,,.,,�.. „ ,;,,,,,,, 26
10.. CHIANGPS DINT THE 'CSR! --27
111 CHANGE OF CONITR ,CT AMIC UNT ...... ......... . ........... .. '
12. CHANGE OF CONITRACTTIM ES., .... ..... 1
113, TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; AND CORRECTION
'OR REMOVAL V4L N7ILLDEFECTIVE WORK..,., .. . ... .. .. .. ..... ...... ... 32
14, IP Y"EMITS TO,CO,NTRACTR AND
15. SUSIPENSIUC141 GIF'WORK AND TERMI NATION- .. ..... .. ....... . , ' 1
116. DISPUTE ........ ,411
17 RIGHT TO AUDIT. . . ........... ........, ... , ... . „.,,,,,.,.,,42
1 . MISCELLANEOUS.--.—LLANWIEOUS.. ,,,,
00700 04-2020 Page 1 General Conditions
00443641
GENERAL CONDITIONS
ARTICLE 1 -DEFINITIONS
Whenever used in these General Conditions or in the other Contract Documents, the term printed with initial capital
letters or all capital letters, including the term's singular and plural forms, will have the meaning indicated in the
definitions below or as defined in these General Conditions or other Contract Documents:
1.1 Addenda - Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the receipt of Proposals or the opening of Bids
that clarify, correct or change the proposal or bidding requirements or the Contract Documents.
1.2 Agreement-Prescribed form, referenced as Section 00500.
1.3 Alternative Dispute Resolution-The process by which a disputed Claim may be settled if the OWNER and
the CONTRACTOR cannot reach an agreement between themselves, as an alternative to litigation.
1.4 Bid - Proposal of bidder on prescribed forms setting forth prices for performing the Work described in the
Contract—Documents.
1.5 Bid Documents-The advertisement or invitation for bids, instructions to bidders, the bid form,the Contract
Documents and Addenda.
1.6 Calendar Day-Any day of the week; no days being excepted. Work on Saturdays, Sundays, and/or Legal
Holidays shall only be conducted with prior express written consent of the OWNER.
1.7 Change Directive-A written directive to the CONTRACTOR, signed by the OWNER, ordering a change in
the Work and stating a proposed basis for adjustment, if any, in the Contract Amount or Contract Time, or both. A
Change Directive may be used in the absence of total agreement an the terms of a Change Order. A Change
Directive does not change the Contract Amount or Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the
change directed or documented by a Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order.
1.8 Change Orders, - Written agreements entered into between the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER
authorizing an addition, deletion, or revision to the Contract, issued on or after the Execution Date of the Agreement
and within the Contract term.
1.9 Claim - A written demand seeking, as a matter of right, adjustment or interpretation of Contract terms,
payment of money, extension of time or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract.
1.10 Contract - The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the OWNER and the
CONTRACTOR for performance of the Work, as evidenced by the Contract Documents.
1.11 Contract Amount-The amount payable by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work
in accordance with the Contract Documents.
1.12 Contract Documents – Includes the Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Agreement, General
Conditions, Supplemental General Conditions, Special Conditions, Specifications, Project Manual, Drawings,
Addenda and Change Orders.
1.13 Contract Time-The number of days allowed for completion of the Work as defined by the Contract. When
any period is referred to in days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. A
day of twenty-four(24) hours measured from midnight to the next midnight will constitute a day.
1.14 CONTRACTOR - The individual, firm, corporation, or other business entity with whom the OWNER has
entered into the Contract.
00700 04-2020 Page 2 General Conditions
1.15 Drawings - Those portions of the Contract Documents which are graphic representations of the scope,
extent and character of the Work to be furnished and performed by the CONTRACTOR and which have been
approved by the OWNER. Drawings may include plans, elevations, sections, details, schedules and diagrams.
Shop Drawings are not Drawings as so defined.
1.16 Engineer/Architect (EIA) - The OWNER's design professional identified as such in the Agreement. The
titles of"Architect/Engineer,""Architect"and"Engineer"used in the Contract Documents shall be read the same as
Engineer/Architect (EIA). Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual or agency
relationship between E/A and the CONTRACTOR.
1.17 ,Equal-The terms"equal"or"approved equal"shall have the same meaning.
1.18 Execution Date-Date of last signature of the parties to the Agreement.
1.19 Field Order-A written order issued by Owner's Representative which orders minor changes in the Work
and which does not involve a change in the Contract Amount or the Contract Time.
1.20 Final Acceptance—The stage in the Contract process when, in the OWNER's opinion, Final Completion of
the Work has been attained and a Certificate of Acceptance approved by the OWNER is issued.
1.21 Final Completion -The stage in the progress of the Work when, in the OWNER's opinion, the entire Work
has been completed,the CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, and the
OWNER is processing or has made final payment to the CONTRACTOR, as evidenced by a Certificate of
Acceptance approved by the OWNER.
1.22 Inspector-The authorized representative of any regulatory agency that has jurisdiction over any portion of
the Work.
1.23 Legal Holidays
1.23.1 The following are recognized by the OWNER:
Holiday Date Observed
New Year's Day January 1
Martin Luther King, Jr.'s Birthday Third Monday in January
President's Day Third Monday in February
Memorial Day Last Monday in May
Independence Day July 4
Labor Day First Monday in September
Veteran's Day November 11
Thanksgiving Day Fourth Thursday in November
Friday after Thanksgiving Friday after Thanksgiving
Christmas Eve December 24
Christmas Day December 25
00700 04-2020 Page 3 General Conditions
1.23.2 If a Legal Holiday falls on Saturday, it will be observed on the preceding Friday. If a Legal Holiday falls on
Sunday, it will be observed on the following Monday.
1.23.3 If Christmas Eve falls on a Saturday or a Sunday, the preceding Friday is observed as the Christmas Eve
holiday.
1.23.4 If Christmas Day falls on a Saturday or a Sunday,the following Monday is observed as the Christmas Day
holiday,
1.24 Milestones-A significant event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion
date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the or .
1.26 Notice to Proceed - A Written Notice given by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR notifying the
CONTRACTOR to commence the Work and which may also fix the date on which the Contract Times will commence
to run and on which the CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the CONTRACTO R's obligations under the Contract
Documents.
1.26 OWNER—The City of Round Rock,Texas,a municipal corporation,home-rule city and political subdivision
organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas, acting through the City Manager or his/her designee,
officers, agents or employees to administer design and construction of the Project.
1.27 Owner's Representative-The designated representative of the OWNER.
1.28 Partial OccuDancy or Use- Use by the OWNER of a partially completed part of the Work for the purpose
for which it is intended(or a related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work.
1.29 Project - The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be
L_
the whole, or a part, as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents,
1.30 Project Manual - That portion of the Contract Documents which may include the following: introductory
information; bidding requirements, Contract forms and General and Supplemental General Conditions; General
Requirements; Specifications; Drawings; Project Safety Manual; and Addenda.
1.31 Proposal—Proposal of Offeror, on prescribed forms setting forth prices for performing the Work described
in the Contract Documents.
1.32 Pro osal Documents—The advertisement or invitation for Proposals, Instruction to Offerors, the Proposal
form,the Contract Documents and Addenda.
1.33 Resident Project Representative- The authorized representative of EIA who may be assigned to the site
or any part thereof.
1.34 Shop Drawings- All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data or information which are
specifically prepared or assembled by or for the CONTRACTOR and submitted by the CONTRACTOR as required
by the Contract Documents.
1.35 Specifications -Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions as
applied to the Work, which set forth to the CONTRACTOR, in detail, the requirements which must be met by all
materials, equipment, construction systems, standards, workmanship, equipment and services in order to render a
completed and useful project.
1.36 Substantial Completion - The stage in the progress of the Work when the Work, or designated portions
thereof, may still require minor modifications or adjustments but,in the OWNER's opinion,the Work has progressed
to the point such that all parts of the Work under consideration are fully operational and the beneficial use and
occupancy of which can be assumed by the Owner, as evidenced by a Certificate of Substantial Completion
approved by the OWNER.
00700 04-2020 Page 4 General Conditions
1.37 Subcontractor-An individual, firm, or corporation having a direct contract with the CONTRACTOR for the
performance of a part of the Work.
1.38 Sub-subcontractor-A person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor or a Sub-
subcontractor of any tier to perform a portion of the Work.
1.39 Superintendent - The representative of the CONTRACTOR authorized in writing to receive and fulfill
instructions from Owner's Representative, and who shall supervise and direct construction of the Work.
1.40 Supplemental General Conditions-The part of the Contract Documents which either amends or
supplements the General Conditions. All General Conditions which are not so amended or so supplemented shall
be considered as remaining in full force and effect.
1.41 Supplier-An individual or entity having a direct contract with the CONTRACTOR or with any Subcontractor
or Sub-subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by the CONTRACTOR or
any Subcontractor.
1.42 Time Extension Re uest-An approved request for time extension on a form acceptable to the OWNER.
1.43 Work-The entire completed construction, or the various separately identifiable parts thereof, required to
be furnished under the Contract Documents.
1.44 Working Day - Any day of the week, not including Saturdays, Sundays, or Legal Holidays, in which
conditions not under the CONTRACTOR's control will permit work for at least seven(7)hours of the Working Times.
Upon authorization by the Owner's Representative, work on Saturdays, Sundays and/or Legal Holidays may be
allowed and, in that event, a Working Day will be counted for each such day.
1.45 Workin,, T�—Times of day(s) during which work may be performed. Unless authorized by Owner's
Representative, all Work shall be performed between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. on weekdays and, if previously
authorized as provided for in paragraph 1.44 or paragraph 1.6 herein, as applicable, between 9:00 a.m. and 6:00
p.m. on Saturdays, Sundays or Legal Holidays. When the CONTRACTOR has been authorized to perform Work
during hours outside Working Times, such hours shall be considered time worked on Working Day contracts.
Notwithstanding the preceding, emergency work may be done without prior permission only as provided in
paragraph 6.11.5 herein.
1.46 Written Notice-Written communication between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR. Written Notice shall
be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to Owner's Representative or to the CONTRACTOR's
duly authorized representative, or if such Written Notice is delivered to or sent by registered or certified mail to the
attention of Owner's Representative or to the CONTRACTOR's duly authorized representative at the last business
address known to the party giving notice.
ARTICLE 2-PRELIMINARY MATTERS
2.1 Delivery of Agreement, Bonds, Insurance,and Other Documentation:
Within ten(10)Calendar Days after written notification of award of Contract,the CONTRACTOR shall deliver to the
OWNER signed Agreement, Sond(s), Insurance Certificate(s) and other documentation required for execution of
the Contract.
2.2 Copies of Documents:
The OWNER shall furnish to the CONTRACTOR two (2) copies of the Contract Documents unless otherwise
specified.
00700 04-2020 Page 5 General Conditions
2.3 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed,
The Contract Time(s) commence on the date indicated in the Agreement or in the Notice to Proceed. Notice to
Proceed will be given at any time within sixty(60)Calendar Days after the Execution Date of the Agreement, unless
extended by written agreement of the parties.
2.4 Before Starting Construction:
2.4.1 No Work shall be done at the site prior to the preconstruction conference without the OWNER's approval,
Before undertaking each part of the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the Contract
Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. The
CONTRACTOR shall promptly report in writing to Owner's Representative any conflict, error, ambiguity or
discrepancy which the CONTRACTOR may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from
Owners Representative before proceeding with any Work affected thereby. The CONTRACTOR shall be liable to
the OWNER for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract Documents of which
the CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known.
2.4.2 The CONTRACTOR shall submit the following to Owners Representative for review and approval no later
than the preconstruction conference.,
.1 a preliminary progress schedule indicating the times (number of days or dates) for starting and
completing the various stages of the Work, including any Milestones specified in the Contract
Documents, identifying when all Subcontractors will be utilized, and taking into consideration any
limitations on Working Hours;
.2 a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing and sample submittals;
.3 a preliminary schedule of values for all of the Work, subdivided into component parts in sufficient detail
to serve as the basis for progress payments during construction.Such prices will include an appropriate
amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work. The preliminary schedule of values
submitted by the CONTRACTOR should include a reasonable estimation of value of each item included
and shall not contain disproportionate values assigned to any item or items;
.4 a letter designating COT RACTO R's Superintendent;
.5 a letter from the CONTRACTOR and Subcontractor(s) listing any salaried specialists;
.6 if applicable, a letter designating the "Competent Person(s)" on general safety and trench safety
measures;
.7 if applicable, a trench safety system plan;
.8 if applicable, a plan illustrating proposed locations of temporary facilities;
.9 if applicable, a traffic control plan;
.10 a completed Non-Use of Asbestos Affidavit(Prior to Construction); and
.11 if applicable, a letter designating the Texas Registered Professional Land Surveyor for layout of the
Work.
2.6 Preconstruction Conference:
Prior to commencement of Work at the site,a preconstruction conference attended by the CONTRACTOR,Owner's
Representative and others will be held.
00700 04-2020 Page 6 General Conditions
2.6 Initially Acceptable Schedules:
Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall obtain approval of Owner's
Representative on final versions of the schedules submitted in accordance with paragraph 2.4.2 before the first
progress payment will be made to the CONTRACTOR. The progress schedule must provide for an orderly
progression of the Work to completion within any specified Milestones and Contract Times. Acceptance of the
schedule by Owner's Representative will neither impose on Owner's Representative responsibility for the
sequencing, scheduling or progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve the CONTRACTOR from the
CONTRACTOR's full responsibility therefor, The CONTRACTOR's schedule of Shop Drawings and sample
submissions must provide an arrangement agreeable to the parties for reviewing and processing the required
submittals.
2.7 Electronic Transmittals:
2.7.1 Except as otherwise stated elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the OWNER, EIA, and CONTRACTOR
may transmit,and shall except, Project-related correspondence,texts,data,documents,drawings,information,and
graphics,including but not limited to Shop Drawings and other submittals,in electronic media or digital format,either
directly, or through access to a secure Project website.
2.7.2 When transmitting items in electronic media or digital format, the transmitting party makes no
representations as to long term compatibility, usability, or readability of the items resulting from the recipient's use
of software application packages,operating systems,or computer hardware differing from those used in the drafting
or transmittal of the items.
ARTICLE 3-CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT,AMENDING, REUSE
3.1 Intent:
3.1.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all information necessary for the proper execution and
completion of the Work by the CONTRACTOR.The Contract Documents are complementary,and what is required
by one shall be as binding as if required by all. In cases of disagreement, the following order of precedence shall
govern(top item receiving priority of interpretation):
Change Orders
Modifications to the Contract Documents made after the Execution Date
Signed Agreement
Addenda to the Contract Documents
Special Conditions
Supplemental General Conditions
General Conditions
Other Bidding Requirements and Contract Forms
Special Provisions to the Standard Technical Specifications
Special Specifications
Standard Technical Specifications
Drawings(figured dimensions shall govern over scaled dimensions)
Project Safety manual, if applicable
3.1.2 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents,words which have well-known technical or construction
industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings.
3.2 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies:
Prior to commencing the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall review the Contract Documents for the purpose of
discovering any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract Documents. If, at any time, the
CONTRACTOR discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between
the Contract Documents and any provisions of any such law or regulation applicable to the performance of the Work
00700 04.2020 Page 7 General Conditions
or of any such standard, specification, manual or code or instructions of any Supplier, the CONTRACTOR shall
immediately report it to Owner's Representative in writing,and the CONTRACTOR shall not proceed with the Work
affected thereby until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the
methods indicated in paragraph 3.3.1 or paragraph 3.3.2. The CONTRACTOR shall be liable to the ON for
failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy of which the CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably
should have known.
3.3 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents:
3.3.1 The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions and revisions in the Work or
to modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or more of the following ways:
.1 Change Order.
.2 Change Directive.
3.3.2 In addition, the requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and
deviations in the Work may be authorized, in one or more of the following ways:
.1 Field Order.
.2 Review of a Shop Drawing or sample.
.3 Written interpretation or clarification.
3.4 Reuse of Documents Prohibited:
The CONTRACTOR and any Subcontractor or Supplier or other person or organization performing or furnishing
any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with the OWNER: (i) shall not have or acquire any title to or
ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications or other documents (or copies of any thereof)prepared by
or bearing the seal of EIA or E/A's consultants, and (ii) shall not reuse any of such Drawings, Specifications, other
documents or copies on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of the OWNER and
E/A.
ARTICLE 4- I ILI I L IIRENCE POINTS
4.1 Availability of Lands:
The OWNER shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, all required rights to use the lands upon which
the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are
designated for the use of the CONTRACTOR. The OWNER shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of
general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which the CONTRACTOR will have to
comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will
be obtained and paid for by the OWNER, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If the OWNER
fails to furnish these lands, rights-of-way or easements in a timely manner,the CONTRACTOR may make a Claim
for adjustments in the Contract Times.The CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto
that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment.
4.2 Subsurface and Physical Conditions:
4.2.1 The CONTRACTOR hereby covenants that it has examined the site of the proposed Work and is familiar
with all of the conditions surrounding construction of the Project, having conducted all inquiries, tests and
investigations deemed necessary and proper. Unless the CONTRACTOR, prior to the execution of the Agreement,
has notified the OWNER in writing of any condition of the site of the proposed Work that would adversely impact
00700 04-2020 Page 8 General Conditions
the performance of the Work by the CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR covenants that there are no conditions at the
site of the proposed work which would adversely impact the performance of Work by the CONTRACTOR.
4.2.2 If conditions are encountered at the site which are (1) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical
conditions that differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or(2) unknown physical conditions
of an unusual nature, that differ materially from those normally encountered in the type of work being performed
under this Contract,then notice by the observing party shall be given to the other party promptly before conditions
are disturbed and in no event later than seven (7) calendar days after first observance of the conditions. Owner's
Representative will promptly investigate such conditions with EIA and,if they differ materially and cause an increase
or decrease in the CONTRACTOR's cost of,or time required for, performance of any part of the Work, OWNER will
consider an equitable adjustment in the Contract Amount or Contract Time, or both. If Owner's Representative
determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents
and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified, the CONTRACTOR shall be notified in writing, stating
the reasons. Any disputes arising from Owner's Representative's determination shall be resolved in accordance
with Article 16.
4.2.3 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Contract,the CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the
location and protection of any and all public lines and utility customer service lines in the Work area. For the
purposes of this section, "public lines"means the utility distribution and supply system within public rights-of-way or
easements, and "utility customer service lines" (service) means any utility line connecting a utility customer to the
utility distribution system. Generally, existing service connections within right-of-way or easements are not shown
on the Drawings. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER and"One Call"and exercise due care to locate and
to mark, uncover or otherwise protect all such lines in the construction zone and any of the CONTRACTOR's work
or storage areas. The CONTRACTOR's obligation hereunder shall be primary and nondelegable. The
CONTRACTOR shall indemnify or reimburse the OWNER for such expenses or costs (including fines that may be
levied against the OWNER) that may result from unauthorized or accidental damage to all public lines and utility
customer service lines in the Work area.The OWNER reserves the right to repair such damage the CONTRACTOR
may cause, at the CONTRACTOR's expense.
4.2.4 The CONTRACTOR shall take reasonable precaution to avoid disturbing primitive records and antiquities
of archaeological, paleontological or historical significance. No objects of this nature shall be disturbed without
written permission of the OWNER and the Texas Department of Antiquities Protection. When such objects are
uncovered unexpectedly, the CONTRACTOR shall stop all Work in close proximity and notify Owner's
Representative and the Texas Department of Antiquities Protection of their presence and shall not disturb them
until written permission and permit to do so is granted.All primitive rights and antiquities uncovered on the OWNER's
property shall remain property of the State of Texas, the Texas Department of Antiquities Protection conforming to
the Texas Natural Resources Code. If it is determined by the OWNER, in consultation with the Texas Department
of Antiquities Protection,that exploration or excavation of primitive records or antiquities on Project site is necessary
to avoid loss, the CONTRACTOR shall cooperate in salvage work attendant to preservation. If the Work stoppage
or salvage work causes an increase in the CONTRACTOR's cost of,or time required for, performance of the Work,
the Contract Amount and/or Contract Time may be equitably adjusted.
4.3 Reference Points:
Unless otherwise specified, the OWNER will furnish all reference points, benchmarks, survey monuments, and
control points which,in the OWNER's opinion,are suitable for laying out the Work. Such benchmarks and reference
points will be placed at intervals not to exceed 1,500 feet.
All reference points, benchmarks, survey monuments and control points shall be carefully preserved by the
CONTRACTOR by use of flags, laths or other appropriate measures and, in case of destruction or removal by the
CONTRACTOR or its employees, such reference points, benchmarks, survey monuments, and control points shall
be replaced by a Registered Professional Land Surveyor at the CONTRACTOR's expense. When reference points,
benchmarks, survey monuments, or control points are in conflict with the Work, then reestablishment will be the
OWNER's responsibility during or upon completion of the Work.
4.4 Hazardous Materials:
00700 04-2020 Page 9 General Conditions
4.4.1 The OWNER shall be responsible for any hazardous material uncovered or revealed at the site which was
not shown, indicated or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work and which may
present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto in connection with the Work at the site. The
CONTRACTOR shall immediately notify Owner's Representative of any suspected hazardous materials
encountered before or during performance of the Work and shall take all necessary precautions to avoid further
disturbance of the materials,
4.4.2 The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for any hazardous materials brought to the site by the
CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor, Suppliers or anyone else for whom the CONTRACTOR is responsible.
4.4.3 No asbestos-containing materials shall be incorporated into the Work or brought on the Project site without
prior approval of the OWNER.
4.4.4 TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAWS AND REGULATIONS, CONTRACTOR SHALL
INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS OWNER, AND ITS COUNCIL MEMBERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, AND
CONSULTANTS FROM AND AGAINST ALL CLAIMS, COSTS, LOSSES, AND DAMAGES (INCLUDING BUT
NOT LIMITED TO ALL FEES AND CHARGES OF ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, ATTORNEYS, AND OTHER
PROFESSIONALS AND ALL COURT OR ARBITRATION OR OTHER DISPUTE RESOLUTION COSTS)ARISING
OUT OF OR RELATING TO FAILURE TO CONTROL, CONTAIN OR REMOVE A HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
BROUGHT TO THE SITE BY CONTRACTOR OR BY ANYONE FOR WHOM CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE,
OR TO A USE I TALCONDITION CREATED BY CONTRACTOR OR BY ANYONE FOR
WHOM CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE.
ARTICLE 6-BONDS AND INSURANCE
5.1 Surety and Insurance Companies:
All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents shall be obtained from solvent surety or insurance
companies that are duly licensed by the State of Texas and authorized to issue bonds or insurance policies for the
limits and coverages required by the Contract Documents.The bonds shall be in a form acceptable to the OWNER
and shall be issued by a surety which complies with the requirements of Chapter 3503, Texas Insurance Code
(2005) and which is otherwise acceptable to the OWNER.
OWNER may require the surety to obtain reinsurance for any portion of the risk that exceeds 10% of the surety's
capital and surplus. For bonds exceeding $100,000, the surety must also hold a certificate of authority from the
U.S. Secretary of the Treasury or have obtained reinsurance from a reinsurer that is authorized as a reinsurer in
Texas and holds a certificate of authority from the U.S. Secretary of the Treasury.
5.2 Workers'Compensation Insurance Coverage:
6.2.1 Definitions:
.1 Certificate of coverage ("certificate") -A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to
self-insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement showing statutory workers'
compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on the
Project,for the duration of the Project.
.2 Duration of the Project - includes the time from the beginning of the Work on the Project until the
CONTRACTOR's/person's Work on the Project has been completed and accepted by the OWNER.
.3 Persons providing services on the Project ("subcontractor" herein) - includes all persons or entities
performing all or part of the services the CONTRACTOR has undertaken to perform on the Project,
regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the CONTRACTOR and regardless of
whether that person has employees. This includes, by way of illustration and not of limitation,
00700 04-2020 Page 10 General Conditions
independent contractors, Subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner-operators,
employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services
on the Project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or
materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not
include activities unrelated to the Project, such as food/beverage vendors,office supply deliveries, and
delivery of portable toilets.
5.2.2 The CONTRACTOR shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll
amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code,
Section 401.011(44)for all employees of the CONTRACTOR providing services on the Project, for the duration of
the Project.
5.2.3 The OWNER will not execute the Contract prior to the CONTRACTOR providing all required certificates of
coverage.
5.2.4 If the coverage period shown on the CONTRACTOR's current certificate of coverage ends during the
duration of the Project, the CONTRACTOR must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of
coverage with the OWNER showing that coverage has been extended.
5.2.5 The CONTRACTOR shall obtain from each person providing services on the Project, and provide to the
OWNER:
.1 a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, so the OWNER will have
on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the Project; and
.2 no later than seven(7)days after receipt by the CONTRACTOR,a new certificate of coverage showing
extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during
the duration of the Project.
5.2.6 The CONTRACTOR shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the Project and for
one(1)year thereafter.
5.2.7 The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER in writing by certified mail or personal delivery within ten (10)
days after the CONTRACTOR knew or should have known of any change that materially affects the provision of
coverage of any person providing services on the Project.
5.2.8 The CONTRACTOR shall post at its office or on each Project site a notice, in the text, form and manner
prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the
Project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of
coverage.
6.2.9 The CONTRACTOR shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on
a Project to:
.1 provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of
any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section
401.011(44)for all of its employees providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project;
.2 provide to the CONTRACTOR, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, a certificate of
coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services
on the Project,for the duration of the Project;
.3 provide the CONTRACTOR, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage
showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage
ends during the duration of the Project;
00700 04-2020 Page 11 General Conditions
.4 obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the CONTRACTOR:
a) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning Work on the Project; and
b) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage
period,if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration
of the Project;
.5 retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the Project and for one (1) year
thereafter;
.6 notify the OWN E R in writing by certified mail or personal delivery within ten (110)days after the person
knew or should have known of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any
person providing services on the Project; and
.7 contractually require each person with whom it contracts,to perform as required by paragraphs 5.2.9.1
- 5.2-9.7, with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing
services.
5.2.10 By signing this Contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the
CONTRACTOR is representing to the ON that all employees of the CONTRACTOR who will provide services
on the Project will be covered by workers'compensation coverage for the duration of the Project,that the coverage
will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts,and that all coverage agreements will
be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commission's Division of
Self-insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the CONTRACTOR to
administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions.
5.2.11 The CONTRACTOR's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of Contract by the
CONTRACTOR which entitles the OWNER to declare the Contract void if the CONTRACTOR does not remedy the
breach within ten (10)days after receipt of notice of breach from the OWNER.
5.3 Contractor Insurance Requirements:
For specific bond requirements and additional insurance requirements, refer to the Supplemental General
Conditions,
6.3.1.1 General Requirements:
.1 CONTRACTOR shall carry insurance in the types and amounts indicated below for the duration of
the Contract, which shall include items owned by OWNER in the care, custody and control of
CONTRACTOR prior to and during construction and warranty period.
.2 CONTRACTOR must complete and forward the required Certificates of Insurance to OWNER
before the Contract is executed as verification of coverage required below. CONTRACTOR shall
not commence Work until the required insurance is obtained and until such insurance has been
reviewed by OWNER. Approval of insurance by OWNER shall not relieve or decrease the liability
of CONTRACTOR hereunder and shall not be construed to be a limitation of liability on the part of
CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR must also complete and forward the required Certificates of
Insurance to OWNER whenever a previously identified policy period has expired as verification of
continuing coverage.
.3 CONT ACT 's insurance coverage is to be written by companies licensed to do business in the
State of Texas at the time the policies are issued and shall be written by companies with A.M. Best
ratings of B+VlI or better, except for hazardous material insurance which shall be written by
companies with A.M. Best ratings of A-or better.
00700 04-2020 Page 12 General Conditions
.4 All endorsements naming the OWNER as additional insured, waivers, and notices of cancellation
endorsements as well as the Certificate of Insurance shall indicate: City of Round Rock, 221 E.
Main St., Round Rock,Texas 78664.
.5 The "other" insurance clause shall not apply to the OWNER where the OWNER is an additional
insured shown on any policy. It is intended that policies required in the Contract, covering both
OWNER and CONTRACTOR, shall be considered primary coverage as applicable.
.6 If insurance policies are not written for amounts specified below, CONTRACTOR shall carry
Umbrella or Excess Liability Insurance for any differences in amounts specified. If Excess Liability
Insurance is provided, it shall follow the form of the primary coverage.
.7 OWNER shall be entitled, upon request and without expense,to receive certified copies of policies
and endorsements thereto and may make any reasonable requests for deletion or revision or
modification of particular policy terms, conditions, limitations, or exclusions except where policy
provisions are established by law or regulations binding upon either of the parties hereto or the
underwriter on any such policies.
.8 OWNER reserves the right to review the insurance requirements set forth during the effective
period of this Contract and to make reasonable adjustments to insurance coverage, limits, and
exclusions when deemed necessary and prudent by OWNER based upon changes in statutory law,
court decisions, the claims history of the industry or financial condition of the insurance company
as well as CONTRACTOR.
.9 CONTRACTOR shall not cause any insurance to be canceled nor permit any insurance to lapse
during the term of the Contract or as required in the Contract.
.10 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for premiums, deductibles and self-insured retentions, if any,
stated in policies. All deductibles or self-insured retentions shall be disclosed on the Certificate of
Insurance.
.11 CONTRACTOR shall provide OWNER thirty (30) days written notice of erosion of the aggregate
limits below occurrence limits for all applicable coverages indicted within the Contract.
.12 If OWNER-owned property is being transported or stored off-site by CONTRACTOR, then the
appropriate property policy will be endorsed for transit and storage in an amount sufficient to protect
OWNER's property.
.13 The insurance coverages required under this contract are required minimums and are not intended
to limit the responsibility or liability of CONTRACTOR.
5.3.1.2 Business Automobile Liability Insurance.
Provide coverage for all owned, non-owned and hired vehicles. The policy shall contain the following
endorsements in favor of OWNER:
a) Waiver of Subrogation endorsement TE 2046A;
b) 30 day Notice of Cancellation endorsement TE 0202A; and
c) Additional Insured endorsement TE 9901 B.
Provide coverage in the following types and amounts:
00700 04-2020 Page 13 General Conditions
.1 A minimum combined single limit of$500,000 per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage,
Alternate acceptable limits are $250,000 bodily injury per person, $500,000 bodily injury per
occurrence and at least$100,000 property damage liability each accident.
6.3.1.3 Workers'Compensation and Employers'Liability Insurance:
Coverage shall be consistent with statutory benefits outlined in the Texas Workers' Compensation Act
(Section 401), CONTRACTOR shall assure compliance with this Statute by submitting two(2) copies of
a standard certificate of coverage (e.g. ACCORD form) to Owner's Representative for every person
providing services on the Project as acceptable proof of coverage. The required Certificate of Insurance
must be presented as evidence of coverage for CONTRACTOR. Workers' Compensation Insurance
coverage written by the Texas Workers Compensation Fund is acceptable to OWNER. CONT RACTO R's
policy shall apply to the State of Texas and include these endorsements in favor of OWNER:
a) Waiver of Subrogation, form WC 420304; and
b) 30 day Notice of Cancellation, form WC 420601.
The minimum policy limits for Employers'Liability Insurance coverage shall be as follows:
.1 $100,000 bodily injury per accident, $500,000 bodily injury by disease policy limit and $100,000
bodily injury by disease each employee.
5.3.1.4 Commercial General Liability Insurance.
The Policy shall contain the following provisions:
a) Blanket contractual liability coverage for liability assumed under the Contract and all contracts
relative to this Project.
b) Completed Operation s/Products Liability for the duration of the warranty period.
c) Explosion, Collapse and Underground(X, C& U)coverage.
d) Independent Contractors coverage.
e) Aggregate limits of insurance per project, endorsement CG 2503.
f) OWNER listed as an additional insured, endorsement CG 2010,
g) 30 day notice of cancellation in favor of OWNER, endorsement CG 0205,
h) Waiver of Transfer of Recovery Against Others in favor of OWNER, endorsement CG 2404,
Provide coverages A&B with minimum limits as follows:
.1 A combined bodily injury and property damage limit of$500,000 per occurrence.
6.3.1.5 Builders' Risk Insurance.
CONTRACTOR shall maintain Builders' Risk Insurance or Installation Insurance on an all risk physical
loss form in the Contract Amount. Coverage shall continue until the Work is accepted by OWNER.
OWNER shall be a loss payee on the policy. If off site storage is permitted,coverage shall include transit
and storage in an amount sufficient to protect property being transported or stored.
5.4 Bonds:
00700 04-2020 Page 14 General Conditions
5.4A General.
.1 Bonds, when required, shall be executed on Forms furnished by or acceptable to OWNER. All
bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agent's authority to
act.
.2 If the surety on any bond furnished by CONTRACTOR is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent
or its right to do business is terminated in the State of Texas or it ceases to meet the requirements
of the preceding paragraph, CONTRACTOR shall within ten(10)days thereafter substitute another
bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to OWNER.
.3 When Performance Bonds and/or Payment Bonds are required,each shall be issued in an amount
of one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract Amount as security for the faithful performance
and/or payment of all CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Documents. Performance
Bonds and Payment Bonds shall be issued by a solvent surety company authorized to do business
in the State of Texas, and shall meet any other requirements established by law or by OWNER
pursuant to applicable law. Any surety duly authorized to do business in Texas may write
Performance and Payment Bonds on a project without reinsurance to the limit of 10 percent of its
capital and surplus. Such a surety must reinsure any obligations over 10 percent.
.4 If CONTRACTOR has failed to obtain or maintain a required bond, OWNER may exclude the
CONTRACTOR from the site of the Project and exercise OWNER's suspension and/or termination
rights under the Contract Documents.
5.4.2 Performance Bond.
.1 If the Contract Amount exceeds $100,000, CONTRACTOR shall furnish OWNER with a
Performance Bond in the form set out by OWNER.
.2 If the Contract Amount exceeds $25,000 but is less than or equal to $100,000, CONTRACTOR
shall furnish OWNER with a Performance Bond in the form set out by OWNER, unless the original
Contract Time is 60 Calendar Days/40 Working Days or less, in which case CONTRACTOR can
agree to the following terms and conditions for payment in lieu of providing a Performance Bond:
no money will be paid to CONTRACTOR until completion and acceptance of the Work by OWNER;
CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to receive 95%of the Contract Amount following Final Completion,
and the remaining 5%of the Contract Amount following the one year warranty period.
.3 If the Contract Amount is less than or equal to $25,000, CONTRACTOR will not be required to
furnish a Performance Bond; provided that no money will be paid to CONTRACTOR until
completion and acceptance of the Work by OWNER under the following terms and conditions:
CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to receive 95%of the Contract Amount following Final Completion,
and the remaining 6%of the Contract Amount following the one year warranty period.
.4 If a Performance Bond is required to be furnished, it shall extend for the one year warranty period.
5.4.3 Payment Bond.
.1 If the Contract Amount exceeds $50,000, CONTRACTOR shall furnish OWNER with a Payment
Bond in the form set out by OWNER.
.2 If the Contract Amount is less than or equal to $50,000, CONTRACTOR will not be required to
furnish a Payment Bond; provided that no money will be paid to CONTRACTOR until completion
and acceptance of the Work by OWNER under the terms and conditions specified in paragraph
5.4.2.3.
00700 04-2020 Page 15 General Conditions
ARTICLE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
6.1 Supervision and Superintendence:
6.1.1 The CONTRACTOR shall supervise,inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently,devoting such
attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance
with the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise directed by the OWNER in the Contract Documents, the
CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of
construction. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the completed Work complies accurately with
the Contract Documents.
6.1.2 The CONTRACTOR shall have an English-speaking, competent Superintendent on the Work at all times
that work is in progress. Upon request of Owner's Representative, the CONTRACTOR shall present the resume
of the proposed Superintendent to Owner's Representative showing evidence of experience and successful
superintendence and direction of work of a similar scale and complexity. If, in the opinion of Owner's
Representative, the proposed Superintendent does not indicate sufficient experience in line with the Work, he/she
will not be allowed to be the designated Superintendent for the Work. The Superintendent shall not be replaced
without Written Notice to Owners Representative. If the CONTRACTOR deems it necessary to replace the
Superintendent, the CONTRACTOR shall provide the necessary information for approval, as stated above, on the
proposed new Superintendent. A qualified substitute Superintendent may be designated in the event that the
designated Superintendent is temporarily away from the Work, but not to exceed a time limit acceptable to Owner's
Representative. The CONTRACTOR shall replace the Superintendent upon the 's request in the event the
Superintendent is unable to perform to the E 's satisfaction. The Superintendent will be the CONT CT 's
representative on the Work and shall have the authority to act on behalf of the CONTRACTOR. All communications
given to the Superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the CONTRACTOR. Either the CONTRACTOR or the
Superintendent shall provide an emergency and home telephone number at which one or the other may be reached
if necessary when work is not in progress.
6.2 Labor, Materials and Equipment:
. .1 The CONTRACTOR agrees to employ only orderly and competent workers, skillful in performance of the
type of Work required under this Contract. The CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, and their
employees may not use or possess any firearms, alcoholic or other intoxicating beverages, illegal drugs or
controlled substances while on the job or on the O 's property, nor may such workers be intoxicated, or under
the influence of alcohol or drugs,on the job. If the OWNER or Owner's Representative notifies the CONTRACTOR
that any worker is incompetent, disorderly or disobedient, has knowingly or repeatedly violated safety regulations,
has possessed any firearms, or has possessed or was under the influence of alcohol or drugs on the job, the
CONTRACTOR shall immediately remove such worker from performing Contract Work, and may not employ such
worker again on Contract Work without the O ER's prior written consent. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times
maintain good discipline and order on or off the site in all matters pertaining to the Project. The CONTRACTOR
shall pay workers no less than the wage rates established in Section 00900, and maintain weekly payroll reports as
evidence thereof.
.2 Unless otherwise specified, the CONTRACTOR shall provide and pay for all materials, equipment, labor,
transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone,water,
sanitary facilities, temporary facilities and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing,
performance, re-testing of defective work, start-up and completion of the Work.
6.2.3 All materials and equipment shall be of good quality and new (including new products made of recycled
materials), except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by Owner's Representative, the
CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence (reports of required tests, manufacturer's certificates of
compliance with material requirements, mill reports, etc.) as to the kind, quantity and quality of materials and
equipment. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and
conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier,except as otherwise provided in the Contract
Documents.
00700 04-2020 16 General Conditions
6.2.4 Substitutes and"Approved Equal" Items:
6.2.4.1 Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using
the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to
establish the type,function and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains words reading that
no like, equivalent or"approved equal"item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment of
other Suppliers may be submitted to Owner's Representative under the following circumstances:
.1 "Approved Equal": If, in the OWNER's sole discretion, an item of material or an item of equipment
proposed by the CONTRACTOR is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no
change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by the OWNER as an"approved equal"
item,in which case review of the proposed item may, in the OWNER's sole discretion,be accomplished
without compliance with some or all of the requirements for evaluation of proposed substitute items.
The CONTRACTOR shall provide the OWNER with the documentation required for the OWNER to
make its determination.
.2 Substitute Items: If, in the OWNER's sole discretion, an item of material or an item of equipment
proposed by the CONTRACTOR does not qualify as an "approved equal" item under paragraph
6.2.4.1.1, then it will be considered a proposed substitute item. The CONTRACTOR shall submit
sufficient information to allow the OWNER to determine that the item of material or item of equipment
proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and a substitute therefor.
6.2.4.2 Substitute Construction Methods and Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique, sequence or
procedure of construction is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents, the
CONTRACTOR may with prior approval of the OWNER furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique,
sequence, or procedure of construction. The CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information to Owner's
Representative to allow the OWNER, in the OWNER's sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is
equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents.
6.2.4.3 OWNER's Evaluation: The OWNER will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each
proposal or submittal made pursuant to paragraph 6.2.4.1.1 and paragraph 6.2.4.1.2. The OWNER will be the sole
judge of acceptability. No"approved equal"or substitute shall be ordered, installed, or utilized until the OWNER's
review is complete, which will be evidenced by either a Change Order or completion of the Shop Drawing review
procedure. The OWNER may require the CONTRACTOR to furnish at the CONTRACTOR's expense a special
performance guarantee or other surety bond with respect to any"approved equal"or substitute. The OWNER shall
not be responsible for any delay due to review time for any"approved equal"or substitute.
6.2.4.4 CONTRACTOR's Expense: All data to be provided by the CONTRACTOR in support of any proposed
"approved equal"or substitute item will be at the CONTRACTOR's expense.
6.2.5 The CONTRACTOR agrees to assign to the OWNER any rights it may have to bring antitrust suits against
its Suppliers for overcharges on materials incorporated in the Project growing out of illegal price fixing agreements.
The CONTRACTOR further agrees to cooperate with the OWNER should the OWNER wish to prosecute suits
against Suppliers for illegal price fixing.
6.3 Progress Schedule:
Unless otherwise directed, the CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the progress schedule established in accordance
with paragraph 2.6 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below:
.1 The CONTRACTOR shall submit to Owner's Representative for acceptance proposed adjustments in
the progress schedule that will not change the Contract Times or Milestones. Such adjustments will
conform generally to the progress schedule then in effect.
00700 04-2020 Page 17 General Conditions
.2 Proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will change the Contract Times or Milestones shall
e submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 12. Such adjustments may only be made
by a Change Order or Time Extension Request in accordance with Article 12.
6.4 ConcerningSubcontractors, lie Others:
.1 Assignment: The CONTRACTOR agrees to retain direct control of and give direct attention to the fulfillment
of this Contract. The CONTRACTOR agrees not to,by Power of Attorney or otherwise,assign said Contract without
the prior written consent of the OWNER.
6.4.2 Award of Subcontracts for Portions of theWork: The CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcontractor,
Supplier or other person or organization, whether initially or as a substitute, against whom the OWNER may have
reasonable objection. The CONTRACTOR must provide the OWNER with a list of all Subcontractors, Suppliers,
or other persons or organizations it will use in the Work, and such list must be provided prior to the preconstruction
conference. Should the OWNER have objections,the OWNER will communicate such objections by Written Notice.
If the OWNER requires a change without good cause of any Subcontractor, person or organization previously
accepted by OWNER,the Contract Amount may be increased or decreased by the difference in the cost occasioned
by any such change, and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued. The CONTRACTOR shall not substitute
any Subcontractor, person or organization that has been accepted by the OWNER, unless the substitute has been
accepted in writing by the OWNER. No acceptance by the OWNER of any Subcontractor,Supplier or other person
or organization shall constitute a waiver of any right of the OWNER to reject defective Work.
6.4.3 The CONTRACTOR shall enter into written agreements with all Subcontractors and Suppliers which
specifically bind the Subcontractors or Suppliers to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents
for the benefit of the OWNER and EIA. The OWNER reserves the right to specify that certain requirements shall
be adhered to by all Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors as indicated in other portions of the Contract
Documents and these requirements shall be made a portion of the agreement between the CONTRACTOR and
Subcontractor or Supplier.
6.4.4 The CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to the OWNER for all acts and omissions of the
Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work under
direct or indirect contract with the CONTRACTOR just as the CONTRACTOR is responsible for the
COT CTO 's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any
such Subcontractor,Supplier or other person or organization any contractual relationship between the OWNER and
any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of
the OWNER or EIA to pay or to see to the payment of any amounts due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other
person or organization except as may otherwise be required by laws and regulations.
6.4.6 The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work under a
direct or indirect contract with the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers
and such other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work to communicate with Owner's
Representative through the CONTRACTOR.
6.4.6 The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control the
CONTRACTOR in dividing or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade.
. .7 The CONTRACTOR shall pay each Subcontractor and Supplier their appropriate share of payments made
to the CONTRACTOR not later than ten(10)Days after the COT CTO 's receipt of payment from the OWNER.
.5 Patent Fees andRoyalties:
6.6.1 The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible at all times for compliance with applicable patents or copyrights
encompassing, in whole or in part, any design, device, material, or process utilized, directly or indirectly, in the
performance of the Work or the formulation or presentation of its Bid.
00700 04-2020 Page 18 General Conditions
6.6.2 The CONTRACTOR shall pay all royalties and license fees and shall provide, prior to commencement of
Work hereunder and at all times during the performance of same, for lawful use of any design, device, material or
process covered by letters, patent or copyright by suitable legal agreement with the patentee, copyright holder, or
their duly authorized representative whether or not a particular design, device, material, or process is specified by
the OWNER.
6.5.3 The CONTRACTOR shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent or copyright and shall
indemnify and save the OWNER harmless from any and all claims,costs, losses,expenses and damages(including
but not limited to attorney's fees and consultant fees),direct or indirect,arising with respect to the CONTRACTOR's
process in the formulation of its bid or the performance of the Work or otherwise arising in connection therewith.
The OWNER reserves the right to provide its own defense,with counsel of its own choosing,to any suit or claim of
infringement of any patent or copyright in which event the CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and save harmless the
OWNER from all costs and expenses of such defense as well as satisfaction of all judgments entered against the
OWNER.
6.5.4 The OWNER shall have the right to stop the Work and/or terminate this Agreement at any time in the event
the CONTRACTOR fails to disclose to the OWNER that the CONTRACTOR's work methodology includes the use
of any infringing design, device, material or process.
6.6 Permits, Fees:
Unless otherwise provided in the Supplemental General Conditions, the CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for
all construction permits, licenses and fees required for prosecution of the Work.
OWNER will obtain and pay for the following permits, licenses and/or fees, if required:
.1 Site Development Permit.
.2 Building Permit(s).
.3 Texas Department of Transportation permit for work in State rights-of-way.
.4 Railroad Utility License Agreement.
6.7 Laws and Regulations:
6.7.1 The CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply with all laws and regulations applicable to furnishing
and performing the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable laws and regulations, neither
the OWNER nor EIA shall be responsible for monitoring the CONTRACTOR's compliance with any laws and
regulations.
6.7.2 The CONTRACTOR shall plan and execute its operations in compliance with all applicable Federal, State
and local laws and regulations, including those concerning control and abatement of water pollution and prevention
and control of air pollution.
6.7.3 If the CONTRACTOR performs any Work that it is contrary to laws or regulations,then the CONTRACTOR
shall bear and shall indemnify, defend and hold OWNER harmless from all claims, costs, losses and damages
arising therefrom; however, it shall not be the CONTRACTOR's primary responsibility to make certain that the
Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with laws and regulations, but this does not relieve the
CONTRACTOR of the CONTRACTOR's obligations under Article 3.
6.8 Taxes:
6.8.1 The CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes required to be paid by the
CONTRACTOR in accordance with the laws and regulations of the State of Texas.
00700 04-2020 Page 19 General Conditions
6.8.2 The OWNER is an exempt organization as defined by Chapter 11 of the Property Tax Code of Texas and
is thereby exempt from payment of Sales Tax under Chapter 151, Limited Use Sales, Excise and Use Tax, Texas
Tax Code, and Chapter 321, Texas Tax Code.
6.9 Use of Premises:
6.9.1 The CONTRACTOR shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the
operations of workers to the site and land and areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents and
other land and areas permitted by laws and regulations, rights-of-way, permits and easements, and shall not
unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. The
CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or
occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any claim
be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall
promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by dispute resolution proceeding
or at law. The CONTRACTOR shall indemnify,defend and hold harmless the OWNER, EIA, EI 's consultants and
anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages
(including court costs and reasonable aftorneys'fees) arising out of or resulting from any claim or action, legal or
equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against the OWNER, E/A or any other party indemnified
hereunder to the extent used by or based upon performance of the Work or failure to perform the Work.
6.9.2 During the progress of the Work and on a daily basis, the CONTRACTOR shall keep the premises free
from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the
Work, the CONTRACTOR shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as
well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials. The CONTRACTOR
shall leave the site clean and ready for occupancy by the OWNER at Substantial Completion of the Work. The
CONTRACTOR shall, at a minimum, restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the
Contact Documents,
6.9.3 The CONTRACTOR shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will
endanger the structure, nor shall the CONTRACTOR subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses
or pressures that will endanger it.
6.10 Record Documents:
The CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a safe place at the site, or other location acceptable to the OWN ER, one (1)
record copy of all Drawings, Specifications,Addenda, Change Orders, Change Directives, Field Orders and written
interpretations and clarifications (issued pursuant to paragraph 9.5) in good order and annotated to show all
changes made during construction. These record documents, together with all final samples and all final Shop
Drawings,will be available to the OWNER and EIA for reference during performance of the Work. Upon Substantial
Completion of the Work, these record documents, samples and Shop Drawings showing the final "as built"
construction of the Project shall be promptly delivered to Owner's Representative.
6.11 Safety and Protection:
6.11.1 The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions
and programs in connection with the Work. Upon request,and prior to installation of measures,the CONTRACTOR
shall submit a site security and safety plan for approval by the OWNER. By reviewing the plan or making
recommendations or comments, the OWNER will not assume liability nor will the CONTRACTOR be relieved of
liability for damage, injury or loss, The CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of and
shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to:
.1 all persons on the Work site or who may be affected by the Work;
.2 all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the
site; and
00700 04-2020 Page 20 General Conditions
.3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including but not limited to, trees, shrubs, lawns, walks,
pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and underground facilities not designated for removal,
relocation or replacement in the course of construction.
6.11.2 The CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations of any public body having
jurisdiction for safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and
maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. The CONTRACTOR shall notify owners of
adjacent property and of underground facilities, and utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them,
and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage,
injury or loss to any property referred to in paragraph 6.11.1.2 and paragraph 6.11.1.3 caused,directly or indirectly,
in whole or in part, by the CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor, Supplier or any person or organization directly or
indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may
be responsible, shall be remedied by the CONTRACTOR (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of
Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of the OWNER, or EIA, or E/A's consultant or anyone
employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be responsible, and not attributable, directly
or indirectly, in whole or in part,to the faults or negligence of the CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor, Supplier or
other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them). The CONTRACTOR's duties and
responsibilities for safety and protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and
Owner's Representative has issued a notice to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR in accordance with Article 14
that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion).
6.11.3 Safety Representative: The CONTRACTOR shall designate a qualified and experienced safety
representative at the site whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining
and supervising of safety precautions and programs. Upon request of the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall
provide certifications or other documentation of the safety representative's qualifications. At a minimum,the safety
representative shall have received the OSHA thirty (30) hour training and a certificate evidencing that the safety
representative has received such training within the last five (5) years shall be provided to the OWNER's
representative.
6.11.4 Hazard Communication Programs: The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for coordinating any
exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available
to or exchanged between or among employers at the site in accordance with laws and regulations.
6.11.5 Emergencies:
6.11.5.1 In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work at the site or adjacent thereto,
the CONTRACTOR, without special instruction or authorization from the OWNER or EIA, is obligated to act
reasonably to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss and to mitigate damage or loss to the Work. The
CONTRACTOR shall give Owner's Representative prompt written notice if the CONTRACTOR believes that any
significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If Owner's
Representative determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by the
CONTRACTOR in response to such an emergency,a Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to document
the consequences of such action; otherwise the OWNER will not be responsible for the CONTRACTOR's
emergency action.
6.11.5.2 Authorized agents of the CONTRACTOR shall respond immediately to call-out at any time of any day
or night when circumstances warrant the presence on Project site of the CONTRACTOR or its agent to protect the
Work or adjacent property from damage, restriction or limitation or to take such action or measures pertaining to
the Work as may be necessary to provide for the safety of the public. Should the CONTRACTOR and/or its agent
fail to respond and take action to alleviate such an emergency situation, the OWNER may direct other forces to
take action as necessary to remedy the emergency condition,and the OWNER will deduct any cost of such remedial
action from the funds due to the CONTRACTOR under this Contract.
6.11.5.3 In the event there is an accident involving injury to any individual on or near the Work, the
CONTRACTOR shall notify Owner's Representative within twenty-four (24) hours of the event and shall be
responsible for recording the location of the event and the circumstances surrounding the event through
00700 04-2020 Page 21 General Conditions
photographs, interviewing witnesses, obtaining medical reports and other documentation that describes the event.
Copies of such documentation shall be provided to Owners Representative, for the OWNER's and E/A's records,
within forty-eight(48) hours of the event.
6.12 Continuing the or :
The CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or
disagreements with the OWNER. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or
disagreements, except as the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR may agree in writing,
6.13 CONTRACTOR's General Warranty and Guarantee:
6.13.1 The CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to the OWNER that all Work will be performed in a good and
workmanlike manner in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. The CONTRACTOR's
warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by:
.1 abuse, modification or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than the CONTRACTOR,
Subcontractors or Suppliers; or
.2 normal wear and tear under normal usage,
6.13.2 The CONTRACTO R's obligation to perform and complete the Work in a good and workmanlike manner in
accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. one of the following will constitute acceptance of
Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of the COT RACTO R's obligation to perform
the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents:
.1 observations by Owner's Representative and/or EIA;
.2 recommendation of any progress or final payment by Owner's Representative;
.3 the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by the OWNER to the
CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents,
.4 use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by the OWNER;
.6 any acceptance by the OWNER or any failure to do so;
.6 any review of a Shop Drawing or sample submittal;
.7 any inspection,test or approval by others; or
.8 any correction of defective Work by the OWNER.
.9 the failure of the OWNER, E/A or any other person or entity acting on behalf of the OWNER or EIA to
observe, detect or discover any defect in the Work or any non-conformance of the Work with any
requirement of the Contract Documents.
CONTRACTOR hereby waives any claim or defense to any claim by the OWNER that any failure by the
OWNER, EIA, or any other person or entity acting on behalf of the OWNER or E/A to observe, detect or
discover any defect in the Work relieves or releases, in whole or in part, CONTRACTOR from any
obligations or responsibility for the correction of such defects or any other obligation of CONTRACTOR
under the Contract Documents.
6.14 Indemnification:
00700 04-2020 Page 22 General Conditions
6.14.1 TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW,AND IN ADDITION TO ANY OTHER OBLIGATIONS
OF CONTRACTOR UNDER THE CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE,CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND
AND HOLD HARMLESS OWNER, ITS COUNCIL MEMBERS , EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, AND CONSULTANTS
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE EIA (THE "INDEMNIFIED PARTIES" OR INDEMNIFIED PARTY",
FROM AND AGAINST ALL CLAIMS, COSTS, LOSSES, AND DAMAGES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
ALL FEES AND CHARGES OF ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, ATTORNEYS, CONSULTANTS, EXPERTS AND
OTHER PROFESSIONALS AND ALL COURT OR ARBITRATION OR OTHER DISPUTE RESOLUTION COSTS)
ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER
SUCH CLAIMS, COSTS, LOSSES,AND DAMAGES ARE CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN PARTY BY THE ACTS,
ACTIONS, ERRORS OR OMISSIONS OF AN INDEMNIFIED PARTY.
BECAUSE OWNER IS A MUNICIPALITY,THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF SUBCHAPTER C OF CHAPTER
151 OF THE TEXAS INSURANCE CODE ("CHAPTER 151") DOES NOT APPLY TO THE OWNER. IF,
HOWEVER, ANY PROVISION OF CHAPTER 151 APPLIES TO THE OWNER, IT IS THE INTENT OF THE
OWNER THAT IF THE PROVISIONS OF CHAPTER 151 DO APPLY, NOTHING HEREIN SHALL IMPOSE ANY
REQUIREMENTS ON CONTRACTOR THAT ARE PROHIBITED BY CHAPTER 151 AND THAT ANY OF THE
PROVISIONS HEREOF THAT ARE NOT PROHIBITED BY CHAPTER 151 SHALL REMAIN IN FULL FORCE
AND EFFECT. ACCORDINGLY, IN THE EVENT THAT IN CONSTRUING AND INTERPRETING THE
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION OR, IF APPLICABLE, AN
ARBITRATOR, DETERMINES THAT CHAPTER 151 APPLIES TO THE OWNER, THEN THE COURT OR
ARBITRATOR SHALL REFORM THE PROVISIONS HEREOF SO AS TO COMPLY WITH CHAPTER 151 AND
SUCH REFORMATION SHALL NOT AFFECT THE VALIDITY OF ANY PROVISIONS HEREOF THAT ARE NOT
PROHIBITED BY CHAPTER 151.
6.14.2 The indemnification obligation under paragraph 6.14.1 shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on
the amount or type of damages, or compensation or benefits payable by or for the CONTRACTOR or any such
Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization under workers'compensation acts,disability benefit acts or
other employee benefit acts.
6.14.3 The obligations of the CONTRACTOR under paragraph 6.14.1 shall not extend to the liability of the
OWNER, EIA, E/A's consultants, and their officers, directors, partners, employees or agents caused primarily by
negligent preparation of maps, drawings, surveys, designs or specifications upon which is placed the applicable
state-authorized design professional seal of the OWNER's, E/A's or E/A's consultant's officers, directors, partners,
employees or agents.
6.14.4 In the event the CONTRACTOR fails to follow the OWNER's directives concerning use of the site,
scheduling or course of construction, or engages in other conduct which proximately causes damage to property
based on inverse condemnation or otherwise, then and in that event, the CONTRACTOR shall indemnify the
OWNER against all costs resulting from such claims.
6.14.5 In the event the CONTRACTOR unreasonably delays progress of the work being done by others on the
site so as to cause loss for which the OWNER becomes liable, then the CONTRACTOR shall reimburse the
OWNER for such loss.
6.15 Survival of Obligations:
All representations, indemnifications,warranties and guarantees made in, required by or given in accordance with
the Contract Documents,as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents,will survive final
payment, completion and acceptance of the Work and termination or completion of the Agreement.
6.16 Losses from Natural Causes:
Unless otherwise specified, all loss or damage to the CONTRACTOR arising out of the nature of the Work to be
done or from action of the elements,floods or from unforeseeable circumstances in prosecution of the Work or from
00700 04-2020 Page 23 General Conditions
unusual obstructions or difficulties which may be encountered in prosecution of the Work, shall be sustained and
borne by the CONTRACTOR at its own cost and expense.
6.17 Notice of Claim:
Should the CONTRACTOR suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or act of
the OWNER or of any of the OWNER's employees or agents or others for whose acts the OWNER is liable, a Claim
will be made to the other party within thirty (30) calendar days of the event giving rise to such injury or damage.
The provisions of this paragraph 6.17 shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any
applicable statute of limitations, statute of repose, or any other provision of the Contract Documents.
6.18 Liquidated Damages,
Atset forth inthe Agreement,paragraph 1.2,the CONTRACTOR or its Surety shall be liable for Liquidated Damages
for the CONTRACTOR's failure to timely complete the Work or any portion thereof within the Contract Time. See
Supplemental Conditions for amount of Liquidated Damages.
ARTICLE 7 -
7.1
-7.1 The OWNER may perform other work related to the Project at the site by the OWNER's own forces, or let
other contracts therefor, or have other work performed by utility owners. If the CONTRACTOR believes that delay
or additional cost is involved because of such action by the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR may make a Claim as
provided in Article 11 or Article 12.
7.2 The CONTRACTOR shall afford other contractors who are in a contract with the OWNER and each utility
owner (and the OWNER, if the OWNER is performing the additional work with the OWNER's employees) proper
and safe access to the site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment
and the execution of such other work and shall properly connect and coordinate the Work with theirs. Unless
otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall do all cutting, fitting and patching of the
Work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and integrate with such other work.
The CONTRACTOR shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating or otherwise altering their work
and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of Owners Representative and the other contractors
whose work will be affected. The CONTRACTOR shall promptly remedy damage caused by the CONTRACTOR
to completed or partially completed construction or to property of the OWNER or separate contractors.
7.3 If the proper execution or results of any part of the COT RACTO R's Work depends upon work performed
by others under this Article 7, the CONTRACTOR shall inspect such other work and promptly report to Owner's
Representative in writing any delays, defects or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or
unsuitable for the proper execution and results of the CONT RACTO R's Work. The CONTRACTOR's failure to
report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with the COT RACTO R's
Work except for latent or non-apparent defects and deficiencies in such other work.
7.4 The OWNER shall provide for coordination of the activities of the OWNER's own forces and of each
separate contractor with the Work of the CONTRACTOR, who shall cooperate with them. The CONTRACTOR
shall participate with other separate contractors and Owner's Representative in reviewing their construction
schedules when directed to do so. The CONTRACTOR shall make any revisions to the construction schedule
deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement. The construction schedules shall then constitute the
schedules to be used by the CONTRACTOR, separate contractors and the OWNER until subsequently revised.
7.6 Unless otherwise stated herein, costs caused by delays or by improperly timed activities or defective
construction shall be borne by the party responsible therefor.
7.6 If CONTRACTOR damages,delays,disrupts or interferes with the work of any other contractor,or any utility
owner performing other work at or adjacent to the site of the Project, through CONTRACTO R's failure to take
reasonable and customary measures to avoid such impacts,or if any claim arising out of CONTRACTOR's actions,
00700 04-2020 Page 24 General Conditions
inactions or negligence in performance of the Work at or adjacent to the site of the Project is made by any such
other contractor or utility owner against CONTRACTOR, OWNER, or EIA, then CONTRACTOR shall (1) promptly
attempt to settle the claim as to all parties through negotiations with such other contractor or utility owner, or
otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law,and(2)INDEMNIFY AND
HOLD HARMLESS THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE EIA FROM AND
AGAINST ANY SUCH CLAIMS,AND AGAINST ALL COSTS,LOSSES,AND DAMAGES(INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO ALL FEES AND CHARGES OF ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, ATTORNEYS, AND OTHER
PROFESSIONALS AND ALL COURT OR ARBITRATION OR OTHER DISPUTE RESOLUTION COSTS)
ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO SUCH DAMAGE, DELAY, DISRUPTION,OR INTERFERENCE.
ARTICLE 8-OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES
8.1 Prior to the start of construction, the OWNER will designate in writing a person or entity to act as Owner's
Representative during construction. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions,the OWNER shall
issue all communications to the CONTRACTOR through Owner's Representative.
8.2 The OWNER will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for the
CONTRACTOR's means, methods,techniques,sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions
and programs incident thereto. The OWNER is not responsible for any failure of the CONTRACTOR to comply with
laws and regulations applicable to furnishing or performing the Work. The OWNER is not responsible for the
CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Failure or
omission of the OWNER to discover, or object to or condemn any defective Work or material shall not release the
CONTRACTOR from the obligation to properly and fully perform the Contract.
8.3 The OWNER is not responsible for the acts or omissions of the CONTRACTOR, or of any Subcontractor,
any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the Work.
8.4 Information or services under the OWNER's control shall be furnished by the OWNER with reasonable
promptness to avoid delay in the orderly progress of the Work.
8.5 The foregoing are in addition to other duties and responsibilities of the OWNER enumerated herein and
especially those in respect to Article 4 (Availability of Lands; Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Reference
Points),Article 7(Other Work) and Article 14(Payments to the CONTRACTOR and Completion).
8.6 Notice of Claim:
Should the OWNER suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or act of the
CONTRACTOR or of any of the CONTRACTOR's employees or agents or others for whose acts the
CONTRACTOR is liable, a notice of such injury or damage will be sent to the CONTRACTOR within thirty (30)
calendar days of the event giving rise to such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph 8.6 shall not be
construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or statute of repose.
8.7 The OWNER is not responsible for the CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or furnish the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents. The failure or omission of the OWNER, EIA or any other person or entity
acting on behalf of the OWNER or the EIA to observe, detect, discover,or object to or condemn any defective Work
or material shall not release the CONTRACTOR from CONTRACTOR's obligation to properly and fully perform the
Work pursuant to the Contract Documents. The OWNER shall not be responsible for the acts, errors or omissions
of the CONTRACTOR, or any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other person or entity performing or furnishing any of
the Work on behalf of the CONTRACTOR.
ARTICLE 9-ENGINEER/ARCHITECT'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION
9.1 EIA's Authority and Responsibilities:
9.1.1 The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of FJA during construction are set forth in the
Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of the OWNER and FJA. The assignment
00700 04-2020 Page 25 General Conditions
of any authority, duties or responsibilities to E/A under the Contract Documents, or under any agreement between
the OWNER and EA or any undertaking, exercise or performance thereof by EIA, is intended to be for the sole
and exclusive benefit of the OWNER and is not for the benefit of the CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor, Sub.
subcontractor, Supplier, or any other person or organization,or for any surety or employee or agent of any of them.
9.1.2 EIA will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for the COT RACTO R's
means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs
incident thereto. E/A is not responsible for any failure of the CONTRACTOR to comply with laws and regulations
applicable to the furnishing or performing the Work. E/A is not responsible for the CONT RACTO R's failure to
perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Failure oro ission of EIA to discover, or
object to or condemn any defective Work or material shall not release the CONTRACTOR from the obligation to
properly and fully perform the Work.
9.1.3 E/A is not responsible for the acts or omissions of the CONTRACTOR, or of any Subcontractor, any
Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the Work,
9.1.4 If the OWNER so directs, E/A will review the final Application for Payment and accompanying
documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and certificates of
inspection,tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by Article 14,but only to determine
generally that their content complies with the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of inspections, tests
and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with, the Contract Documents.
9.1.6 The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph 9.1 shall also apply to E/A's
Consultants, Resident Project Representative and assistants.
9.2 E/A as Ownees Representative:
9.2.1 EIA may be designated as Owner's Representative under paragraph 8.1.
9.3 Visits to Site:
If the OWNER so directs,EIA will make visits to the site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction
as is necessary in order to observe as an experienced and qualified design professional the progress that has been
made and the quality of the various aspects of the COT RACTO R's executed Work. Based on information obtained
during such visits and observations, E/A will endeavor for the benefit of the OWNER to determine if the Work is
proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. EIA will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous
on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. EIA's efforts will be directed toward providing for
the OWNER a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents. On
the basis of such visits and on-site observations, EIA will keep the OWNER informed of the progress of the Work
and will endeavor to guard the OWNER against defective Work. EI 's visits and on-site observations are subject
to all the limitations on EIA's authority and responsibility set forth in paragraph 9.1.
9.4 Project Representative:
If the OWNER and E/A agree, EIA will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist E/A in providing more
continuous observation of the Work. The responsibilities and authority and limitations of any such Resident Project
Representative and assistants will be as provided in paragraph 9.1 and in the Supplemental General Conditions.
The OWNER may designate another representative or agent to represent the OWNER at the site who is not E/A,
EIA's consultant, agent or employee.
9.6 Clarifications and Interpretations,
E/A may determine that written clarifications or interpretations of the requirements of the Contract Documents (in
the form of drawings or otherwise) are necessary. Such written clarifications or interpretations will be consistent
with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents,will be issued with reasonable promptness
by Owners Representative and will be binding on the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR. If the OWNER or the
00700 04-2020 Page 26 General Conditions
CONTRACTOR believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Amount
or the Contract Times, the OWNER or the CONTRACTOR may make a Claim therefor as provided in Article 11 or
Article 12.
9.6 Rejecting Defective Work:
EIA may recommend that the OWNER disapprove or reject Work which EIA believes to be defective, or believes
will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or will prejudice the integrity of the
design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 10-CHANGES IN THE WORK
10.1 Changes:
10.1.1 Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, the OWNER, at anytime or from time to
time, may order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such changes in the Work will be authorized by
Change Order, Change Directive or Field Order.
10.1.2 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, and the
CONTRACTOR shall proceed promptly, unless otherwise provided in the Change Order, Change Directive or Field
Order.
10.1.3 The CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Amount or an extension of the
Contract Times with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended,
modified and supplemented as provided in paragraph 3.3.1 and paragraph 3.3.2, except in the case of an
emergency as provided in paragraph 6.11.5 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.4.
10.1.4 Except in the case of an emergency as provided in paragraph 6.11.5, a Change Order or Change Directive
is required before the CONTRACTOR commences any activities associated with a change in the Work which, in
the CONTRACTOR's opinion, will result in a change in the Contract Amount and/or Contract Times.
10.1.6 If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents
(including, but not limited to, Contract Amount or Contract Times) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be
given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility, and the amount of each
applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly.
10.2 Change Orders:
10.2.1 The OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall execute appropriate written Change Orders covering:
.1 a change in the Work;
.2 the amount of the adjustment in the Contract Amount, if any; and
.3 the extent of the adjustment in the Contract Time, if any.
10.2.2 An executed Change Order shall represent the complete, equitable, and final amount of adjustment in the
Contract Amount and/or Contract Time owed to the CONTRACTOR or the OWNER as a result of the occurrence
or event causing the change in the Work encompassed by the Change Order.
10.3 Change Directives:
10.3.1 The OWNER may by written Change Directive,without invalidating the Contract,order changes in the Work
within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Amount
00700 04-2020 Page 27 General Conditions
and Contract Time being adjusted as necessary. A Change Directive shall be used in the absence of complete and
prompt agreement on the terms of a Change Order,
10.3.2 If the Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Amount, the adjustment shall be based
on the method provided for in paragraph 11.5.
10.3.3 A Change Directive shall be recorded later by preparation and execution of an appropriate Change Order.
10.3.4 Upon receipt of a Change Directive, CONTRACTOR shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work
involved.
10.4 Field Order:
10.4.1 Owner's Representative may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract
Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Amount or the Contract Times and are compatible
with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents.
These shall be accomplished by written Field Order and shall be binding on the OWNER and on the CONTRACTOR
who shall perform the Work involved promptly,
10.4.2 If the CONTRACTOR believes that a Field Order would require an adjustment in the Contract Amount
and/or Contract Times, the CONTRACTOR shall make written request to Owner's Representative for a Change
Order. Any request by the CONTRACTOR for an adjustment in Contract Amount and/or Contract Times shall be
made in writing prior to beginning the work covered by the Field Order.
10.5 No Damages for Delay:
Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall receive no compensation for
delays or hindrances to the Work. If delay is caused by specific orders given by the OWNER to stop Work for
reasons for which the CONTRACTOR is not responsible, or such delay is not used by active interference in the
Work by OWNER for reasons for which the CONTRACTOR is not responsible, then such delay will entitle the
CONTRACTOR only to an equivalent extension of time, the CONT CT 's application for which shall, however,
be subject to approval of the OWNER. No such extension of time shall release the CONTRACTOR or surety on its
performance bond from all the CONT RACTO R's obligations hereunder which shall remain in full force until
discharge of the Contract.
ARTICLE 11 -CHANGE OF CONTRACT AMOUNT
11.1 The Contract Amount is stated in the Agreement and, including authorized adjustments, is the total amount
payable by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents,
11.2 The original Contract Amount may not be increased by more than twenty-five percent(25%)and it may not
be decreased more than twenty-five percent(25%)without the consent of the CONTRACTOR to such decrease.
11.3 The Contract Amount shall only be changed by a Change Order. Any claim for an adjustment in the
Contract Amount shall be made by Written Notice delivered by the party making the Claim to the other party promptly
(but in no event later than thirty(30)calendar days)after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the Claim
and stating the general nature of the Claim. Notice of the amount of the Claim with supporting data shall be
delivered within thirty(30) calendar days after Written Notice of Claim is delivered by claimant, and shall represent
that the adjustment claimed covers all known amounts to which claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence
or event. If the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree, all Claims for adjustment in the Contract
Amount shall be determined as set out in Article 16.
11.4 Detennination of Value of Work:
00700 04-2020 Page 28 General Conditions
11.4.1 The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract
Amount will be determined by one or more of the following methods:
.1 by application of unit prices contained in the Contract Documents to the quantities of the items involved.
.2 by a mutually agreed lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to
permit evaluation.
.3 by cost of Work plus the CONTRACTOR's fee for all overhead costs and profit(determined as provided
in paragraph 11.5).
11.4.2 Before using the method described in paragraph 11.4.1.3, the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR agree to
negotiate a Change Order using the methods identified in paragraph 11.4.1.1 and paragraph 11.4.1.2, as
appropriate, to determine the adjustment in the Contract Amount.
11.5 Cost of Work:
If neither of the methods defined in paragraph 11.4.1.1 or paragraph 11.4.1.2 can be agreed upon before a change
in the Work is commenced which will result in an adjustment in the Contract Amount, the OWNER may issue a
Change Directive to the CONTRACTOR. If the OWNER elects to issue a Change Directive, CONTRACTOR shall
perform the Changed Work and payment will be made as follows:
.1 For all personnel, the CONTRACTOR will receive the rate or wage specified in the prevailing wage
rates established in Section 00900 for each hour that said personnel are actually engaged in such
Work, to which will be added an amount equal to twenty-five percent (25%) of the sum thereof as
compensation for the CONTRACTOR's and any affected Subcontractor's total overhead and profit. No
separate charge will be made by the CONTRACTOR for organization or overhead expenses. For the
cost of premiums on public liability insurance, workers' compensation insurance, social security and
unemployment insurance, an amount equal to fifty-five percent (55%) of the wages paid personnel,
excluding the twenty-five(25%)compensation provided above,will be paid to the CONTRACTOR. The
actual cost of the CONTRACTOR's bond(s) on the extra Work will be paid based on invoices from
surety. No charge for superintendence will be made unless considered necessary and ordered by the
OWNER.
.2 The CONTRACTOR will receive the actual cost, including freight charges, of the materials used on
such Work, to which costs will be added a sum equal to twenty-five percent (25%) thereof as
compensation for the CONTRACTOR's and any affected Subcontractor's total overhead and profit. In
case material invoices indicate a discount may be taken,the actual cost will be the invoice price minus
the discount.
.3 For machinery,trucks, power tools, or other similar equipment agreed to be necessary by the OWNER
and the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER will allow the CONTRACTOR the rate as given in the latest
edition of the Associated General Contractors of America "Contractor's Equipment Cost Guide" as
published by Dataquest for each hour that said tools or equipment are in use on such work,which rate
includes the cost of fuel, lubricants and repairs. No additional compensation will be allowed on the
equipment for the CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit.
.4 The compensation, as herein provided for, shall be received by the CONTRACTOR and any affected
Subcontractor as payment in full for work done by Change Directive and will include use of small tools,
and total overhead expense and profit. The CONTRACTOR and the Owner's Representative shall
compare records of work done by Change Directive at the end of each day. Copies of these records
will be made upon forms provided for this purpose by the OWNER and signed by both Owner's
Representative and the CONTRACTOR,with one(1)copy being retained by the OWNER and one(1)
by the CONTRACTOR. Refusal by the CONTRACTOR to sign these records within two (2) working
days of presentation does not invalidate the accuracy of the record.
00700 04-2020 Page 29 General Conditions
11.6 Unit Price Work-
11.6.1 Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be unit price Work, initially the
Contract Amount will be deemed to include for all unit price work an amount equal to the sum of the established
unit price for each separately identified item of unit price work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated
in the Bid. The estimated quantities of items of unit price work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose
of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Amount. Determinations of the actual quantities and
classifications of unit price work performed by the CONTRACTOR will be made by Owner's Representative.
Owners Representative will review with the CONTRACTOR the preliminary determinations on such matters before
rendering a written decision thereon(by recommendation of an Application for Payment or otherwise).
11.6.2 When "plan quantity" is indicated for a bid item, the CONTRACTOR shall be paid the amount specified in
the Contract Documents without any measurements.
11.6.3 Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by the CONTRACTOR to be adequate to
cover the CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit for each separately identified item.
11.6.4 A Major Item is any individual bid item in the Bid that has a total cost equal to or greater than five
percent (5%) of the original Contract Amount or $50,000, whichever is greater, computed on the basis of bid
quantities and Contract unit prices.
11.6.6 The OWNER or the CONTRACTOR may make a Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Amount in
accordance with Article 11 if:
.1 the actual quantity of any Major Item should become as much as twenty percent (20%) more than or
twenty percent(20%) less than in the Bid; or
.2 The CONTRACTOR presents proper documentation contesting the accuracy of"plan quantity," and
Owner's Representative verifies quantity and determines original quantity is in error by five percent
(5%) or more.
11.6.6 Right to Verify Information: The CONTRACTOR agrees that any designated representative of the OWNER
shall have the right to examine the CONTRACTOR's records to verify the accuracy and appropriateness of the
pricing data used to price change proposals. Even after a Change Order Proposal has been approved, the
CONTRACTOR agrees that if the OWNER later determines the cost and pricing data submitted was inaccurate,
incomplete, not current or not in compliance with the terms of this Agreement regarding pricing of change orders,
then an appropriate contract price reduction will be made.
11. .7 Pricing Information Requirements: The CONTRACTOR agrees to provide and require all subcontractors
to provide a breakdown of allowable labor and labor burden cost information as outlined herein. This information
will be used to evaluate the potential cost of labor and labor burden related to change order work. It is intended
that this information represent an accurate estimate of the CONTRACTOR's actual labor and labor burden cost
components. This information is not intended to establish fixed billing or change order pricing labor rates. However,
at the time change orders are priced the submitted cost data for labor rates may be used to price change order
work. The accuracy of any such agreed-upon labor cost components used to price change orders will be subject
to later audit. Approved change order amounts may be adjusted later to correct the impact of inaccurate labor cost
components if the agreed-upon labor cost components are determined to be inaccurate.
ARTICLE 12-CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES
12.1 Working Day and Calendar Day Contracts:
12.1.1 The Contract Times (or Milestones) shall only be changed by Change Order or Time Extension Request
duly executed by both the CONTRACTOR and Owners Representative. Any claim for an adjustment of the
Contract Times(or Milestones)shall be made by Written Notice delivered by the party making the Claim to the other
00700 04-2020 Page30 General Conditions
party promptly (but in no event later than thirty(30)calendar days)after the start of the occurrence or event giving
rise to the delay and stating the general nature of the delay. Notice of the extent of the delay with supporting data
shall be delivered within thirty (30) calendar days after Written Notice of Claim is delivered by claimant, and shall
represent that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which claimant is entitled as a result of said
occurrence or event. If the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree, all Claims for adjustment in
the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be determined as set out in Article 16. No Claim for an adjustment in the
Contract Times(or Milestones)will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph.
12.1.2 When the CONTRACTOR is at fault and the OWNER stops the Work so that corrections in the Work can
be made by the CONTRACTOR,then no extension in time will be allowed.
12.1.3 When the CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times(or
Milestones)due to delay for which the CONTRACTOR is not responsible, an extension of the Contract Times(or
Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay will be considered by OWNER. Any extension of
the Contract Time shall be the CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. However, adverse
weather shall not be considered justification for extension of Contract Times on Calendar Day contracts, except as
provided for in paragraph 12.2.
12.1.4 The OWNER will consider time extension requests and may grant the CONTRACTOR an extension of time
because of:
.1 Changes ordered in the Work which justify additional time.
.2 Failure of materials or products being at the Project site due to delays in transportation or failures of
Suppliers,for which the CONTRACTOR, a Subcontractor or a Supplier is not responsible. The request
for an extension of time shall be supported by a recitation of acts demonstrating that such delays were
beyond the control of the CONTRACTOR, a Subcontractor or a Supplier including but not limited to,
the CONTRACTOR's, the Subcontractor's or the Supplier's efforts to overcome such delays
documented as follows:
a) Copy of purchase order for delayed item(s) indicating date ordered by the
CONTRACTOR/Subcontractor and date purchase order received by Supplier.
b) If item(s) require Shop Drawings or other submittal information in accordance with the Contract
Documents, provide record of date submittal(s) forwarded to Owner's Representative, date
submittal(s) returned to the CONTRACTOR, and date submittal(s)forwarded to Supplier.
c) Copy of document(s) from Supplier, on Supplier's letterhead, indicating date(s) item(s) would be
ready for shipment and/or actual shipment date(s).
d) Copies of all correspondence between the CONTRACTOR/Subcontractor and Supplier indicating
the CONTRACTOR/Subcontractor's efforts to expedite item(s).
e) If item(s) are being purchased by a Subcontractor, provision of meeting notes, correspondence,
and the like which reflect the CONTRACTOR's efforts with the Subcontractor to expedite delivery
of the item(s).
.3 When acts of the OWNER, E/A, utility owners or other contractors employed by the OWNER delay
progress of work through no fault of the CONTRACTOR.
.4 When the CONTRACTOR is delayed by strikes, lockouts, fres, losses from natural causes, or other
unavoidable cause or causes beyond the CONTRACTOR's control.
12.2 Calendar Day Contracts:
00700 04-2020 Page 31 General Conditions
Under a Calendar Day Contract, the CONTRACTOR may also be granted an extension of time because of unusual
inclement weather that is beyond the normal weather expected for the Williamson and Travis Counties,Texas area.
Normal weather which prevents the CONTRACTOR from performing Work is expected during a Calendar Day
Contract, and is not a justification for an extension of time. The following delineates the number of days per month
for which, for purposes of Calendar Day Contracts, expected normal weather will prevent performance of Work:
January.......................... 7 days
February.................... 7 days
March................ 7 days
April......---... ............... 7 days
May....--........ ............... 8 days
June................................ 6 days
July................................. 6 days
August........................... 5 days
September..................... 7 days
October........................ 7 days
November............--..... 7 days
December...................... 7 days
Days per month exceeding the number shown above may be credited as Rain Days if a Claim is made in accordance
with paragraph 12.1.1 and meets the following definition: a"Rain Day"is any day in which a weather event occurs
at the site and is sufficient to prevent the CONTRACTOR from performing units of Work critical to maintaining the
project schedule during the entire day.
ARTICLE 13-TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; AND CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK
13.1 Notice of Defects:
Prompt notice of all defective Work of which the OWNER or EIA has actual knowledge will be given to the
CONTRACTOR. All defective Work may be rejected or corrected as provided for in Article 13.
13.2 Access to Work,
The OWNER, EA E/A's Consultants, other representatives and personnel of the OWNER, independent testing
laboratories and governmental agencies having jurisdiction will have unrestricted physical access to the Work site
for observing, inspecting and testing. The CONTRACTOR shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such
access, and advise them of the COT RACTO R's site safety procedures and programs so that they may comply
therewith as applicable.
13.3 Tests and Inspections:
13.3.1 The CONTRACTOR shall give timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests or
approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests.
13.3.2 The OWNER shall employ and pay for services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all
inspections, tests or approvals required by the Contract Documents except:
.1 for inspections, tests or approvals covered by paragraph 13.3.3 below;
.2 for reinspecting or retesting defective Work; and
.3 as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents.
All testing laboratories shall be those selected by the OWNER.
00700 04-2020 Page 32 General Conditions
13.3.3 If laws or regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work(or part thereof) specifically to
be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body, the CONTRACTOR
shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all costs in
connection therewith and furnish Owner's Representative the required certificates of inspection or approval. The
CONTRACTOR shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any
inspections, tests or approvals required for the OWNER's and E/A's review of materials or equipment to be
incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix designs or equipment submitted for review prior to the
CONTRACTOR's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work.
13.4 Uncovering Work:
13.4.1 If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested or approved is covered by the
CONTRACTOR without concurrence of Owner's Representative, or if any Work is covered contrary to the written
request of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered and recovered
at the CONTRACTOR's expense.
13.4.2 If Owner's Representative considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed, inspected
or tested, the CONTRACTOR shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or
testing that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found
that such Work is defective, the CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising
out of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory
replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and
the OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Amount, and may make a Claim therefor
as provided in Article 11. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective,the CONTRACTOR shall be allowed
an increase in the Contract Amount or an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones), or both, directly
attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction; and
the CONTRACTOR may make a Claim therefor as provided in Article 11 and Article 12.
13.5 OWNER May Stop the Work:
13.5.1 If the Work is defective, or the CONTRACTOR fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials
or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the
Contract Documents,the OWNER may order the CONTRACTOR to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the
cause for such order has been eliminated; however,this right of the OWNER to stop the Work shall not give rise to
any duty on the part of the OWNER to exercise this right for the benefit of the CONTRACTOR or any surety or other
party.
13.5.2 If the CONTRACTOR fails to correct defective Work or submit a satisfactory plan to take corrective action,
with procedure and time schedule, the OWNER may order the CONTRACTOR to stop the Work, or any portion
thereof, until cause for such order has been eliminated,or take any other action permitted by this Contract. A notice
to stop the Work, based on defects, shall not stop calendar or working days charged to the Project.
00700 04-2020 Page 33 General Conditions
13.6 Correctionr Removal of DefectiveWork:
If required by the OWNER,the CONTRACTOR shall promptly,as directed,either correct all defective Work,whether
or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Owner's Representative, remove it
from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective.The CONTRACTOR shall correct or remove and replace
defective Work, or submit a plan of action detailing how the deficiency will be corrected, within the time frame
identified in the notice of defective Work. The CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages
caused by or resulting from such correction or removal(including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement
of work of others), including but not limited to all consultant, engineering,expert and attorney's fees incurred by the
OWNER as a result of such defective work or as necessary for OWNER to investigate such defective Work and/or
to determine the appropriate means or methods to address or correct such defective Work. The OWNER shall
have the right, in 's sole discretion, to have the E/A or other consultant specify the means and methods
that will be followed to correct or address any defective Work. If the OWNER specifies a means or method by which
the defective Work will be addressed or corrected, the CONTRACTOR shall perform the specified work necessary
to address or correct the defective Work at CONT T 's sole cost and expense.
13.7 rran period:
13.7.1 If, at any time after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed
y laws or regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or
y any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, the CONTRACTOR shall
promptly, without cost to the OWNER and in accordance with the E 's written instructions:
(i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has been rejected by the OWNER, remove it from the site and
replace it with Work that is not defective, and
(ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting
therefrom.
If the CONTRACTOR does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where
delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, the OWNER may have the defective Work corrected or the
rejected Work removed and replaced, and all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such
removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others and all
consultant, expert and attorney's fees incurred by OWNER)will be paid by the CONTRACTOR.
13.7.2 In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before
Substantial Completion of all the Work, the warranty period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so
provided in the Contract Documents and agreed to by OWNER.
13.8 OWNER MayCorrect Defective Work:
If the CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time after Written Notice of the OWNER to correct defective Work,
or to remove and replace rejected Work, or if the CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents, or if the CONTRACTOR fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents,
the OWNER may, after seven (7) calendar days' Written Notice to the CONTRACTOR, correct and remedy any
such deficiency. If, in the opinion of Owner's Representative, significant progress has not been made during this
seven(7)calendar day period to correct the deficiency,the OWNER may exercise any actions necessary to remedy
the deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph,the OWNER shall proceed expeditiously.
In connection with such corrective and remedial action, the OWNER may exclude the CONTRACTOR from all or
part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend the CONTRACTOR's services related
thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the OWNER has
paid the CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere. The CONTRACTOR shall allow the OWNER, its agents
and employees,the 0 ER's other contractors, A and IA's consultants access to the site to enable the OWNER
to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or
sustained by the OWNER in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against the CONTRACTOR and
a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the
00700 04-2020 Page 34 General Conditions
Work. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replacement
of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of the CONTRACTOR's defective
Work and any and all consultant,expert and attorneys fees incurred by OWNER as a result of OWNER's correction
of defective WORK. The CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times(or Milestones),
or claims of damage because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by the
OWNER of the OWNER's rights and remedies hereunder.
13.9 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK
If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, OWNER prefers to accept it,
OWNER may do so. CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages attributable to OWNER's
evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work, including but not limited to any expert, engineering
or other consultant's fees incurred by the OWNER to investigate such defective Work and/or to determine the
appropriate means or methods and work necessary to allow OWNER to accept the defective Work and
CONTRACTOR shall pay for all work required to be performed to allow OWNER to accept the defective Work and
any estimated costs, expenses and damages OWNER may sustain in the future as a result of accepting the
defective Work, including any diminution in value of the Project as a result of accepting the defective Work. If any
such acceptance occurs prior to final payment, the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to
the Work shall be incorporated in a Change Order. If the parties are unable to agree as to the decrease in the
Contract Price, then OWNER may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under the Contract
Documents. If the acceptance of defective Work occurs after final payment, CONTRACTOR shall pay to OWNER
the above described costs, expenses and damages incurred by OWNER as a result of OWNER's acceptance of
defective Work.
ARTICLE 14-PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION
14.1 Application for Progress Payment:
14.1.1 Not more than once per month, the CONTRACTOR shall submit to Owner's Representative for review an
Application for Payment, in a form acceptable to the OWNER,filled out and signed by the CONTRACTOR covering
the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is
required by the Contract Documents or as required by OWNER.
14.1.2 Such applications shall not include requests for payment on account of changes in the Work which have
been properly authorized by Change Directives but not yet included in Change Orders.
14.1.3 Such applications shall not include requests for payment of amounts the CONTRACTOR does not intend
to pay to a Subcontractor or Supplier because of a dispute or other reason.
14.1.4 Owner will not pay for materials or equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably
stored at the site or at another location. Payment will be made by Owner only for Work completed in accordance
with the Contract Documents.
14.1.5 Where the original Contract Amount is less than $400,000,the OWNER will pay to the CONTRACTOR the
total amount of approved Application for Payment, less ten percent(10%)of the amount thereof,which ten percent
(10%)will be retained until final payment, less all previous payments and less all sums that may be retained by the
OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. Where the original Contract Amount is$400,000 or more,the OWNER
will pay to the CONTRACTOR the total amount of approved Application for Payment, less five percent(5%)of the
amount thereof,which five percent(5%)will be retained until final payment, less all previous payments and less all
sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. In either case, if the Work is near
completion and delay occurs due to no fault or neglect of the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may pay a portion of
the retained amount to the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR, at the OWNER's option, may be relieved of the
obligation to complete the Work and, thereupon, the CONTRACTOR shall receive payment of the balance due
under the Contract subject to the conditions stated under paragraph 15.2.
00700 04-2020 Page 35 General Conditions
14.1.6 Applications for Payment shall include the following documentation:
.1 updated progress schedule;
.2 monthly subcontractor report; and
.3 any other documentation required under the Supplemental General Conditions.
14.2 CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title:
The CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any
Application for Payment,whether incorporated in the Project or not,will pass to the OWNER not later than the time
of payment to the CONTRACTOR free and clear of all liens.
14.3 Review of Applications for Progress Payment:
14.3.1 Owner's Representative will,within seven (7) calendar days after receipt of each Application for Payment,
either indicate a recommendation for payment and forward the Application for processing by the OWNER, or return
the Application to the CONTRACTOR indicating Owner's Representative's reasons for refusing to recommend
payment. In the latter case,the CONTRACTOR may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application.
14.3.2 Owners Representative's recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will
constitute a representation by Owner's Representative, based upon Owner's Representative's on-site observations
of the executed Work and on Owners Representative's review of the Application for Payment and the
accompanying data and schedules,that to the best of Owner's Representative's knowledge,information and belief:
.1 the Work has progressed to the point indicated; and
.2 the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the
Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subsequent
tests called for in the Contract Documents, to a final determination of quantities and classifications for
unit price Work, and to any other qualifications stated in the recommendation).
14.3.3 By recommending any such payment, Owners Representative will not thereby be deemed to have
represented that:
.1 inspections have been made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work or that the Work has been
performed in accordance with the Contract Documents;
.2 examination has been made to ascertain how or far what purpose the CONTRACTOR has used money
previously paid on account of the Contract Amount;
.3 the COT RACTO R's construction means, methods,techniques, sequences or procedures have been
reviewed; or
.4 that there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle the CONTRACTOR
to be paid additionally by the OWNER or entitle the OWNER to withhold payment to the
CONTRACTOR.
14.4 Decisions to Withhold Payment:
14.4.1 The OWNER may withhold or nullify the whole or part of any payment to such extent as maybe necessary
on account of:
.1 defective Work not remedied;
00700 04-2020 Page 36 General Conditions
.2 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract
Amount;
.3 damage to the OWNER or another contractor;
.4 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time,and that the unpaid
balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay;
.5 failure of the CONTRACTOR to submit a schedule of values in accordance with the Contract
Documents;
.6 failure of the CONTRACTOR to submit a submittal schedule in accordance with the Contract
Documents;
.7 failure of the CONTRACTOR to submit or update construction schedules in accordance with the
Contract Documents;
.8 failure of the CONTRACTOR to maintain a record of changes on drawings and documents;
.9 failure of the CONTRACTOR to maintain weekly payroll reports;
.10 failure of the CONTRACTOR to submit monthly subcontractor reports;
.11 the CONTRACTOR's neglect or unsatisfactory prosecution of the Work, including failure to clean up;
or
.12 failure of the CONTRACTOR to comply with any provision of the Contract Documents.
.13 OWNER's disagreement with the recommendation of the Owner's Representative, provided the
OWNER has provided a Written Notice to the CONTRACTOR specifying the reasons why OWNER
does not agree with such recommendation.
14.4.2 When the above reasons for withholding payment are removed, the CONTRACTOR shall resubmit a
statement for the value of Work performed. Payment will be made within thirty (30) calendar days of receipt of
approved Application for Payment.
14.5 Delayed Payments:
Should the OWNER fail to make payment to the CONTRACTOR of a sum named in any Application for Payment
with which OWNER agrees and has approved for payment within thirty (30) calendar days after the day on which
the OWNER received the mutually acceptable Application for Payment, then the OWNER will pay to the
CONTRACTOR, in addition to the sum shown as due by such Application for Payment, interest thereon at the rate
of one percent (1%) per month from date due until fully paid, which shall fully liquidate any injury to the
CONTRACTOR growing out of such delay in payment.
14.6 Arrears:
No money shall be paid by the OWNER upon any claim, debt, demand or account whatsoever,to any person, firm
or corporation who is in arrears to the OWNER; and the OWNER shall be entitled to counterclaim and offset against
any such debt, claim, demand or account so in arrears and no assignment or transfer of such debt, claim, demand
or account, shall affect the right of the OWNER to so offset said amounts, and associated penalties and interest if
applicable, against the same.
00700 04-2020 Page 37 General Conditions
14.7 Substantial Completion:
14.7.1 If a Certificate of Occupancy is required by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Work, said
certificate shall be issued before the Work or any portion thereof is considered substantially complete. When the
CONTRACTOR considers that the Work, or a portion thereof which the OWNER agrees to accept separately, is
substantially complete, the CONTRACTOR shall notify Owner's Representative and request a determination as to
whether the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete. If Owner's Representative does not
consider the Work substantially complete, Owner's Representative will notify the CONTRACTOR giving reasons
therefor. Failure on the OWNER's part to list a reason does not alter the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to
complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. After satisfactorily completing items identified by
Owner's Representative, the CONTRACTOR shall then submit another request for Owner's Representative to
determine substantial completion. If Owner's Representative considers the Work substantially complete, Owner's
Representative will prepare and deliver a certificate of Substantial Completion which shall establish the date of
Substantial Completion, shall include a punch list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment, shall
establish the time within which the CONTRACTOR shall finish the punch list, and shall establish responsibilities of
the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work, warranty and
insurance. Failure to include an item on the punch list does not alter the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to
complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The certificate of Substantial Completion shall be
signed by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR to evidence acceptance of the responsibilities assigned to them in
such certificate.
14.7.2 The OWNER shall have the right to exclude the CONTRACTOR from the Work after the date of Substantial
Completion, but the OWNER will allow the CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on the
punch list.
14.8 Partial Utilization:
The OWNER, at the OWNER's sole option, shall have the right to take possession of and use any completed or
partially completed portion of the Work regardless of the time for completing the entire Work. The OWNER's
exercise of such use and possession shall not be construed to mean that the OWNER acknowledges that any part
of the Work so possessed and used is substantially complete or that it is accepted by OWNER, and the OWNER's
exercise of such use and possession shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of its responsibility to complete all Work
in accordance with the Contract Documents.
14.9 Final Inspection:
Upon Written Notice from the CONTRACTOR that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Owner's
Representative will make a final inspection with the CONTRACTOR and provide Written Notice of all particulars in
which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. The CONTRACTOR shall immediately take
such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies.
14.10 Final Application for Payment:
The CONTRACTOR may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments after
the CONTRACTOR has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Owner's Representative and delivered
the following documents:
.1 Three(3) complete operating and maintenance manuals, each containing maintenance and operating
instructions, schedules, guarantees, and other documentation required by the Contract Documents;
.2 Record documents(as provided in paragraph 6.10);
.3 Consent of surety, if any, to final payment. If surety is not provided, complete and legally effective
releases or waivers (satisfactory to the OWNER) of all claims arising out of or filed in connection with
the Work;
00700 04-2020 Page 38 General Conditions
.4 Certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Supplemental General Conditions will remain in
force after final payment and through any warranty period;
.5 Non-Use of Asbestos Affidavit (After Construction);and
.6 Any other documentation called for in the Contract Documents.
14.11 Final Payment and Acceptance:
14.11.1 If, on the basis of observation of the Work during construction, final inspection, and review of the final
Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, Owner's
Representative is satisfied that the Work has been completed and the CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the
Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Owner's Representative will recommend the final Application for Payment
and thereby notify the OWNER. If the OWNER agrees with the recommendation of the Owner's Representative,
the OWNER will pay to the CONTRACTOR the balance due the CONTRACTOR under the terms of the Contract.
14.11.2 As Contract Time is measured to Final Completion, Owner's Representative will issue a letter of final
acceptance to the CONTRACTOR which establishes the Final Completion date and initiates any warranty period.
14.11.3 Final payment is considered to have taken place when the CONTRACTOR or any of its representatives
negotiates the OWNER's final payment check, whether labeled final or not, for cash or deposits check in any
financial institution for its monetary return.
14.12 Waiver of Claims:
The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute:
.1 a waiver of claims by the OWNER against the CONTRACTOR, except claims arising from unsettled
claims, from defective Work appearing after final inspection, from failure to comply with the Contract
Documents or the terms of any warranty specified therein, or from the CONTRACTOR's continuing
obligations under the Contract Documents; and
.2 a waiver of all claims by the CONTRACTOR against the OWNER other than those previously made in
writing and still unsettled.
ARTICLE 15-SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION
15.1 OWNER May Suspend Work Without Cause and for Convenience:
At any time and without cause and for convenience,the OWNER may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for
a period of not more than ninety(90)calendar days by written agreement or by Written Notice to the CONTRACTOR
which will fix the date on which the Work will be resumed. The CONTRACTOR shall resume the Work on the date
so fixed. The CONTRACTOR may be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Amount or an extension of the Contract
Times,or both,directly attributable to any such suspension if the CONTRACTOR makes an approved Claim therefor
as provided in Article 11 and Article 12.
15.2 OWNER May Terminate Without Cause:
Upon seven(7)calendar days'Written Notice to the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may,without cause and without
prejudice to any right or remedy of the OWNER, elect to terminate the Agreement. In such case, the
CONTRACTOR shall be paid (without duplication of any items):
.1 for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the
effective date of termination;
00700 04-2020 Page 39 General Conditions
.2 for all claims incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Suppliers, Subcontractors, and others,
The CONTRACTOR agrees to negotiate in good faith with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others to
mitigate the OWNER's cost CONTRACTOR shall include in any subcontract or purchase order
language that provides that if the Agreement is terminated without cause, the Subcontractor and
Suppliers will only be paid for work performed or materials and equipment supplied and shall not have
any other claims against CONTRACTOR or OWNER;
CONTRACTOR shall not be paid for any profit or overhead for Work not completed.
15.3 OWNER May Terminate With Cause:
15.3.1 Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events:
.1 if the CONTRACTOR persistently fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents-,
.2 if the CONTRACTOR disregards laws or regulations of any public body having jurisdiction;
.3 if the CONTRACTOR disregards the authority of Owner's Representative;
.4 if the CONTRACTOR makes fraudulent statements;
.5 if the CONTRACTOR fails to maintain a work force adequate to accomplish the Work within the
Contract Time;
.6 if the CONTRACTOR fails to make adequate progress and endangers successful completion of the
Contract; or
.7 if the CONTRACTOR otherwise violates any provisions of the Contract Documents;
The OWNER may, after giving the CONTRACTOR(and the surety, if any) seven (7) calendar days'Written Notice
terminate the services of the CONTRACTOR. The OWNER, at its option, may proceed with negotiation with surety
for completion of the Work. Alternatively,the OWNER may under these circumstances exclude the CONTRACTOR
from the site and take possession of the Work (without liability to the CONTRACTOR for trespass or conversion),
incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the OWNER has paid the
CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere,and finish the Work as the OWNER may deem expedient In such
case the CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid
balance of the Contract Amount exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by the OWNER arising
out of or resulting from completing the Work, such excess will be paid to the CONTRACTOR, If such claims, costs,
losses and damage exceed such unpaid balance, the CONTRACTOR or surety shall pay the difference to the
OWNER.
15.3.2 Where the COT RACTO R's services have been so terminated by the OWNER, the termination will not
affect any rights or remedies of the OWNER against the CONTRACTOR and surety then existing or which may
thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of amounts due the CONTRACTOR by the OWNER will not release
the CONTRACTOR from liability. In the event the OWNER terminates the Contract with cause, the OWNER may
reject any and all bids submitted by the CONTRACTOR for up to three(3)years.
00700 04-2020 Page 40 General Conditions
15.4 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate:
If through no act or fault of the CONTRACTOR,the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety(90)calendar
days by the OWNER or under an order of court or other public authority, or (except during disputes) Owner's
Representative fails to forward for processing any mutually acceptable Application for Payment within thirty (30)
calendar days after it is submitted, or(except during disputes)the OWNER fails for sixty(60)calendar days after it
is submitted to pay the CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined by the OWNER to be due, then the
CONTRACTOR may,upon seven(7)calendar days'Written Notice to the OWNER,and provided the OWNER does
not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from the OWNER
payment on the same terms as provided in paragraph 15.2. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without
prejudice to any other right or remedy, if(except during disputes)Owner's Representative has failed to forward for
processing any mutually acceptable Application for Payment within thirty(30)calendar days after it is submitted, or
(except during disputes) the OWNER has failed for sixty (60) calendar days after it is submitted to pay the
CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined by the OWNER to be due, the CONTRACTOR may upon seven (7)
calendar days' Written Notice to the OWNER stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due the
CONTRACTOR, including interest thereon. The provisions of this paragraph 15.4 are not intended to preclude the
CONTRACTOR from making a Claim under Article 11 and Article 12 for an increase in Contract Amount or Contract
Times or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to the CONTRACTOR's stopping Work as permitted
by this paragraph.
ARTICLE 16-DISPUTE RESOLUTION
16.1 Filing of Claims:
16.1.1 Claims arising from the circumstances identified in paragraphs 3.2, 4.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.4, 6.4.2, 6.11.5.2, 6.17,
7.5,8.6,9.5, 10.4.2, 13.8, 15.1, 15.2, 15.3, or 15.4, or other occurrences or events,shall be made by Written Notice
delivered by the party making the Claim to the other party within thirty (30) calendar days after the start of the
occurrence or event giving rise to the Claim and stating the general nature of the Claim. Notice of the amount of
the Claim with supporting data shall be delivered within thirty (30) calendar days after Written Notice of Claim is
delivered by claimant and shall represent that the adjustment claimed covers all known amounts to which claimant
is entitled.
16.1.2 Within thirty(30)calendar days of receipt of notice of the amount of the Claim with supporting data,Owner's
Representative and the CONTRACTOR shall meet to discuss the Claim, after which an offer of settlement or
notification of no settlement offer will be made to claimant. If claimant is not satisfied with the proposal presented,
claimant shall have thirty(30)calendar days in which to:
.1 submit additional supporting data requested by the other party;
.2 modify the initial Claim; or
.3 request Alternative Dispute Resolution.
16.2 Alternative Dispute Resolution:
16.2.1 if a dispute exists concerning a Claim, the parties agree to use the following procedure prior to pursuing
any other available remedies. The OWNER reserves the right to include EIA as a party.
16.2.2 Negotiating with Previously Uninvolved Personnel: Either party may make a written request for a meeting
to be held between representatives of each party within fourteen (14) calendar days of the request or such later
period that the parties may agree to. Each party shall endeavor to include, at a minimum, one (1) previously
uninvolved senior level decision maker empowered to negotiate on behalf of their organization. The purpose of this
and subsequent meetings will be good faith negotiations of the matters constituting the dispute. Negotiations shall
be concluded within thirty(30)calendar days of the first meeting, unless mutually agreed otherwise. This step may
00700 04-2020 Page 41 General Conditions
be waived by written agreement of both parties, in which event the parties may proceed directly to mediation as
described below.
16.2.3 Mediation:
16.2.3.1 If the procedure described in paragraph 16-2.2 proves unsuccessful or is waived pursuant to its terms,
the parties shall initiate the mediation process. The parties agree to select within thirty(30) calendar days one (1)
mediator trained in mediation skills, to assist with resolution of the dispute. The OWNER and the CONTRACTOR
agree to act in good faith in the selection of the mediator and to give consideration to qualified individuals nominated
to act as mediator. Nothing in this agreement prevents the parties from relying on the skills of a person who also
is trained in the subject matter of the dispute and/or a contract interpretation expert.
16.2.3.2 Mediation is a forum in which an impartial person, the mediator, facilitates communication between
parties to promote reconciliation, settlement, or understanding among them. The parties hereby agree that
mediation,at a minimum, shall provide for 1)conducting an on-site investigation, if appropriate, by the mediator for
fact-gathering purposes, 2) a meeting of all parties for the exchange of points of view and 3) separate meetings
between the mediator and each party to the dispute for the formulation of resolution alternatives. The parties agree
to participate in mediation in good faith for up to thirty(30)calendar days from the date of the first mediation session,
unless mutually agreed otherwise. Should the parties fail to reach a resolution of the dispute through mediation,
then each party is released to pursue other remedies available to them.
11 -7—RIGHT TO AUDIT
17.1 Right to Audit:
Whenever the OWNER enters into any type of contractual arrangement with the CONTRACTOR, then the
CONTRACTOR's "records" shall upon reasonable notice be open to inspection and subject to audit and/or
reproduction during normal business working hours. The OWNER's representative, or an outside representative
engaged by the OWNER, may perform such audits. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain all records relating to this
Agreement for four (4) years from the date of final payment under this Agreement, or until pending litigation has
been completely and fully resolved,whichever occurs later.
17.1.1 The OWNER shall have the exclusive right to examine the records of the CONTRACTOR. The term
.records'as referred to herein shall include any and all information, materials and data of every kind and character,
including without limitation records, books, papers, documents,contracts, schedules,commitments, arrangements,
notes, daily diaries, reports, drawings, receipts, vouchers and memoranda, and any and all other agreements,
sources of information and matters that may, in the OWNER's judgment, have any bearing on or pertain to any
matters, rights, duties or obligations under or covered by any contract document. Such records shall include(hard
copy, as well as computer-readable data if it can be made available),written policies and procedures, time sheets,
payroll registers, cancelled checks, personnel file data, correspondence, general ledger entries, and any other
record in the COT RACTO R's possession which may have a bearing on matters of interest to the OWNER in
connection with the CONTRACTO R's dealings with the OWNER(all of the foregoing are hereinafter referred to as
"records"). In addition,the CONTRACTOR shall permit interviews of employees as well as agents,representatives,
vendors, subcontractors and other third parties paid by the CONTRACTOR to the extent necessary to adequately
permit evaluation and verification of the following:
a) The COT RACTOR's compliance with contract requirements;
b) The COT RACTO R's compliance with the OWNER'S business ethics policies; and
c) If necessary, the extent of the Work performed by the CONTRACTOR at the time of contract
termination.
17.1.2 The CONTRACTOR shall require all payees(examples of payees include subcontractors,insurance agents,
material suppliers, etc.) to comply with the provisions of this Article 17 by securing the requirements hereof in a
00700 04-2020 Page 42 General Conditions
written agreement between the CONTRACTOR and payee. Such requirements include a flow-down right of audit
provision in contracts with payees that also apply to subcontractors and sub-subcontractors, material suppliers,etc.
The CONTRACTOR shall cooperate fully and shall require Related Parties and all of the CONTRACTOR's
subcontractors to cooperate fully in furnishing or in making available to the OWNER from time to time whenever
requested, in an expeditious manner, any and all such information, materials, and data.
17.1.3 The OWNER's authorized representative or designee shall have reasonable access to the CONTRACTOR's
facilities, shall be allowed to interview all current or former employees to discuss matters pertinent to the
performance of this Agreement, and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space in order to conduct
audits in compliance with this Article 17.
17.1.4 If an audit inspection or examination in accordance with this Article 17 discloses overpricing or overcharges
of any nature by the CONTRACTOR to the OWNER in excess of one-half of one percent(.5%) of the total contract
billings, then the reasonable actual cost of the OWNER's audit shall be reimbursed to the OWNER by the
CONTRACTOR. Any adjustments and/or payments,which must be made as a result of any such audit or inspection
of the CONTRACTOR's invoices and/or records, shall be made within a reasonable amount of time(not to exceed
90 days)from presentation of the OWNER's findings to the CONTRACTOR.
17.1.5 The CONTRACTOR shall take reasonable actions to prevent any actions or conditions which could result
in a conflict with the OWNER's best interests. These obligations shall apply to the activities of the CONTRACTOR's
employees, agents, subcontractors, etc. in their dealings and relations with the OWNER's current and former
employees and their relatives. For example,the CONTRACTOR's employees,agents or subcontractors should not
make or provide to be made any employment, gifts, extravagant entertainment, payments, loans or other
considerations to the OWNER's representatives, employees or their relatives.
17.1.6 It is also understood and agreed by the CONTRACTOR that any solicitation of gifts or any other item of
value by anyone representing the OWNER is to be reported within two (2) business working days to the OWNER
at the following telephone number: 512-218-5401. Failure to report any such solicitations or offers shall be deemed
a material breach of contract entitling the OWNER to pursue damages resulting from the failure to comply with this
provision.
ARTICLE 18—MISCELLANEOUS
18.1 Venue:
In the event of any suit at law or in equity involving the Contract, venue shall be in Williamson County, Texas and
the laws of the state of Texas shall apply to Contract interpretation and enforcement.
18.2 Extent of Agreement:
This Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR and
supersedes all prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral.
18.3 Cumulative Remedies:
The rights and remedies available to the parties are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of any rights and
remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by laws or regulations, by special
warranty or guarantees or by other provisions of the Contract Documents, and the provisions of this paragraph will
be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty,
obligation, right and remedy to which they apply.
00700 04-2020 Page 43 General Conditions
18.4 Severability:
If any word, phrase, clause, sentence or provision of the Contract, or the application of same to any person or set
of circumstances is for any reason held to be unconstitutional, invalid or unenforceable,that finding shall only effect
such word, phrase, clause, sentence or provision, and such finding shall not effect the remaining portions of this
Contract; this being the intent of the parties in entering into the Contract; and all provisions of the Contract are
declared to be severable for this purpose.
18.5 Independent Contractor
The Contract shall not be construed as creating an employerlemployee relationship,a partnership,or a joint venture.
The CONTRACTOR's services shall be those of an independent contractor, The CONTRACTOR agrees and
understands that the Contract does not grant any rights or privileges established for employees of the OWNER.
18.6 Prohibition of Gratuities
The OWNER may, by Written Notice to the CONTRACTOR,terminate the Contract without liability if is determined
by the OWNER that gratuities were offered or given by the CONTRACTOR or any agent or representative of the
CONTRACTOR to any officer or employee of the OWNER with a view toward securing the Contract or securing
favorable treatment with respect to the awarding or amending or the making of any determinations with respect to
the performing of such Contract. In the event the Contract is terminated by the OWNER pursuant to this provision,
the OWNER shall be entitled, in addition to any other rights and remedies,to recover or withhold the amount of the
cost incurred by the CONTRACTOR in providing such gratuities.
18.7 Prohibition Against Personal Interest in Contracts
No officer, employee, independent consultant,or elected official of the OWNER who is involved in the development,
evaluation, or decision-making process of the performance of any solicitation shall have a financial interest, direct
or indirect, in the Contract resulting from that solicitation. Any violation of this provision, with the knowledge,
expressed or implied, of the CONTRACTOR shall render the Contract voidable by the OWNER.
End of General Conditions
00700 04-2020 Page 44 General Conditions
00800 SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS
City of Round Rock Contract Forms
Supplemental General Conditions Section 00800
SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS TO
AGREEMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES
The Supplemental General Conditions contained herein shall amend or supplement the General
Conditions, Section 00700.
ARTICLE I -DEFINITIONS
1.16 Engineer/Architect(EIA):
Add the following:
Name(Representative): Brent A. Baker PLA
Firm: Studio 16.19 LLC
Address: 305 W. Liberty Ave., Suite 100
City, State,Zip: Roun I Rock, Texas 78664
Telephone: 512.534.8680
Facsimile: N/A
Email: brent@studiol6l9.com
1.27 Owner's Representative:
Add the following:
Name: Dawn ScheeI PE Title: Protect_.MLrq4RejtStqffjErigineer
Address: 3400 Sunrise Road
..... ......
City, State, Zip: a ound ock Texas 78665
Telephone:-51121-218.6603
Facsimile: N/A
Email:
ARTICLE 6-CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
6.18 Liquidated Damages
Add the following:
1. CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY LIQUIDATED DAMAGES IN THE AMOUNT OF
FiveHundred AND NO1100
0
50 .00.................................... tk'DAYW bty()NID THE DATE
....................
ESTABLISHED THEREFOR THAT THE CONTRACTOR FAILS TO ACHIEVE
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, AND FOR WHICH OWNER IS UNABLE TO UTILIZE
THE IMPROVEMENTS AND FACILITIES DUE TO THE FAILURE OF CONTRACTOR
TO HAVE ACHIEVED SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
CONTRACT.
END OF SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page I
0108010 1 G-21015 Supplemental OcincrM Conditions
0100910669
00900 SPECIAL CONDITIONS
SECTION 01-INFORMATION
01-01 COPIES OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FURNISHED
The Agreement will be prepared in not less than two (2) (original signed) sets. The
OWNER will furnish to the CONTRACTOR one (1) copy of conforming Contract
Documents and Specifications unless otherwise requested,
01-02 GOVERNING CODES
All construction as provided for under the Contract Documents shall be governed by
any existing Resolutions, Codes and Ordinances, and any subsequent amendments or
revisions thereto as set forth by the OWNER.
01-03 LOCATION
The location of work shall be as set forth in the Notice to Bidders and as indicated in
the Contract Documents.
01-04 USAGE OF WATER
All water used during construction shall be provided by the OWNER and shall be
metered. The OR shall specify the location from which the CONTRACTOR is
to procure water. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for obtaining a bulk water
permit from the OWNER and providing all apparatus necessary for procuring,storing,
transporting and using water during construction. The CONTRACTOR shall strive to
use no more water than reasonable to perform the work associated with this Contract
and shall avoid waste.The CONTRACTOR will be required to pay for all water used
if it is found that waste is occurring during construction.
SECTION 02-SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS
02-01 CROSSING UTILITIES
Prior to commencing the or associated with this Contract, it shall be the
CONTRACTOR's responsibility to make arrangements with the owners of utility
companies to uncover their particular utility lines or otherwise confirm their location.
Certain utility companies perform such services at their own expense,however,where
such is not the case, the CONTRACTOR will cause such work to be done at his own
expense.
02-02 UTILITY SERVICES FOR CONSTRUCTION
The CONTRACTOR will be responsible for providing its own utility services while
performing the Work associated with this Contract. Provision of said utility services
shall be subsidiary to the various bid items and no additional payment will be made for
this item.
0()9(KJ-4-2020 Page I Spec W Cq,and¢ Q ions
ON4364]l
02-03 WAGE RATES
Wage Rates(Information From Chapter 2258,Texas Government Code Title 10)
2288.021. Duty of Government Entity to Pay Prevailing Wage Rates
a. The State or any political subdivision of the State shall pay a worker employed
by it or on behalf of it:
(1) not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for work of
a similar character in the locality in which the work is performed;and
(2) not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for legal
holiday and overtime work.
b. Subsection(a)does not apply to maintenance work.
C. A worker is employed on a public work for the purposes of this section if a
Contractor or Subcontractor in the execution of a contract for the public work
with the State,a political subdivision of the State or any officer or public body
of the State or a political subdivision of the State, employs the worker.
2258.023. Prevailing Wage Rates to be Paid by Contractor and Subcontractor;
Penalty
a. The contractor who is awarded a contract by a public body, or a Subcontractor
of the Contractor, shall pay not less than the rates determined under Section
2258.022 to a worker employed by it in the execution of the contract.
b. A Contractor or Subcontractor who violates this section shall pay to the state
or a political subdivision of the state on whose behalf the contract is made, $60
for each worker employed for each calendar day or part of the day that the
worker is paid less than the wage rates stipulated in the contract.A public body
awarding a contract shall specify this penalty in the contract.
C. A contractor or subcontractor does not violate this section if a public body
awarding a contract does not determine the prevailing wage rates, and specify
the rates in the contract as provided by Section 2258.022.
d. The public body shall use any money collected under this section to offset the
costs incurred in the administration of this chapter.
e. A municipality is entitled to collect a penalty under this section only if the
municipality has a population of more than 10,000.
00900®4-2020 Page 2 Special Conditions
443643
2258-051. Duty of Public Body to Hear Complaints and WithholdPayment
A public body awarding a contract, and an agent or officer of the public body,shall:
I. take cognizance of complaints of all violations of this chapter committed in the
execution of the contract;and
2. withhold money forfeited or required to be withheld under this Chapter from
the payments to the Contractor under the contract, except that the public body
may not withhold money from other than the final payment without
determination by the public body that there is good cause to believe that the
Contractor has violated this chapter.
Applicable a rates to be used in Williamson /o rvis County may
obtained ram the U.S. Department of Laborwebsite at the followinge
addresses:
Construction Types: Heavy (Sewer/Water re ti Plant and
Sewer/Incidental toHighway)
ttp://www.wdol.go_v_/wof/scafiles/ avisbaco X 3.dv ?v ,.,0
Construction Types: Heavy and Highway
htt ://w ,wdol. ov/w ol/sc files/ avis aco I6. vb?v -0
Construction Type: Building
tE // ww.wdol,l les/davi baeon/TX7 .dvb?v I
, , ofi , , .
02-04 LIMIT OF FINANCIAL RESOURCES
The OWNER has a limited amount of financial resources committed to this Project;
therefore, it shall be understood by all bidders that the OWNER may be required to
change and/or delete any items which it may feel is necessary to accomplish all or part
of the scope of work within its limit of financial resources. CONTRACTOR shall be
entitled to no claim for damages or anticipated profits on any portion of work that may
be omitted. At any time during the duration of this contract,the OWNER reserves the
right to omit any work from this contract. Unit prices for all items previously approved
in this contract shall be used to delete or add work per change order.
02-05 LIMITS OF WORK AND PAYMENT
It shall be the obligation of the CONTRACTOR to complete all work included in this
Contract, so authorized by the OWNER, as described in the contract documents and
technical specifications. All items of work not specifically paid for in the bid proposal
shall be included in the unit price bids. Any question arising as to the limits of work
shall be left up to the interpretation of the E)PA.
OW4-2102.0 Page 3 Special Conditions
00443643
02-06 LAND FOR WORK
OWNER provides, as indicated on Drawings, land upon which work is to be done,
right-of-way for access to same and such other lands that are designated for the use of
the CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR provides,at his expense and without liability of
OWNER, any additional land and access thereto that may be required for his
construction operations,temporary construction facilities,or for storage of materials.
02-07 DEVIATIONS OCCASIONED BY UTILITY STRUCTURES
Whenever existing utilities, not indicated on the Drawings, present obstructions to
grade and alignment of proposed improvements immediately notify engineer, who
without delay, will determine if existing utilities are to be relocated, or grade and
alignment of proposed improvements changed. Where necessary to move existing
utilities and appurtenances as determined by the E/'A, the EtA and CONTRACTOR
will make relocation arrangements with the utility owner. The OWNER will not be
liable for delay costs or damages due to relocations of utilities which hinder progress
of the work.
02-08 CONSTRUCTION STAKING
All construction staking required to complete the work associated with this contract
shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible
for determining the layout and extent of staking necessary to construct the
improvements to the lines and grades shown in the Drawings and such staking shall be
satisfactory to the E/A. The CONTRACTOR shall consult with the EJA and Owners
Representative in the field for assistance as necessary. Sufficient staking materials and
equipment shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR including but not limited to: paint,
flagging, laths, hubs,blue tops,nails,hammers,measuring chains or tapes,transits and
levels. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for setting and marking control and
off=set points for measuring distances and angles,for shooting levels,and for any other
items pertaining to construction staking. This item shall not be paid for separately and
shall be considered subsidiary to other bid items.
00900-4®2020 Page 4 Special Conditions
00443643
SECTION 03-ACCESS AND TRAFFIC CONTROL
Access shall be provided for the public and emergency vehicles at all possible times.
When it becomes necessary to restrict access, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the
OWNER and coordinate with the OWNER, all applicable agencies (i.e. Fire
Department, E. .S., Public Works,etc.),residents,and affected parties. If emergency
access is required during the work and such access is being hindered by the work,the
CONTRACTOR will suspend the work if necessary,and otherwise endeavor to assist
emergency personnel in accessing a location restricted by the work. Unless otherwise
approved by the EIA, at the end of each day all lanes of traffic shall be opened to the
public. The CONTRACTOR shall ensure compliance at all times with the accepted
Traffic Control Plan for the project and shall be responsible for all maintenance,
signing and safety precautions necessary for traffic control. These items shall be
included in the bid item Traffic Control.
00900-4-2(10.10 Page Spemall Co ndiinans
00443643
01000 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
ITEM 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1.01 SCOPE
The Work covered by these Specifications consists of furnishing all labor, equipment,
appliances, materials and performing all operations in connection with the inspection
and testing, complete in accordance with the Plans, and subject to the terms and
conditions of the Contract Documents.
1.02 GOVERNINGTECHNICAL ICA
STREET, WATER, SEWER AND DP.AINAGE IMPROVEMENTS
The Round Rock Standard Specification Criteria Manual is hereby referred to and
included in this contract as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein,
and shall be applied to this project unless modified elsewhere as discussed below. The
aforementioned Criteria Manual is the"Standard Specifications"section of the City of
Round Rock Design and Construction Standards. The Standard Specifications may be
accessed from the City of Round Rock website {w,w,w.ro,u,nrac, t,cxas,.� o,v} at the
following web address: w`v,,noun,droc, ,t xa,.., ;o,,v,,,,dac;s.
Any adjustments,alterations,or additional information regarding Governing Technical
Specifications are contained in the Plans (Drawings), Details and Notes described in
Section 02000 of the Project Manual or are included in Attachment A at the end of this
Technical Specifications Section.
ITEM 2 CONTROL OF WORK
2.01 CLEAN-UP
.0 .1 CONSTRUCTION SITE
During construction, the CONTRACTOR shall keep the site free and clean from all
rubbish and debris and shall clean-up the site promptly when notified to do so by the
EIA.
The CONTRACTOR shall,at its own expense,maintain the streets and roads free from
dust, mud, excess earth or debris which constitutes a nuisance or danger to the public
using the thoroughfare,or the occupants of adjacent properties.
Care shall be taken to prevent spillage on streets and roads over which hauling is done,
and any such spillage or debris deposited on streets, due to the CONT ACT 's
operations,shall be immediately removed.
Page 1
1000-4-2020 rechnicat Specifications
00443645
2.01.2 BACKWORK
The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate his operations in such a manner as to prevent the
amount of clean-up and completion of back works from becoming excessive. Should
such a condition exist,the E/A may order all or portions of the work to cease and refuse
to allow any work to commence until the back work is done to the EIA's satisfaction.
2.02 GRADING
The CONTRACTOR shall do such grading in and adjacent to the construction area
associated with this contract as may be necessary to leave such areas in a neat and
satisfactory condition approved by the EIA.
ITEM 3 EXAMINATION AND REVIEW
3.01 EXAMINATION OF WORK
The work covered under this Contract shall be examined and reviewed by the EIA,
representatives of all governmental entities which have jurisdiction, and the Owner's
Representative. The quality of material and the quality of installation of the
improvements shall be to the satisfaction of the E/A. It shall be the CONTRACTOR's
responsibility for the construction methods and safety precautions in the undertaking
of this Contract.
3.02 NOTIFICATION
The EA and the OWNER must be notified a minimum of 24-hours in advance of
beginning construction,testing,or requiring presence of the E/A,Owner's or Owner's
Representative.
3.03 CONSTRUCTION STAKING
The EIA shall furnish the CONTRACTOR reference points and benchmarks that, in
the E/A's opinion, provide sufficient information for the CONTRACTOR to perform
construction staking.
3.04 PROTECTION OF STAKES, MARKS, ETC.
All engineering and surveyor's stakes, marks, property comers, etc., shall be carefully
preserved by the CONTRACTOR, and in case of destruction or removal during the
course of this project, such stakes, marks, property comers, etc., shall be replaced by
the CONTRACTOR at the CONTRACTOR's sole expense.
Page 2
01000-4-2020 Technical Specifications
00443645
ITEM 4 PROTECTION AND PRECAUTION
4.01 WORK IN FREEZING WEATHER
Portions of the work may continue as directed by the E/A.
4.02 PROTECTION OF TREES, PLANTS AND SHRUBS
The CONTRACTOR shall take necessary precautions to preserve all existing trees,
plants and shrubs but where it is justifiable and necessary the CONTRACTOR may
remove trees and plants for construction right-of-way but only with approval of the
EIA.
4.03 TRAFFIC CONTROL MEASURES AND BARRICADES
Traffic control measures and barricades shall be installed in accordance with the Texas
Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices and in other locations deemed necessary
by the E/A, for the protection life and property. Under no circumstances will any
existing road be permitted to remain closed over a weekend. No separate pay will be
made for this item. Costs for this its shall be subsidiary to other items of work.
4.04 PROPERTY LINES AND MONUMENTS
The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the protection, reference and resetting of
property comer monuments if disturbed.
4.05 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS MATERIAL
The CONTRACTOR shall at his own expense, make arrangement for the disposal of
surplus material,such as rock,trees, brush and other unwanted backfill materials.
4.06 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES
The Contractor shall,at his own expense, provide additional space as necessary for his
operations and storage of materials.
ITEM 5 MATERIALS
5.01 TRADE NAMES
Except as specified otherwise, wherever in the specifications an article or class of
material is designated by a trade name or by the name or catalog number of any maker,
patentee,manufacturer,or dealer,such designations shall be taken as intending to mean
and specify the articles described or another equal thereto in quality, finish, and
serviceability for the purpose intended, as may be determined and judged by the EIA
in his sole discretion.
5.02 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP
No material which has been used by the CONTRACTOR for any temporary purpose
whatever is to be incorporated in the permanent structure without the written consent
of the E/A. Where materials or equipment are specified by a trade or brand name, it is
not the intention of the OWNER to discriminate against an equal product of another
Page 3
01000-4-2020 Technical Specifications
00443645
manufacturer, but rather to set a definite standard of quality for performance, and to
establish an equal basis for the evaluation of bids. Where the words "equivalent",
"proper"or"equal to" are used,they shall be understood to mean that the item referred
to shall be "proper",the "equivalent" of, or"equal to" some other item, in the opinion
or judgment of the E/A. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be the best of
their respective kinds and shall be in all cases fully equal to approved samples.
Notwithstanding that the words "or equal to" or other such expressions may be used in
the specifications in connection with a material, manufactured article or process, the
material, article or process specifically designated shall be used, unless a substitute is
approved in writing by the E/A, and the E/A will have the right to require the use of
such specifically designated material, article or process.
Page 4
01000-4-2020 Technical Specifications
00443645
RCXH14")IRO,r.,,;K S,,MAYS GATEWAY B41HANCIEmEr,JS 11;i"OUND R(-,,)CK,TX
......... ..................................................
JANUARY 2022
SUPPLEMENTAL
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
FOR
SCOPE PROVIDED BY
,st uldill"o 116.1p '
de:w[gii cohicAtiorale-soave!�,IIii,npirjc]�
NOTE:
Please refer to the City of Round Rock website for all standard specifications, as
well as Texas Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for
Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges, and if not
addressed, refer to these supplemental specifications.
https://www.roundrocktexas.gov/departments
Ltra nsportationLdacsZ
http:Lj
letting. df
When overlaps occur, all specifications provided by Studio16:19 shall be
superseded by official City of Round Rock or Texas Department of Transportation
specifications.
SUPPILEMPINTAII TECII 111MCAL SPECS 011 11
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY-2022
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PROCUREMENT&CONTRACTING EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
REQUIREMENTS 320130 LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE
000107 PROJECT MANUAL SEALS 32 05 19 GEOTEXTILES
32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 32 31 13 LOUVERED FENCE
01 56 39 TEMPORARY TREE&PLANT 32 84 00 PLANTING IRRIGATION
PROTECTION 32 91 13 SOIL PREPARATION
32 92 00 TURF AND GRASSES
CONCRETE 32 93 00 PLANTS
031100 CONCRETE FORMWORK
03 20 00 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
03 30 00 CAST IN-PLACE CONCRETE
MASONRY
04 22 00 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
044313-16 ADHERED STONE MASONRY
VENEER
04 72 00 CAST STONE MASONRY
METALS
05 70 00 DECORATIVE METAL
THERMAL&MOISTURE PROTECTION
07 19 00 WATER REPELLENTS
SPECIALTIES
101419 DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE
EARTHWORK
31 10 00 SITE CLEARING
31 20 00 EARTH MOVING
SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECS 000101 -2
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHAN(..EMENJTS FK)UNIC)R,C)CIK, T,X
JVe
O�KJAJF 2(Y22
Project Manual Seals
for
S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS
Round Rock, TX
PROJECT OWNER CONTACTS
For Information Regarding Proposals:
Dawn Scheel, PE
Staff Engineer
City of Round Rock
3400 Sunrise Road
Round Rock,TX 78665
p :: 512.218.6603
dscheel@roundrocktexas.gov
DESIGN TEAM CONTACTS
Princi al in Carse/Landscape Architect
vosc
Brent A. Baker,ASLA, CLARB a"4--.
studio 16:19,lic
305 West Liberty Avenue,
Round Rock,TX 78664 co
p ::512.534.8680 OF
brent@studiol6l9.com
Project PM I Landscape Architect
Jonathan Wagner,ALA, LI
studio 16:19, lic
305 West Liberty Avenue,
Round Rock,TX 78664
p ::512.534. 680
iAmnrl er6l,S t_Ud i()16
PIROJIF.:CTMAINNAIL SEALS 0001107
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TK
JANUARY®2022
MEP Engineer
Casey Sveiven
WGI
2021 E. 5 I Street,Suite 200
Austin,TX 78702
p::512.669.5560
casey.sveiven@wginc.com
Structural Engineer
Evan Roe
Gessner Engineering
2501 Ashford Drive,
College Station,TX 77840
p ::979.307.5421
eroe@gessnereng.com
Civil Engineer
Justin Wiatrek, PE
BGE
101 W. Louis Henna Blvd.Suite 400,
Austin,TX 78728
p :: 210.904.2606
jwiatrek@bgeinc.com
PROJECT MANUAL SEALS 000107 2
R()UND R01C,"K,S,MAYS GAUEWAY ENIHIMICIENIENTS ROL)IND RCDCK,TX
...................... ...............
JA11',AJARY -2.022
SECTION 015639-TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION
PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes general protection and pruning of existing trees and plants that are affected
by execution of the Work,whether temporary or permanent construction.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Plant-Protection Zone: Area surrounding individual trees, groups of trees, shrubs, or other
vegetation to be protected during construction and indicated on Drawings.
B. Tree-Protection Zone: Area surrounding individual trees or groups of trees to be protected
during construction and indicated on Drawings,
1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference:Conduct conference at Project Site.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
B, Shop Drawings:
1. Include plans,elevations,sections, and locations of protection-zone fencing and signage,
showing relation of equipment-movement routes and material storage locations with
protection zones.
C. Samples: For each type of the following:
1. Organic Mulch: Sealed plastic bags labeled with composition of materials by percentage
of weight and source of mulch.
2. Protection-Zone Fencing: Assembled Samples.
3. Protection-Zone Signage: Full-size Samples.
D. Tree Pruning Schedule: Written schedule detailing scope and extent of pruning of trees to
remain that interfere with or are affected by construction.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Certification: From arborist, certifying that trees indicated to remain have been protected
during construction according to recognized standards and that trees were promptly and
properly treated and repaired when damaged.
flI:MPORAIRY PREIE AND IPIL.AINT PIROPECT110IN
ROUND ROOK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROOK,Tx
JANUARY-2022
B. Maintenance Recommendations: From arborist, for care and protection of trees affected by
construction during and after completing the Work.
C. Existing Conditions: Documentation of existing trees and plantings indicated to remain, which
establishes preconstruction conditions that might be misconstrued as damage caused by
construction activities.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Arborist Qualifications: Certified Arborist as certified by ISA, licensed arborist in jurisdiction
where Project is located, current member of ASCA, or registered Consulting Arborist as
designated by ASCA.
1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. The following practices are prohibited within protection zones:
1. Storage of construction materials,debris,or excavated material.
2. Moving or parking vehicles or equipment.
3. Foot traffic.
4. Erection of sheds or structures.
5. Impoundment of water.
6. Excavation or other digging unless otherwise indicated.
7. Attachment of signs to or wrapping materials around trees or plants unless otherwise
indicated.
B. Do not direct vehicle or equipment exhaust toward protection zones.
C. Prohibit heat sources, flames, ignition sources, and smoking within or near protection zones
and organic mulch.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Backfill Soil: Stockpiled soil from location shown on Drawings] [Stockpiled soil mixed with
planting soil of suitable moisture content and granular texture for placing around tree; free of
stones, roots, plants, sod, clods, clay lumps, pockets of coarse sand, concrete slurry, concrete
layers or chunks, cement, plaster, building debris, and other extraneous materials harmful to
plant growth.
1. Planting Soil: Planting soil as specified in [Section 329113 "Soil Preparation"].
TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 015639-2
1;i,'0W,4D 11;i;'OCK&MA"(S GATEWA'1(li::r�^l�"IAII^�ICI[..hAEI���,ITS ROUND ROCK,IX,
........................... ..........
JANUARY--.11:1.022
A. Organic Mulch: Free from deleterious materials and suitable as a top dressing for trees and
shrubs,consisting of one of the following:
1. Type: Shredded hardwood.
B. Protection Zone Fencing: Fencing fixed in position and meeting one of the following
requirements:
1. Chain-Link Protection-Zone Fencing: Galvanized-steel fencing fabricated from minimum
2-inch opening,0.148 inch-diameter wire chain,link fabric; with pipe posts, minimum 2"
3/8-inch- OD line posts, and 2-7/S inch- OD corner and pull posts; with 1-5/8-inch- CID
top rails and 0.177inch„ diameter bottom tension wire;with tie wires, hog ring ties, and
other accessories for a complete fence system.
a. Height:72 inches.
2. Plywood Protection,Zone Fencing: Plywood framed with four 2-by-4-inch rails, with 4,
by-4-inch preservative-treated wood posts spaced not more than 96 inches apart.
a. Height: 72 inches.
3. Gates: Swing access gates matching material and appearance of fencing, to allow for
maintenance activities within protection zones.
C. Protection-Zone Signage: Shop fabricated, rigid plastic or metal sheet with attachment holes
pre-punched and reinforced; legibly printed with nonfading lettering.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Examine the site to verify that temporary erosion- and
sedimentation control measures are in place. Verify that flows of water redirected from
construction areas or generated by construction activity do not enter or cross protection
zones.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Protect tree root systems from damage caused by runoff or spillage of noxious materials while
mixing, placing, or storing construction materials. Protect root systems from ponding, eroding,
or excessive wetting caused by dewatering operations.
B. Tree--Protection Zones: Mulch areas inside tree-protection zones and other areas indicated. Do
not exceed indicated thickness of mulch.
1. Apply 2-inch uniform thickness of organic mulch unless otherwise indicated. Do not
place mulch within 6 inches of tree trunks.
TEMP101RAIRVIRIBE AND IF'11,,AvINII'lf:'IRC)TE�,..;'lIIOIN 0111 S639' 3
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY 2022
3.3 PROTECTION ZONES
A. Protection-Zone Fencing. Install protection-zone fencing along edges of protection zones in a
manner that will prevent people from easily entering protected areas except by entrance
gates.
1. Chain-Link Fencing: Install to comply with ASTM F 567 and with manufacturer's written
instructions.
2. Posts: Set or drive posts into ground one-third the total height of the fence without
concrete footings. Where a post is located on existing paving or concrete to remain,
provide appropriate means of post support acceptable to Landscape Architect.
3. Access Gates: Install where required.
B. Protection-Zone Signage: Install protection-zone signage in visibly prominent locations in a
manner approved by Landscape Architect.
C. Maintain protection zones free of weeds and trash.
D. Maintain protection-zone fencing and signage in good condition as acceptable to Landscape
Architect and remove when construction operations are complete and equipment has been
removed from the site.
3.4 EXCAVATION
A. General: Excavate at edge of protection zones and for trenches indicated within protection
zones according to requirements in Section 312000 "Earth Moving" unless otherwise
indicated.
B. Trenching within Protection Zones: Where utility trenches are required within protection
zones, excavate under or around tree roots by hand or with air spade, or tunnel under the
roots by drilling, auger boring, or pipe jacking. Do not cut main lateral tree roots or taproots;
cut only smaller roots that interfere with installation of utilities. Cut roots as required for root
pruning.
C. Do not allow exposed roots to dry out before placing permanent backfill.
3.5 ROOT PRUNING
A. Prune tree roots that are affected by temporary and permanent construction. Prune roots as
shown on Drawings.
1. Cut roots manually by digging a trench and cutting exposed roots with sharp pruning
instruments; do not break, tear, chop, or slant the cuts. Do not use a backhoe or other
equipment that rips,tears,or pulls roots.
2. temporarily support and protect roots from damage until they are permanently
redirected and covered with soil.
TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECT3ON 015639-4
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY 20221
3. Cover exposed roots with burlap and water regularly.
4. Backfill as soon as possible according to requirements in Section 312000 "Earth
Moving."
B. Root Pruning at Edge of Protection Zone: Prune tree roots by cleanly cutting all roots to the
depth of the required excavation.
C. Root Pruning within Protection Zone: Clear and excavate by hand or with air spade to the
depth of the required excavation to minimize damage to tree root systems. If excavating by
hand, use narrow-tine spading forks to comb soil to expose roots. Cleanly cut roots as close to
excavation as possible.
3.6 CROWN PRUNING
A. Prune branches that are affected by temporary and permanent construction. Prune branches
as directed by arborist.
1. Prune to remove only injured, broken, dying, or dead branches unless otherwise
indicated. Do not prune for shape unless otherwise indicated.
2. Do not remove or reduce living branches to compensate for root loss caused by
damaging or cutting root system.
3. Pruning Standards: Prune trees according to ANSI A300(Part 1).
B. Cut branches with sharp pruning instruments; do not break or chop.
C. Do not paint or apply sealants to wounds.
D. Chip removed branches and spread over areas identified by Landscape Architect, or stockpile
in areas approved by Landscape Architect.
3.7 REGRADING
& Lowering Grade: Where new finish grade is indicated below existing grade around trees, slope
grade beyond the protection zone. Maintain existing grades within the protection zone.
B. Raising Grade: Where new finish grade is indicated above existing grade around trees, slope
grade beyond the protection zone. Maintain existing grades within the protection zone.
C. Minor Fill within Protection Zone: Where existing grade is 2 inches or less below elevation of
finish grade, fill with backfill soil. Place backfill soil in a single uncompacted layer and hand
grade to required finish elevations.
3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspections: Engage a qualified arborist to direct plant protection measures in the vicinity of
trees,shrubs,and other vegetation indicated to remain and to prepare inspection reports.
TEMPORARY TRI"Ir..L AINID P"LAiNir IPR,CpTECIT1101N W,636 5
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY-2022
3.9 REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT
A. General: Repair or replace trees, shrubs, and other vegetation indicated to remain or to be
relocated that are damaged by construction operations, in a manner approved by Landscape
Architect.
1. Perform repairs of damaged trunks, branches, and roots within 24 hours according to
arborist's written instructions.
2. Replace trees and other plants that cannot be repaired and restored to full-growth
status,as determined by Landscape Architect.
B. Excess Mulch: Rake mulched area within protection zones, being careful not to injure roots.
Rake to loosen and remove mulch that exceeds a 2-inch uniform thickness to remain.
3.10 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS
A. disposal: Remove excess excavated material, displaced trees, trash, and debris and legally
dispose of them off Owner's property.
END OF SECTION 015539
TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 015639-6
P(.X0,0 FK MAY's GATEWA"(ENII UkNCEM&USROUND ROCK,
.. X
................. ................
...................................................
JANUARY 2022
SECTION 031100-CONCRETE FORMWORK
PART
1-GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Design, fabrication, erection, and stripping of formwork for cast-in-place concrete including
shoring,reshoring,falsework,bracing,proprietary forming systems,prefabricated forms,void
forms,permanent metal forms,bulkheads,keys,blockouts,sleeves,pockets,and accessories.
Erection shall include installation in formwork of items furnished by other trades.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Division 03 Section—Concrete Reinforcement.
B. Division 03 Section-Cast in Place Concrete.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. The latest adopted edition of all standards referenced in this section shall apply, unless
notedotherwise:
1. ACI 117-Standard Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials.
2. ACI 301-Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings.
3. ACI 347R-Guide to Formwork for Concrete,
4. ACI SP-4- Formwork for Concrete.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Construct and erect concrete formwork in accordance with ACI 117,301 and 347R.
B. Forms,shores, reshores,falsework, bracing,and other temporary supports shall be designed
bythe Contractor to support all loads imposed during construction including weight of
construction equipment, live loads, and lateral loads due to wind and imbalance or
discontinuity of build ingcorn pone nts.
C. The Contractor shall be responsible for determining when temporary supports and bracing
maybe safely removed, but in no case shall the curing time before form removal be less than
specified herein.
D. Landscape Architect shall examine formwork prior to concrete installation.
1.05 TOLERANCES
A. Construct formwork to provide completed concrete surfaces complying with the
followingtolerances:
1. Vertical alignment:
a. Lines,surfaces and arises less than 100 feet in height- I inch.
b. Outside corner of exposed corner columns and control joints in concrete exposed to
viewless than 100 feet in height 1/2 inch.
2. Lateral alignment:
a. Members 1 inch.
b. Centerline of openings 12 inches or smaller and edge location of larger openings
inslabs 1/2 inch.
c. Sawcuts,joints,and weakened plane embedments in slabs-3/4 inch.
C:X:X41CR1ET1E FORMWC)RK
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY-2022
3. Level alignment:
a. Elevation of slabs-on-grade-3/4 inch.
b. Elevation of top surfaces of formed slabs before removal of shores-3/4 inch.
c. Elevation of formed surfaces before removal of shores-3/4 inch.
d. Lintels,sills,parapets, horizontal grooves,and other lines exposed to view- 1/2 inch.
4. Cross-sectional dimensions: Overall dimensions of beams,joists, and columns and
thicknessof walls and slabs.
a. 12 inch dimension or less-plus 3/8 inch to minus 1/4 inch.
b. Greater than 12 inch to 3 foot dimension-plus 1/2 inch to minus 3/8 inch.
c. Greater than 3 foot dimension-plus 1 inch to minus 3/4 inch.
5. Relative alignment:
a. Stairs:
1) Difference in height between adjacent risers-1/8 inch.
2) Difference in width between adjacent treads-1/4 inch.
3) Maximum difference in height between risers in a flight of stairs-3/8 inch.
4) Maximum difference in width between treads in a flight of stairs-3/8 inch.
b. Vertical alignment of outside corner of exposed corner columns and control joint
groovesin concrete exposed to view-1/4 inch in 10 feet.
c. All other conditions-3/8 inch in 10 feet.
d. Offsets between pieces of formwork facing material:
1) Class A - Architecturally or prominently exposed surfaces - 1/8 inch gradual or
abrupt.
2) Class B-Surfaces to receive plaster or stucco- 1/4 inch gradual or abrupt.
3) Class C-Exposed surfaces in generally unfinished spaces-%inch abrupt,1/2 inch
gradual.
4) Class D -Concealed surfaces 1 inch gradual or abrupt.
1.06 SUBMITTALS
A. See Division 01 Section -Submittal Procedures for submittal procedures.
B. Submittals for Review:
1. Shop drawings for fabrication and erection of forms for concrete surfaces architecturally
exposed to view. Show general construction of forms including jointing and special
formed joints or reveals, location and pattern of form tie placement, inserts and
anchorages,and other items which visually affect exposed concrete.
2. Samples of chamfer strips, form liners, form ties, and other items which visually affect
exposed concrete.
C. Submittals for Information:
1. Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instruction for proprietary materials
used in exposed concrete work including form liners, release agents,form systems,ties,
andaccessories.
1.07 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING
A. Deliver form materials in manufacturer's packaging with installation instructions.
B. Store off ground in ventilated and protected area to prevent deterioration from moisture
ordamage.
CONCRETE FORMWORK 031100-2
RUkID IR,O(.',,r,S.6d,UkYS,�,..,ATIEMAY ROUND ROCK,TX
.................................................................................................I............... . ................................
JAN —2022
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.01 FORM MATERIALS
A. Forms for Exposed Concrete:
1. Construct formwork with plywood, metal, or other panel type materials designed to
providecontinuous straight and smooth as-cast surfaces with minimum number of joints.
Joints shall be made tight and shall be backed so that edges of adjoining formwork remain
flush.Jointsshall be vertical or horizontal, unless noted otherwise.
2. Wood forms shall be constructed of 3/4 inch,APA 13,13 Plyform,Class 1,Exterior conforming
to S-1. Panels shall be mill oiled and all edges shall be sealed.
B. Cylindrical Forms:
1. Forms to be used at exposed columns, light pole bases and other exposed cylindrical
concrete locations, shall be constructed from one of the following:
a. Paper or Fiber Tubes: standard (Seamless) plastic lined units furnished full length
without splices.
b. Steel:Thickness and sufficient backing to prevent bulges and warps. Provide units to
minimize joints. Seal and finish joints so joints are not visible in finished concrete.
Units shall be free of bends,dents, holes,and rust.
c. Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic Forms: Thickness and sufficient backing to prevent
bulgesand warps. Provide units to minimize joints. Seal and finish joints so joints are
not visiblein finished concrete. Units shall be free of bends,dents,and holes.
2.02 FORMWORK ACCESSORIES
A. Form Ties: Removable or snap-off metal of adjustable length;cone type; one inch break back
dimension; free of defects that will leave holes larger than one inch diameter in concrete
surface.
B. Form Release Agent: Colorless material which will not stain concrete, absorb moisture, or
impairnatural bonding or color characteristics of coating intended for use on concrete.
C. Rustications,Bevels and Chamfers:Steel,polyvinyl chloride,or milled and sealed wood of size
and shape shown on the Drawings.
D. Protection Board:For use over void forms under structural slabs.Hard-pressed cellulose fiber
board, 1/4 inch minimum thickness, or "SureCover Board", as manufactured by VoidForm
Products, Inc.
E. Sleeves and Blockouts:Formed with galvanized metal,galvanized pipe,polyvinyl chloride pipe,
fiber tubes,or wood.
F. Nails, Spikes, Lag Bolts, Through Bolts, and Anchorages: Sized as required; of strength and
character to maintain formwork in place while placing concrete.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.01 FORM CONSTRUCTION
A. General: Construct forms to the sizes,shapes, lines and dimensions shown on the Drawings.
Provide for openings, offsets, keyways,rustications, reglets,chamfers, blockouts, bulkheads,
anchorages, inserts, and other features as required. Form all openings in concrete slabs as
required for the vertical passage of ducts, pipes,conduits,etc..The design and engineering of
(.,'.(.)1NCRETE FORPAWOIRX 0311 11100- 3
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHA!NCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY-2022
the formwork, as well as its construction, shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
Adequatelyshore all concrete members to safely support all loads and lateral pressures
outlined in "Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork" (ACI 347) without distortion,
excessive deflection or other damage.
B. Construction forms shall be provided for any and all items of concrete work required for or in
connection with the satisfactory completion of the project, whether each such item is
specificallyshown or referred to or not.
C. Fabricate formwork for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces.
Form removal shall be accomplished as a hand operation,with due care to avoid damage to
any finished concrete work or any reinforcing passing through forms being removed.
D. Kerf wood inserts as required for ease of removal.
E. Provide temporary ports in formwork to facilitate cleaning and inspection. Locate openings at
bottom of forms to allow flushing water to drain. Close ports with tight fitting panels, flush
withinside face of forms, neatly fitted so that joints will not be apparent in exposed concrete
surfaces.
F. Fit forms placed for successive concrete placements for continuous surfaces, to accurate
alignment,and within allowable tolerances.
G. Minimize form joints. Symmetrically align joints and make watertight to prevent leakage of
mortar. Should construction joints prove to be absolutely unavoidable, locate such joints
within the middle third of spans or as detailed on the drawings. Make no additional
construction jointsunder any circumstances without the written approval of the Architect.
Provide appropriate keys in all construction joints,whether horizontal or vertical.
H. Form intersecting planes to provide true corners with edge grain of plywood not exposed as
form for concrete.
I. Erect,support,brace,and maintain falseworkto safely support all applied loads until such loads
can be supported by the concrete structure.
J. Construct formwork to cambers shown or specified on the Drawings to allow for structural
deflection of the hardened concrete. Provide additional elevation or camber in formwork as
required for anticipated formwork deflections due to weight and pressures of concrete and
construction loads.
K. Forms for Exposed Concrete:
1. Drill forms from the contact face to the outside to suit form ties used. Do not splinter
formsby driving ties through improperly prepared holes.
2. Provide sharp, clean corners at intersecting planes without visible edges or offsets.
Backjoints with extra studs or girts if required to maintain corners.
3. Provide extra studs,girts,walers,and bracing to prevent bowing of forms.
4. Form shapes, recesses and projections with smooth finish materials, and install in forms
withsealed joints.
5. Locate form ties in level horizontal rows, plumbed vertically, and in symmetrical
arrangements,unless noted otherwise.
6. Special care shall be given to formwork,ties, bracing, etc.for any concrete surface to be
left exposed to permanent view. Waves, bulges, form marks, staining, joint marks or
irregularities shall be considered unacceptable.
CONCRETE FORMWORK 031100-4
R()UND RX.)(X S.MA)rS GAFEWAY BIMANC"EME1,4TS F!Mhfl)ROCK,YX
.............................................................:.............. ............... ...................................................................................I....
...........................
JANkJARY 2022
L. Corner Treatment:Form exposed Corners of beams,walls and columns with chamfered edges,
unless noted or shown otherwise.
1. Form chamfers,with 3/4 inch by 3/4 inch strips,unless noted otherwise.
2. Unexposed corners may be formed square or chamfered.
M. Foundation Elements: The sides of all below grade portions of beams, pier caps, walls, and
columns shall be formed straight and to the lines and grades specified.
3.02 APPLICATION OF FORM RELEASE AGENT
A. Apply form release agent on formwork in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.Apply
prior to placing reinforcing steel,anchoring devices,and embedded items.
B. Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces are scheduled to receive
subsequentfinishes which may be affected by agent.Soak contact surfaces of untreated forms
with clean water. Keep surfaces wet prior to placing concrete.
3.03 INSERTS,EMBEDDED PARTS,AND OPENINGS
A. Provide formed openings where required for work embedded in or passing through
concrete.in case of conflict with reinforcing steel or structural embeds,consult Architect
before placement.
B. Coordinate work of other Sections in forming and setting openings, slots, recesses,
chases,sleeves, bolts,anchors,and other inserts.
C. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, level and plumb. Ensure
iternsare not disturbed during concrete placement.
3.04 FORM REMOVAL
A. Formwork not supporting concrete,such as side forms for beams,walls,and columns,may be
removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 degrees Fahrenheit(10 degrees Celsius)
for 12 hours after placing concrete, provided concrete is sufficiently hard to not be damaged
by form removal,and provided curing and protection operations are maintained.
B. Formwork supporting conventionally reinforced concrete shall not be removed until concrete
hasattained 85 percent of its specified 28 day compressive strength as established by tests of
fieldcured cylinders. In the absence of cylinder tests, supporting formwork shall remain in
place untilthe concrete has cured at a temperature of at least SO degrees Fahrenheit (10
degrees Celsius)for the minimum cumulative time periods given in ACI 347, Section 3.7.2.3.
When the surroundingair temperature is below 50 degrees Fahrenheit (10 degrees Celsius),
that time period shall beadded to the minimum listed time period. Formwork for two,way
conventionally reinforced slabsshall remain in place for at least the minimum cumulative time
periods specified for one-way slabs of the same maximum span.
C. Minimum cumulative curing times may be reduced by the use of high,early strength cement
or forming systems which allow form removal without disturbing shores, but only after the
Contractor has demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Architect that the early removal of
formswill not cause excessive sag,distortion or damage to the concrete elements.
D. Wood forms shall be completely removed. Provide temporary openings if required.
E. Provide adequate methods of curing and thermal protection of exposed concrete of forms
areremoved prior to completion of specified curing time.
CC.)tNr1 ,'R1ETE F()RPAW01R;1K 03 1�00 5
ROUND(ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK.TX
JANUARY 2022
F. Areas required to support construction loads in excess of 20 pounds per square foot
(psf)shall be reshored to properly distribute construction loading.Construction loads up
to therated live load capacity may be placed on unshored construction provided the
concretehas attained the specified 28 day compressive strength.
G. Obtaining concrete compressive strength tests for the purposes of form removal shall be
theresponsibility of the Contractor.
3.05 SHORES AND RESHORES FOR MULTILEVEL.STRUCTURES
A. Comply with ACI 347 and these specifications regarding shoring and reshoring.
B. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for proper shoring and reshoring.
C. Extend shores or reshores from ground to top level in structure three stories or less in
height,unless noted otherwise.
D. In crawl spaces or basements,shores or reshores shall extend to mud pads seated firmly on
thesoil or to on-grade construction.
E. All levels of reshores may be removed after formwork for the uppermost floor has
beenremoved in accordance with these specifications.
3.06 REUSE OF FORMS
A. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused. Damaged forming material shall not be
replaced and shall not be used in construction.
B. Apply form release agent to concrete contact surfaces prior to each reuse of the forms.
3.07 CLEANING
A. Upon completion of work of this section, remove related debris from job site.
END OF SECTION 031100
CONCRETE FORMWORK 031100.6
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, �X
JANUARY 21022
SECTION 032000-C REINFORCEMENT
PART
1-GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Includes furnishing all materials, equipment, transportation and facilities and performing
alliabor necessary for the following:
1. Prepare shop drawings of reinforcing steel.
2. Furnish and place reinforcing steel.
3. Fabrication and installation of embedded metal assemblies.
B. Related Documents: The Contract Documents, as defined in Division 01 Section - Summary
of or , apply to the Work of this Section. Additional requirements and information
necessary tocomplete the Work of this Section may be found in other Documents.
C. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 03 Section-Concrete Formwork.
2. Division 03 Section -Cast-in-Place Concrete.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Division 01 Section-Submittal Procedures: Procedures for submittals.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop and installation drawings of reinforcement and embedded
metalassemblies for review by the Engineer. Reproduce the bar bending diagram, the beam,
slab and joist notes and cast-in-place concrete notes that concern the proper placing of
reinforcing and submit it with each set of shop drawings for field use. Use same bar marks
on bar bendingdiagrams as used on the beam,and slab schedule. Use same beam, and wall
marks as Contra ctDocu me nts.
C. Mill Test Reports: Deliver certified copies, evidencing compliance with all requirements of
thesespecifications to the Engineer with all deliveries of reinforcing steel.
D, Submit copies of laboratory inspection reports as follows:
1. Steel Supplier- I Copy
2. General Contractor-1 Copy
1 Owner - I Copy
4, Architect - 1 Copy
5. Structural Engineer-1 Copy
1.03 LABORATORY TESTING AND INSPECTION
A. Inspect welding of deformed bar anchors at the beginning of each period of production for
size, length and quality. Re-inspect corrected welds.
B. Reinforcing: Inspect all reinforcing steel prior to placement of concrete for
compliance with the Contract Documents and the approved shop drawings. All
instances of noncompliance shall be immediately brought to the attention of the
Contractor. If uncorrected by the Contractor,they shall be listed in the report.
1. Observe and report the following: number and size of bars; bending; splicing; clearance
to forms;clearance between bars; rust, form oil or other contamination; fabrication and
installation of embedded metal assemblies, including visual inspection of all welds.
0C)INCIRNETE REINIF(DIRCIEMENT 032101010- 11
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHAh4(_f,!:MENTS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY-2022
C. Inspector shall have a minimum of three (3) years of experience inspecting reinforcing steel in
projects of similar size.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Reinforcing: All of domestic manufacturers.
1. Bars: New deformed billet steel,ASTM A615,grade 60.
2. Reinforcing bars to be welded: ASTM A706; Bars shall have a carbon content not
exceeding 0.30%and a manganese content not exceeding 0.60%. Provide certified copies
of the ladle analysis for each lot of bars to be welded.
3. Welded Wire Fabric: "Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric" (ASTM A185) with
yield strength Fy=60,000 psi.
4. Epoxy coated reinforcing bars: Not approved for use.
B. Fiber reinforcing: Not Used
C. Concrete accessories including bar supports, chairs, spacers, etc.: Cold-drawn wire and
fabricated in accordance with the requirements of Chapter Seven of the American Concrete
Institute(ACI)Standard 315 with heights as required.
2.02 METAL ANCHORAGE&CONFINEMENT ASSEMBLIES
A. Steel bars, plates,angles and miscellaneous steel:ASTM A36
B. Welded Deformed Bar Anchors:Welded by full-fusion process; "Nelson"Anchors Type D2L
orapproved equal conforming to ASTM A496 and AWS D1.1.
C. Headed Stud Anchors: Headed Studs welded by full fusion process as furnished by Nelson
StudWelding Company or approved equal,conforming to AWS D1.1 Section 7,Type A.
D. Bolts:Conform to ASTM F1554 with regular hexagon nuts and carbon steel washers.
E. Straps: Conform to ASTM A245 or A284.
F. Welding Electrodes:ASTM Designation A233,Series E70-AWS 5.5.
2.03 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate reinforcing steel in compliance with the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute(CRSI)
"Manual of Standard Practice".
B. All bar splices shall be a minimum of Class"A" lap unless specified otherwise on drawings.
C. Shop-fabricate reinforcing bars to conform to the required shapes and dimensions, with
fabrication tolerances complying with ACI 315. In case of fabricating errors, do not re-bend
orstraighten reinforcement in a manner that will injure or weaken the material.
D. Deliver all reinforcement to the project site bundled, tagged and marked. Use metal tags
indicating bar size, lengths, and other information corresponding to markings shown on
placement diagrams.
E. Reinforcing with any of the following defects will not be permitted in the work: Bar lengths,
depths, and bends exceeding the specified fabrication tolerances, bends or kinks not
indicated on drawings or final shop drawings, bars with reduced cross-section due to
excessive rusting orother cause.
CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 032 -2
ROUP41D iK"MYM:.IK;S.MAYS l:�AIlE'M"�✓4Y IF,M'��q-liAI,I�VC'Ei,$EI�TS ROUND ROCK, X
...................................................�....._...................... .................................................................-.1..................................
......,. ......�...............................................,
JANUARY 20221
COATING2.04
A. Rust inhibitorfor field application to metal accessories shall be Hi-Build poxoline
manufacturedby the TNEMEC Co., Kansas City,Missouri or approved equal.
B. Hot dip galvanizing shall conform to ASTM A123.
C. Cold Galvanizing Compound for field repair of galvanizing shall be "ZRC Cold Galvanizing
Compound" by ZRC Chemical Products Company,Quincy,Massachusetts,or approved equal.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.01 MATERIAL STORAGE
A. Stack reinforcing steel in tiers. Exercise care to maintain all reinforcement free of dirt,
u ,paint, rust,etc.
3.02 GENERAL
A. Place reinforcing steel of the sizes, shapes, lengths, spacing and other dimensions where
shown on the drawings. Details of reinforcing shall conform to the ACI Building Code
Requirements forStructural Concrete(ACI 318-•1 ).
MARKING3.03
A. Mark bars plainly. Limit bundles to one(1)size and one (1)length and tag each bundle
withmetal tags.
CLEANING3.04
A. Clean reinforcement thoroughly of rust,mill scale, dirt, oil or other coatings which might
tend toreduce the bonding to the concrete.
BENDING3.05
A. Bend bars cold. Heating of reinforcement, or handling by makeshift methods, will not be
permitted and bars having kinks or bends not required will be rejected.
PLACING3.06
A. Comply with the specified codes and standards, and the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
recommended practice for "Placing Reinforcing ars"', for details and methods of
reinforceentplaceent and supports,and as herein specified.
B. Place reinforcement accurately, securely saddle tie at every other intersection with No. 18
gauge black annealed wire, and rigidly hold in place during the placing of the concrete by
means of metal chairs or spacers.
C. Hold bars in position and to proper clearance of concrete surface by spacers,chairs, or other
necessary supports with the following tolerances:
1. Top bars in slabs and beams:
a. Members 8" deep or less:+3/8".
b. Members more than 8" but not over 2'deep: + 1/2"'.
c. Members more than 2': * / ".
2. Lengthwise of members: + "
. Concrete cover to formed surfaces: + /4
4. Minimum spacing between bars: +1/
M:'01IN RE'A E REINFORCEMENT 0321000_3
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROOK,TX
JANUARY-2022
3.07 CONCRETE PROTECTION
A. Minimum protection for reinforcing steel shall be as follows:
1. Concrete cast against and permanently exposed to earth: 3"
2. Concrete exposed to earth or weather or cast in place against a vapor retarder
a. #6 thru#18 bars: 2"
b. #S bars and smaller: 1%:"
1. Concrete not exposed to weather or in contact with the ground:
a. Slabs,walls,joists with#14 bars: 1 N."
b. Slabs,walls,joists with#11 bars and smaller:%"
c. Beam and column primary reinforcement,ties,stirrups,and spirals: 1%:"
3.08 EMBEDDED METAL ASSEMBLIES
A. Fabricate and assemble structural steel items in the shop. Shearing, flame cutting, and
chipping shall be done carefully and accurately. Holes shall be cut, drilled, or punched at
right angles to the surface of the metal and shall not be made or enlarged by burning.
Welded construction shall conform to the AISC Specifications for the Design, Fabrication and
Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings and AWS D1.1. Welding shall be done by AWS
certified welders.
B. Welding of deformed bar anchors and headed stud anchors shall be done by full-fusion
processequal to that of Nelson Stud Welding Company.
END OF SECTION 032000
CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 032 -4
ROR.JR^4'.)R0(",'IKR S.MAYS GATIE A P If:Ih,RU...II�R,B'M�IER�LII"RR� _....................................I:N.])UPRIC:°...IC�''��:I�'.^.:c...'�0..X
............................................................................. .. ...... ......
.RAIh,RII..VAR Y 2022
SECTION -CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes cast-in-place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete
materials,mixture design, placement procedures,and finishes.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 312000"Earth Moving"for drainage fill under slabs-on-grade.
ACTION1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
13Sustainable Design Submittals:
C. Design Mixtures. For each concrete mixture.
D. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Placing Drawings that detail fabrication, bending, and
placement.
1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Material certificates.
13, Material test reports.
C. Formwork Shop Drawings: Prepared by or under the supervision of a qualified professional
engineer,detailing fabrication,assembly,and support of formwork.
D. Floor surface flatness and levelness measurements indicating compliance with specified
tolerances.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. ManufacturerQualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete
products and that complies with ASTM C 9 /C 94M requirements for production facilities and
equipment.
I. Manufacturer certified according to CA's "Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete
Production Facilities."
B. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, qualified according to ASTM C 1077
and ASTM E 329 for testing indicated.
(21AST..IIIN..PLA(,..E C d.:,RINC,Rll::;UR:;:,
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS � ROUND ROCK„TX
JANUARY-2022
1.5 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING
A. Preconstruction Testing Service: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform preconstruction
testing on concrete mixtures.
1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Cold-Weather Placement:Comply with ACI 306.1.
1. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or
chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in mixture designs.
B. Hot-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301 and ACI 305.1.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 CONCRETE,GENERAL
A. ACI Publications: Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the Contract
Documents:
1. ACI 301.
2. ACI 117.
2.2 FORM-FACING MATERIALS
A. Smooth-Formed Finished Concrete: Form facing panels that provide continuous, true, and
smooth concrete surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints.
B. Rough-Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another approved material.
Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit.
2.3 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A. Reinforcing Bars:ASTM A 615/A 615M,Grade 60,deformed.
B. Low-Alloy-Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 706/A 706M,deformed.
C. Galvanized Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 deformed bars,
ASTM A 767/A 767M,Class I zinc coated after fabrication and bending.
D. Epoxy-Coated Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 deformed bars,
ASTM A 775/A 775M,epoxy coated, with less than 2 percent damaged coating in each 12-inch
barlength
E. Plain-Steel Welded-Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 1064/A 1064M, plain, fabricated from as-
drawn steel wire into flat sheets.
F. Deformed-Steel Welded-Wire Reinforcement:ASTM A 1064/A 1064M,flat sheet.
CAST-H-PLACE CONCRETE 033000-2
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,Tx
JANUARY 2022
G. Galvanized-Steel Welded-Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 1064/A 1064M, plain, fabricated from
galvanized-steel wire into flat sheets.
H. Epoxy-Coated Welded-Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 884/A 884M, Class A coated,Type 1, plain
steel.
I. Bar Supports. Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and
fastening reinforcing bars and welded-wire reinforcement in place. Manufacture bar supports
from steel wire, plastic,or precast concrete according to CRSI's"Manual of Standard Practice."
2.4 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Cementitious Materials:
1. Portland Cement:ASTM C 150/C 150M,Type 1,gray.
2. Fly Ash:ASTM C 618,Class F or C.
3. Slag Cement:ASTM C 989/C 989M,Grade 100 or 120.
4Blended Hydraulic Cement:AST IVI C 595/C 595M,Type IL, portiand-limestone cement.
B. Normal-Weight Aggregates:ASTM C 33/C 33M,graded.
1. Maximum Coarse-Aggregate Size:3/4 inch nominal.
2. Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement.
C. Lightweight Aggregate:ASTM C 330/C 330M,3/8-inch nominal maximum aggregate size.
D. Air-Entraining Admixture:AST IVII C 260/C 260M.
E. Chemical Admixtures: Certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and
that do not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened
concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride.
1. Water,Reducing Admixture:ASTM C 494/C 494M,Type A.
2. Retarding Admixture:ASTM C 494/C 494M,Type B.
3. Water Reducing and Retarding Admixture-, ASTM C 494/C 494M,Type D.
4. High,Range,Water Reducing Admixture-ASTM C 494/C 494M,Type F.
5High,Range,Water.Reducing and Retarding Admixture:ASTM C 494/C 494M,Type G.
6. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture:ASTM C 1017/C 1017M,Type II.
F. Water:ASTM C 94/C 94M and potable.
CAST EN F'LA(DE 013310100 .3
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMEN"S ROUND ROCK,TX
RANUARY-2022
2.5 FIBER REINFORCEMENT
A. Synthetic Micro-Fiber: Monofilament polypropylene micro-fibers engineered and designed for
use in concrete,complying with ASTM C 1116/C 1116M,Type III, 1/2 to 1-1/2 inches long.
B. Synthetic Micro-Fiber: Fibrillated polypropylene micro-fibers engineered and designed for use
in concrete, complying with ASTM C 1116/C 1116M,Type III, 1/2 to 1 1/2 inches long.
2.6 WATERSTOPS
A. Flexible Rubber Waterstops: CE CRD C 513, for embedding in concrete to prevent passage of
fluids through joints. Factory fabricate corners, intersections,and directional changes.
B. Chemically Resistant Flexible Waterstops: Thermoplastic elastomer rubber waterstops for
embedding in concrete to prevent passage of fluids through joints; resistant to oils, solvents,
and chemicals. Factory fabricate corners, intersections, and directional changes.
C. Flexible PVC Waterstops: CE CRD-C 572,for embedding in concrete to prevent passage of fluids
through joints. Factory fabricate corners, intersections, and directional changes.
D. Self-Expanding Butyl Strip Waterstops: Manufactured rectangular or trapezoidal strip, butyl
rubber with sodium bentonite or other hydrophilic polymers, for adhesive bonding to
concrete,3/4 by 1 inch.
E. Self-Expanding Rubber Strip Waterstops: Manufactured rectangular or trapezoidal strip,
bentonite-free hydrophilic polymer-modified chloroprene rubber, for adhesive bonding to
concrete,3/8 by 3/4 inch.
2.7 VAPOR RETARDERS
A. Sheet Vapor Retarder: ASTM E 1745, Class A. Include manufacturer's recommended adhesive
or pressure-sensitive tape.
B. Sheet Vapor Retarder: ASTM E 1745, Class B. Include manufacturer's recommended adhesive
or pressure-sensitive tape.
C. Sheet Vapor Retarder: ASTM E 1745, Class C. Include manufacturer's recommended adhesive
or pressure-sensitive joint tape.
D. Sheet Vapor Retarder: Polyethylene sheet,ASTM D 4397, not less than 10 mils thick.
2.8 CURING MATERIALS
A. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for
application to fresh concrete.
B. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing
approximately 9 oz./sq.yd.when dry.
C. Moisture-Retaining Cover:ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000-4
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, �X
JANUARY-21022
D. Water: Potable,
E, Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B,
dissipating.
F. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B,
nondissipating,certified by curing compound manufacturer to not interfere with bonding of
floor covering.
G. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B, 18 to
25 percent solids, nondissipating,certified by curing compound manufacturer to not interfere
with bonding of floor covering.
H. Clear, Solvent-Borne, Membrane-Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 1315,
Type 1,Class A.
I. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 1315, Type 1,
Class A.
2.9 RELATED MATERIALS
A. Expansion-and Isolation-Joint-Filler Strips:ASTM D 1751,asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber).
2.10 CONCRETE MIXTURES,GENERAL
A. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the basis of
laboratory trial mixture or field test data,or both,according to ACI 301.
B. Cementitious Materials: Use fly ash, pozzolan, slag cement, and silica fume as needed to
reduce the total amount of Portland cement, which would otherwise be used, by not less than
40 percent.
C. Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Use water-reducing admixture in concrete,as required,for placement and workability.
2. Use water-reducing and -retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low
humidity,or other adverse placement conditions.
3. Use water-reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for heavy-use industrial
slabs and parking structure slabs, concrete required to be watertight, and concrete with
a w/c ratio below 0.50.
2.11 CONCRETE MIXTURES FOR BUILDING ELEMENTS
ANormal,Weight Concrete-,
1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 3500 psi at 28 days.
1 Maximum W/C Ratio;0.40.
CAST,1111N ("ON ;:REFI 033000-5
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK.,TX
JANUARY-2022
3. Slump Limit:4 inches, plus or minus 1 inch.
4. Air Content: S.5 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 1-1/2rinch
nominal maximum aggregate size.
5. Air Content: 6percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 3/4-inch
nominal maximum aggregate size.
6. Air Content: Do not allow air content of trowel finished floors to exceed 3 percent.
7. Synthetic Micro�fiber: Uniformly disperse in concrete mixture at manufacturer's
recommended rate, but not less than a rate of 1.0 Ib/cu.yd.
2.12 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT
A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's"'Manual of Standard Practice."
2.13 CONCRETE MIXING
A. Ready�Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to
ASTM C 94/C 94M,and furnish batch ticket information.
1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time
from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing
and delivery time to 60 minutes.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 FORMWORK INSTALLATION
A. Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301, to support vertical,
lateral, static, and dynamic loads,and construction loads that might be applied, until structure
can support such loads.
B. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment,
elevation,and position indicated,within tolerance limits of ACI 117.
C. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete.
3.2 EMBEDDED ITEM INSTALLATION
A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work
that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates,
diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded.
3.3 VAPOR-RETARDER INSTALLATION
A. Sheet Vapor Retarders: Place, protect, and repair sheet vapor retarder according to
ASTM E 1643 and manufacturer's written instructions.
CAST°N-PLACE CONCRETE 033000-6
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROX'X, rX
JANUARY- '2022
1. Lap joints 6 inches and seal with manufacturer's recommended tape.
3.4 STEEL REINFORCEMENT INSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and
supporting reinforcement,
1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before
placing concrete.
3.5 JOINTS
A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete.
& Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at
locations indicated or as approved by Architect.
C. Contraction Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Form weakened-plane contraction joints, sectioning
concrete into areas as indicated.Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one-
fourth of concrete thickness as follows:
1. Grooved Joints: For contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing
each edge of joint to a radius of 1/8 inch. Repeat grooving of contraction joints after
applying surface finishes. Eliminate groover tool marks on concrete surfaces.
2Sawed Joints: For contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof
abrasive or diamond-rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch- wide joints into concrete when
cutting action does not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before concrete
develops random contraction cracks.
D. Isolation Joints in Slabs-on,Grade: After removing formwork, install joint-filler strips at slab
junctions with vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls,grade beams, and
other locations,as indicated.
3.6 WATERSTOP INSTALLATION
A. Waterstops: install in construction joints and at other locations indicated, according to
manufacturer's written instructions.
3.7 CONCRETE PLACEMENT
A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded
items is complete and that required inspections are completed,
B. Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no
new concrete is placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of
weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as indicated.
Deposit concrete to avoid segregation.
CA,V-.[N-1P1LA1(.,'1E CONCIRE111:':: 0330(X)-7
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,T}(
JANUARY-2022
1. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301.
3.8 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES
A. Smooth-Formed Finish:As cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material, arranged in
an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and
defects. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed-surface
irregularities.
1. Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view.
B. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces
adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent
formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across
adjacent unformed surfaces unless otherwise indicated.
3.9 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS
A. General: Comply with ACI 302.113 recommendations for screeding, restraightening, and
finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces.
B. Broom Finish: Apply a broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps, ramps, and
elsewhere as indicated.
1. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming with
fiber-bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish
with Architect before application.
3.10 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING
A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot
temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection and ACI 305.1 for hot-
weather protection during curing.
B. Evaporation Retarder:Apply evaporation retarder to unformed concrete surfaces if hot, dry,or
windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 Ib/sq. ft. x h before and during finishing
operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding,
and bull floating or darbying concrete,but before float finishing.
C. Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported
slabs, and other similar surfaces. if forms remain during curing period, moist cure after
loosening forms. If removing forms before end of curing period, continue curing for remainder
of curing period.
D. Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1, by one or a combination of the following methods:
1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000-8
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, �X
JANUARY-2022
2. Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover
for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at
least 12 inches, and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less than seven
days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period, using cover material
and waterproof tape.
3, Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller
according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy
rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and
repair damage during curing period.
a. Removal: After curing period has elapsed, remove curing compound without
damaging concrete surfaces by method recommended by curing compound
manufacturer.
4. Curing and Sealing Compound: Apply uniformly to floors and slabs indicated in a
continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written
instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial
application. Repeat process 24 hours later and apply a second coat. Maintain continuity
of coating and repair damage during curing period.
3.11 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS
A. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Architect. Remove
and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Architect's approval.
3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Special Inspections: Owner will engage a special inspector or qualified testing and inspecting
agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports.
END OF SECTION 033000
CAST IN Pll.,ACE C01114CIREFE 033i01001..9
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY 2022
SECTION 042200-CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Concrete masonry units.
2. Steel reinforcing bars.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. CMU(s):Concrete masonry unit(s).
B. Reinforced Masonry: Masonry containing reinforcing steel in grouted cells.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
B. Shop Drawings: For reinforcing steel. Detail bending, lap lengths, and placement of unit
masonry reinforcing bars.Comply with ACI 315.
C. Samples: For each type and color of the following:
1. Exposed CMUs.
2. Pigmented and colored aggregate mortar.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Material Certificates: For each type and size of product. For masonry units, include data on
material properties and material test reports substantiating compliance with requirements.
B. Mix Designs: For each type of mortar and grout. Include description of type and proportions of
ingredients.
1. Include test reports for mortar mixes required to comply with property specification.
Test according to ASTM C 109/C 109M for compressive strength,ASTM C 1506 for water
retention, and ASTM C 91/C 91M for air content.
2. Include test reports, according to ASTM C 1019,for grout mixes required to comply with
compressive strength requirement.
CONCRETE UMT MASONRY 042200, 1
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY- 2.022
2.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Sample Panels: Build sample panels to verify selections made under Sample submittals and to
demonstrate aesthetic effects. Comply with requirements in Section 014000 "Quality
Requirements"for mockups.
1. Build sample panels for each type of exposed unit masonry construction in sizes
approximately 60 inches long by 60 inches high by full thickness.
1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with
ice or frost. Do not build on frozen substrates. Remove and replace unit masonry damaged by
frost or by freezing conditions. Comply with cold weather construction requirements
contained in T 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6.
B. Hot-Weather Requirements: Comply with hot-weather construction requirements contained in
T 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 UNIT MASONRY,GENERAL
A. Masonry Standard: Comply with TMS602/AC1530.1/ASCE6, except as modified by
requirements in the Contract Documents.
B. Defective Units: Referenced masonry unit standards may allow a certain percentage of units to
contain chips, cracks, or other defects exceeding limits stated. Do not use units where such
defects are exposed in the completed Work.
C. Fire=Resistance Ratings: Comply with requirements for fire-resistance-rated assembly designs
indicated.
2.z CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS
A. Shapes: Provide shapes indicated and as follows, with exposed surfaces matching exposed
faces of adjacent units unless otherwise indicated,
1. Provide special shapes for lintels, corners, jambs, sashes, movement joints, headers,
bonding,and other special conditions.
B. Integral Water Repellent: Provide units made with integral water repellent for exposed units,
C. Insulated CMUs: Where indicated, units shall contain rigid, specially shaped, cellular thermal
insulation units complying with ASTM C 578,Type 1, designed for installing in cores of masonry
units.
D. CMUs-ASTM C 90.
CONCRETE UNIII MA!50NIR'Y104,22010-2
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY-2022
1. Unit Compressive Strength. Provide units with minimum average net-area compressive
strength of 2800 psi.
2. Density Classification: Normal weight.
2.3 CONCRETE LINTELS
A. Concrete Lintels: ASTM C 1623, matching CMUs in color, texture, and density classification;
and with reinforcing bars indicated. Provide lintels with net-area compressive strength not less
than that of CMUs.
2.4 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150/C 150M, Type I or II, except Type III may be used for cold-
weather construction. Provide natural color or white cement as required to produce mortar
color indicated.
B. Hydrated Lime:ASTM C 207,Type S.
C. Portland Cement-Lime Mix: Packaged blend of portland cement and hydrated lime containing
no other ingredients.
D. Masonry Cement:ASTM C 91/C 91M.
E. Mortar Pigments: Natural and synthetic 'iron oxides and chromium oxides, compounded for
use in mortar mixes and complying with ASTM C 979/C 979M. Use only pigments with a record
of satisfactory performance in masonry mortar.
F. Colored Cement Products: Packaged blend made from portland cement and hydrated lime or
masonry cement and mortar pigments, all complying with specified requirements, and
containing no other ingredients.
G. Aggregate for Mortar:ASTM C 144.
1. White-Mortar Aggregates: Natural white sand or crushed white stone.
2. Colored-Mortar Aggregates: Natural sand or crushed stone of color necessary to
produce required mortar color.
H. Aggregate for Grout:ASTM C 404.
I. Cold-Weather Admixture: Nonchloride, noncorrosive, accelerating admixture complying with
ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type C, and recommended by manufacturer for use in masonry mortar
of composition indicated.
J. Water-Repellent Admixture: Liquid water-repellent mortar admixture intended for use with
CMOs containing integral water repellent from same manufacturer.
K. Water: Potable.
CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 042200-3
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, EX
JANUARY 201,22
2.s REINFORCEMENT
X Uncoated-Steel Reinforcing Bars:ASTM A 615/A 615M or AST IVI A 996/A 996M,Grade 60.
B. Reinforcing Bar Positioners:Wire units designed to fit into mortar bed joints spanning masonry
unit cells and to hold reinforcing bars in center of cells. Units are formed from 0.148-inch steel
wire,hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. Provide units designed for number of bars indicated.
C. Masonry-Joint Reinforcement,General:ASTM A 951/A 951M.
1. Exterior Walls:Stainless steel.
2. Wire Size for Side Rods:0.187-inch diameter.
3. Wire Size for Cross Rods:0.187-inch diameter,
4. Spacing of Cross Rods: Not more than 16 inches o.c.
5. Provide in lengths of not less than 10 feet, with prefabricated corner and tee units.
2.6 TIES AND ANCHORS
A. Materials: Provide ties and anchors specified in this article that are made from materials that
comply with the following unless otherwise indicated:
1, Hot-Dip Galvanized, Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82/A 82M, with ASTM A 153/A 153M,
Class B-2 coating.
2. Steel Sheet, Galvanized after Fabrication: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel,
with ASTM A 153/A 153M,Class B coating.
3. Steel Plates,Shapes,and Bars:ASTM A 36/A 36M.
B. Adjustable Anchors for Connecting to Structural Steel Framing: Provide anchors that allow
vertical or horizontal adjustment but resist tension and compression forces perpendicular to
plane of all.
L Anchor Section for Welding to Steel Frame: Crimped 1/4-inch- diameter, hot dip
ga Iva n i zed,stee I wire.
2. Tie Section: Triangular-shaped wire tie made from 0.157-inch-diameter, hot-clip
ga Iva nized-steel wire.
C. Adjustable Anchors for Connecting to Concrete: Provide anchors that allow vertical or
horizontal adjustment but resist tension and compression forces perpendicular to plane of
wall.
1. Connector Section: Dovetail tabs for inserting into dovetail slots in concrete and
attached to tie section; formed from 0.105-inch,, thick steel sheet, galvanized after
fabrication.
C(')1NC','RETE UNIT MASONRY 1042200, 4
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY-2022
2. Tie Section: Triangular-shaped wire tie made from 0.25-inch diameter, hot-clip
galvanized-steel wire.
D. Partition Top Anchors: 0.105-inch- thick metal plate with a 3/8-inch- diameter metal rod 6
inches long welded to plate and with closed-end plastic tube fitted over rod that allows rod to
move in and out of tube. Fabricate from steel,hot-dip galvanized after fabrication.
E. Rigid Anchors: Fabricate from steel bars 1-1/2 inches wide by 1/4 inch thick by 24 inches long,
with ends turned up 2 inches or with cross pins unless otherwise indicated.
1. Corrosion Protection: Hot-dip galvanized to comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M.
2.7 EMBEDDED FLASHING MATERIALS
A. Metal Flashing: Provide metal flashing complying with Section 076200 "Sheet Metal Flashing
and Trim"and as follows:
I. Fabricate metal drip edges from stainless steel. Extend at least 3 inches into wall and
1/2 inch out from wall,with outer edge bent down 30 degrees and hemmed.
2. Fabricate metal sealant stops from stainless steel. Extend at least 3 inches into wall and
out to exterior face of wall. At exterior face of wall, bend metal back on itself for 3/4
inch and down into joint 1/4 inch to form a stop for retaining sealant backer rod.
3. Fabricate metal expansion-joint strips from stainless steel to shapes indicated.
B. Flexible Flashing: Use one of the following unless otherwise indicated:
1. Rubberized-Asphalt Flashing: Composite flashing product consisting of a pliable,
adhesive rubberized-asphalt compound, bonded to a high-density, cross-laminated
polyethylene film to produce an overall thickness of not less than 0.040 inch.
2. Butyl Rubber Flashing: Composite, self-adhesive,flashing product consisting of a pliable,
butyl rubber compound, bonded to a high-density polyethylene film, aluminum foil, or
spunbonded polyolefin to produce an overall thickness of not less than 0.040 inch.
3. Elastomeric Thermoplastic Flashing: Composite flashing product consisting of a
polyester-reinforced ethylene interpolymer alloy.
4. EPDM Flashing: Sheet flashing product made from ethylene-propylene-diene
terpolymer,complying with ASTM D 4637/D 4637M,0.040 inch thick.
C. Single-Wythe CMU Flashing System: System of CMU cell flashing pans and interlocking CMU
web covers made from UV-resistant, high-density polyethylene. Cell flashing pans have
integral weep spouts designed to be built into mortar bed joints and that extend into the cell
to prevent dogging with mortar.
D. Solder and Sealants for Sheet Metal Flashings: As specified in Section 076200 "Sheet Metal
Flashing and Trim."
CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 042200, 5
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,T X
JANUARY 2.022
E, Adhesives, Primers, and Seam Tapes for Flashings: Flashing manufacturer's standard products
or products recommended by flashing manufacturer for bonding flashing sheets to each other
and to substrates.
2.8 MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES
A. Compressible Filler: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Grade 2A1;
compressible up to 35 percent;of width and thickness indicated; formulated from urethane or
PVC.
B. Preformed Control-Joint Gaskets: Made from PVC, complying with ASTM D 2287, Type PVC
65406 and designed to fit standard sash block and to maintain lateral stability in masonry wall;
size and configuration as indicated.
C. Bond-Breaker Strips: Asphalt-saturated felt complying with ASTM D 226/D 226M, Type I
(No. 15 asphalt felt).
2.9 MASONRY-CELL FILL
A. Loose-Fill Insulation: Perlite complying with ASTM C 549, Type 11 (surface treated for water
repellency and limited moisture absorption) or Type IV (surface treated for water repellency
and to limit dust generation).
B. Lightweight-Aggregate Fill:ASTM C 331/C 331M.
2.10 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES
A. General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air-entraining agents, accelerators,
retarders, water repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures unless
otherwise indicated.
1. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout.
2. Use masonry cement mortar unless otherwise indicated.
3. For exterior masonry, use masonry cement mortar.
4. For reinforced masonry, use masonry cement mortar.
5. Add cold weather admixture (if used) at same rate for all mortar that will be exposed to
view, regardless of weather conditions,to ensure that mortar color is consistent.
B. Preblencled, Dry Mortar Mix- Furnish dry mortar ingredients in form of a preblencled mix.
Measure quantities by weight to ensure accurate proportions, and thoroughly blend
ingredients before delivering to Project site.
C. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, Proportion Specification. Provide the
following types of mortar for applications stated unless another type is indicated.
1. For masonry below grade or in contact with earth, use Type S.
C'CNCRIETIE 11,11'AT MASONRY 04'220110,1-6
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY_2022
2. For reinforced masonry, use Type N.
3. For mortar parge coats, use Type N.
4. For exterior, above-grade, load--bearing and nonloadTMbearing walls and parapet walls;
for interior load-bearing walls; for interior nonload-bearing partitions; and for other
applications where another type is not indicated,use Type N.
D. Pigmented Mortar: Use colored cement product.
1. Pigments shall not exceed 10 percent of portland cement by weight.
2. Pigments shall not exceed S percent of masonry cement by weight.
3. Application: Use pigmented mortar for exposed mortar joints.
E. Colored-Aggregate Mortar: Produce required mortar color by using colored aggregates and
natural color or white cement as necessary to produce required mortar color.
1. Application: Use pigmented mortar for exposed mortar joints.
F. Grout for Unit Masonry:Comply with ASTM C 476.
1. Use grout of type indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, of type (fine or coarse) that
will comply with TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6 for dimensions of grout spaces and pour
height.
2. Proportion grout in accordance with ASTM C 476,Table 1.
3. Provide grout with a slump of 8 to 11 inches as measured according to
ASTM C 143/C 143M.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION,GENERAL
A. Use full-size units without cutting if possible. If cutting is required to provide a continuous
pattern or to fit adjoining construction, cut units with motor-driven saws; provide clean, sharp,
unchipped edges. Allow units to dry before laying unless wetting of units is specified. Install
cut units with cut surfaces and,where possible, cut edges concealed.
3.2 TOLERANCES
A. Dimensions and Locations of Elements:
1. For dimensions in cross section or elevation, do not vary by more than plus 1/2 inch or
minus 1/4 inch.
2. For location of elements in plan, do not vary from that indicated by more than plus or
minus 1/2 inch.
CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 042200-7
R )UNHE
W"ICK:5�MAYS ROUIAD ROCK, D(
...................................................... ................................................................................ ..............................................
......................................................................I.................................... ..............................
JAV,WARY 2022
3. For location of elements in elevation, do not vary from that indicated by more than plus
or minus 1/4 inch in a story height or 1/2 inch total.
B. Lines and Levels:
1. For bed joints and top surfaces of bearing walls, do not vary from level by more than 1/4
inch in 10 feet, or 1/2-inch maximum.
2. For conspicuous horizontal lines, such as lintels, sills, parapets, and reveals, do not vary
from level by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet, 1/4 inch in 20 feet,or 1/2-inch maximum.
3. For vertical lines and surfaces, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet,
3/8 inch in 20 feet,or 1/2 inch maximum.
4. For conspicuous vertical lines, such as external corners, door iambs, reveals, and
expansion and control joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet,
1/4 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2-inch maximum.
5, For lines and surfaces, do not vary from straight by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet, 3/8
inch in 20 feet, or 1/2-inch maximum.
C. Joints:
1. For bed joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8
inch,with a maximum thickness limited to 1/2 inch.
2. For head and collar joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus 3/8
inch or minus 1/4 inch.
3. For exposed head joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or
minus 1/8 inch.
3.3 LAYING MASONRY WALLS
A. Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint
thicknesses and for accurate location of openings, movement type joints, returns, and offsets.
Avoid using lessAhan half-size units, particularly at corners, jambs, and, where possible, at
other locations.
B. and Pattern for Exposed Masonry: Unless otherwise indicated, lay exposed masonry in
running bond; do not use units with less than-nominal 4-inch horizontal face dimensions at
corners or iambs.
C. Built,,in or : As construction progresses, build in items specified in this and other Sections.
Fill in solidly with masonry around built in items.
D. Fill space between steel frames and masonry solidly with mortar unless otherwise indicated.
CON11CRIETIE UiNfl ,MASONRY 0422,100,-S
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK.TX
JANUARY 2022
E. Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units, place a layer of
metal lath,wire mesh,or plastic mesh in the joint below,and rod mortar or grout into core.
F. Fill cores in hollow CMUs with grout 24 inches under bearing plates, beams, lintels, posts, and
similar items unless otherwise indicated.
3.4 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING
A. Lay hollow CMOs as follows:
1. Bed face shells in mortar and make head joints of depth equal to bed joints.
2. Bed webs in mortar in all courses of piers,columns,and pilasters.
3. Bed webs in mortar in grouted masonry,including starting course on footings.
4. Fully bed entire units, including areas under cells, at starting course on footings where
cells are not grouted.
B. Lay solid CMUs with completely filled bed and head joints; butter ends with sufficient mortar
to fill head joints and shove into place.Do not deeply furrow bed joints or slush head joints.
C. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, using a jointer larger than joint
thickness unless otherwise indicated.
D. Cut joints flush for masonry walls to receive plaster or other direct-applied finishes(other than
paint)unless otherwise indicated.
3.5 MASONRY-CELL FILL
A. Pour lightweight-aggregate fill into cavities to fill void spaces. Maintain inspection ports to
show presence of fill at extremities of each pour area. Close the ports after filling has been
confirmed. Limit the fall of fill to one story high, but not more than 20 feet.
B. Install molded-polystyrene insulation units into masonry unit cells before laying units.
3.6 MASONRY-JOINT REINFORCEMENT
A. General: Install entire length of longitudinal side rods in mortar with a minimum cover of 5/8
inch on exterior side of walls, 1/2 inch elsewhere. Lap reinforcement a minimum of 6 inches.
1. Space reinforcement not more than 16 inches o.c.
2. Space reinforcement not more than 8 inches o.c. in foundation walls and parapet walls.
3. Provide reinforcement not more than 8 inches above and below wall openings and
extending 12 inches beyond openings in addition to continuous reinforcement.
B. Interrupt joint reinforcement at control and expansion joints unless otherwise indicated.
CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 042200-9
RQUIWD ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAYENHANCIEWEPAS ROUND R,C)CIX,TX
JANUA RY�:_720'2 2.
C. Provide continuity at wall intersections by using prefabricated T shaped units.
D, Provide continuity at corners by using prefabricated L-shaped units.
3.7 ANCHORING MASONRY TO STRUCTURAL STEEL AND CONCRETE
A. Anchor masonry to structural steel and concrete, where masonry abuts or faces structural
steel or concrete,to comply with the following:
1. Provide an open space not less than 1/2 inch wide between masonry and structural
steel or concrete unless otherwise indicated. Keep open space free of mortar and other
rigid materials.
2. Anchor masonry with anchors embedded in masonry joints and attached to structure.
3. Space anchors as indicated, but not more than 24 inches o.c. vertically and 36 inches
o.c.horizontally,
3.8 FLASHING
A. General: Install embedded flashing at ledges and other obstructions to downward flow of
water in wall where indicated.
B. Install flashing as follows unless otherwise indicated:
1. Prepare masonry surfaces so they are smooth and free from projections that could
puncture flashing. Where flashing is within mortar joint, place through wall flashing on
sloping bed of mortar and cover with mortar. Before covering with mortar, seal
penetrations in flashing with adhesive, sealant, or tape as recommended by flashing
manufacturer.
2. At lintels, extend flashing a minimum of 6 inches into masonry at each end. At heads
and sills,extend flashing 6 inches at ends and turn up not less than 2 inches to form end
dams.
3. Install metal drip edges beneath flexible flashing at exterior face of wall. Stop flexible
flashing 1/2 inch back from outside face of wall, and adhere flexible flashing to top of
metal drip edge.
4. Install metal flashing termination beneath flexible flashing at exterior face of wall. Stop
flexible flashing 1/2 inch back from outside face of wall, and adhere flexible flashing to
top of metal flashing termination.
C. Install single wythe CMU flashing system in bed joints of CMU walls where indicated to comply
with manufacturer's written instructions. Install CMU cell pans with upturned edges located
below face shells and webs of CMUs above and with weep spouts aligned with face of wall.
Install CMU web covers so that they cover upturned edges of CMU cell pans at C webs and
extend from face shell to face shell.
C,'(DINCRETE U19T MASONRY
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK.TX
JANUARY-2022
3.9 REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY INSTALLATION
A. Temporary Formwork and Shores: Construct formwork and shores as needed to support
reinforced masonry elements during construction.
1. Construct formwork to provide shape, line, and dimensions of completed masonry as
indicated. Make forms sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar and grout. Brace,
tie, and support forms to maintain position and shape during construction and curing of
reinforced masonry.
2. Do not remove forms and shores until reinforced masonry members have hardened
sufficiently to carry their own weight and that of other loads that may be placed on
them during construction.
B. Placing Reinforcement:Comply with requirements in TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6.
C. Grouting: Do not place grout until entire height of masonry to be grouted has attained enough
strength to resist grout pressure.
1. Comply with requirements in TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6 for cleanouts and for grout
placement, including minimum grout space and maximum pour height.
2. Limit height of vertical grout pours to not more than 60 inches.
3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing and Inspecting: Owner will engage special inspectors to perform tests and inspections
and prepare reports. Allow inspectors access to scaffolding and work areas as needed to
perform tests and inspections. Retesting of materials that fail to comply with specified
requirements shall be done at Contractor's expense.
B. Inspections: Special inspections according to Level B in TMS 402/ACI 530/ASCE 5.
1. Begin masonry construction only after inspectors have verified proportions of site-
prepared mortar.
2. Place grout only after inspectors have verified compliance of grout spaces and of grades,
sizes,and locations of reinforcement.
3. Place grout only after inspectors have verified proportions of site-prepared grout.
C. Testing Prior to Construction:One set of tests.
D. Testing Frequency:One set of tests for each 5000 sq.ft.of wall area or portion thereof.
E. Concrete Masonry Unit Test: For each type of unit provided, according to ASTM C 140 for
compressive strength.
F. Mortar Aggregate Ratio Test (Proportion Specification): For each mix provided, according to
ASTM C 780.
CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 042200- 11
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GMEWAY IENHANCEMEMS RC.X.11-41D IROCK,TX
JAIWARY-2022
G. Mortar Test (Property Specification): For each mix provided, according to ASTM C 780. Test
mortar for mortar air content and compressive strength.
H. Grout Test(Compressive Strength): For each mix provided,according to ASTM C 1019.
I. Prism Test:For each type of construction provided, according to ASTM C 1314 at 28 days.
3.11 PARGING
A. Parge exterior faces of below-grade masonry walls,where indicated, in two uniform coats to a
total thickness of 3/4 inch. Dampen wall before applying first coat, and scarify first coat to
ensure full bond to subsequent coat.
B. Use a steel-trowel finish to produce a smooth, flat, dense surface with a maximum surface
variation of 1/8 inch per foot.Form a wash at top of parging and a cove at bottom.
C. Damp-cure parging for at least 24 hours and protect parging until cured.
3.12 REPAIRING,POINTING,AND CLEANING
A. In-Progress Cleaning: Clean unit masonry as work progresses by dry brushing to remove
mortar fins and smears before tooling joints.
B. Final Cleaning:After mortar is thoroughly set and cured,clean exposed masonry as follows:
1 Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave one-half of panel uncleaned for
comparison purposes.
2. Clean concrete masonry by applicable cleaning methods indicated in NCMA TEK 8-4A.
3.13 MASONRY WASTE DISPOSAL
A. Waste Disposal as Fill Material: Dispose of clean masonry waste, including excess or soil
contaminated sand,waste mortar, and broken masonry units, by crushing and mixing with fill
material as fill is placed.
1. Do not dispose of masonry waste as fill within 18 inches of finished grade.
B. Masonry Waste Recycling:Return broken C not used as fill to manufacturer for recycling.
C. Excess Masonry Waste: Remove excess clean masonry waste that cannot be used as fill, as
described above or recycled, and other masonry waste, and legally dispose of off Owner"s
property.
END OF SECTION 042200
UNIT MASCMIRY ()42200, R2
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATE4V&f ENki6tNCEho7E1 ITS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY-2022
SECTION 044313.16-ADHERED STONE MASONRY VENEER
PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Stone masonry adhered to unit masonry backup.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 042000"Unit Masonry"for concealed flashing.
1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:For each variety of stone,stone accessory,and manufactured product.
B. Samples:
1. For each stone type indicated.
2. For each color of mortar required.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Sample Panels: Build sample panels to verify selections made under Sample submittals and to
demonstrate aesthetic effects. Comply with requirements in Section 014000 "Quality
Requirements"for mockups.
1. Build sample panels for each type of adhered stone masonry veneer construction in
sizes approximately 60 inches long by 60 inches high by full thickness.
1.4 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Protection of Stone Masonry: During construction, cover tops of walls, projections, and sills
with waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work.
B. Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with
ice or frost. Do not build on frozen substrates. Comply with cold-weather construction
requirements contained in TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6.
1. Cold-Weather Cleaning: Use liquid cleaning methods only when air temperature is 40
deg F and above and will remain so until masonry has dried.
C. Hot-Weather Requirements:Comply with hot weather construction requirements contained in
TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6.
ADHERED STONE MASONRY VENEER 044313.16—1
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND RCX.:;K,TX
JANUARY..-21022
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 LIMESTONE
A. Material Standard:Comply with ASTM C 568/C 568M.
1. Classification: 11 Medium Density.
B. Varieties and Sources:Subject to compliance with requirements,provide the following:
1. Aguado Stone Tan Leuders,or approved equivalent.
2.2 MORTAR MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement:ASTM C ISO/C 150M,Type I or Type 11, except Type III may be used for cold
weather construction; natural color or white cement may be used as required to produce
mortar color indicated.
1. Low-Alkali Cement: Not more than 0.60 percent total alkali when tested according to
ASTM C 114.
B. Hydrated Lime:ASTM C 207,Type S.
C. Masonry Cement:ASTM C 91/C 91M.
D. Mortar Pigments: Natural and synthetic iron oxides and chromium oxides, compounded for
use in mortar mixes and complying with ASTM C 979/C 979M. Use only pigments with a record
of satisfactory performance in stone masonry mortar.
E. Colored Portland Cement Lime Mix: Packaged blend of portiand cement, hydrated lime, and
mortar pigments. Mix shall produce color indicated or, if not indicated, as selected from
manufacturer's standard colors. Pigments shall not exceed 10 percent of portland cement by
weight.
F. Colored Masonry Cement Mix: Packaged blend of masonry cement and mortar pigments. Mix
shall produce colar indicated or, if not indicated, as selected from manufacturer's standard
colors.Pigments shall not exceed 5 percent of masonry cement by weight.
G. Aggregate:ASTM C 144 and as follows:
1. For pointing mortar,use aggregate graded with 100 percent passing No.16 sieve.
2. White Aggregates:Natural white sand or ground white stone.
3. Colored Aggregates: Natural,colored sand or ground marble, granite, or other sound
stone;of color necessary to produce required mortar color.
H, Water: Potable.
ADHERE)SU)NE MASONRY VE NIE.EiR 0,443113,�6-2
ROTUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCECK,YX
JANUARY-2022
2.3 EMBEDDED FLASHING MATERIALS
A. Metal Flashing: Provide metal flashing,where flashing is exposed or partly exposed and where
indicated,complying as follows:
1. Stainless Steel:ASTM A 240/A 240M,Type 304,0.016 inch thick.
B. Flexible Flashing: For flashing unexposed to the exterior, use the following unless otherwise
indicated:
1. Rubberized-Asphalt Flashing: Composite flashing product consisting of a pliable,
adhesive, rubberized-asphalt compound, bonded to a high-density, cross laminated,
polyethylene film to produce an overall thickness of not less than 0.030 inch.
2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES
A. Cementitious Dampproofing for Limestone: Cementitious formulation recommended by ILI
and nonstaining to stone, compatible with joint sealants, and noncorrosive to veneer anchors
and attachments.
B. Weep Products:Use the following unless otherwise indicated:
1. Mesh Weep Holes: Free draining mesh; made from polyethylene strands, full width of
head joint and 2 inches high by thickness of stone masonry; in color selected from
manufacturer's standard..
C. Expanded Metal Lath: 3.4 Ib/sq. yd., self-furring, diamond-mesh lath complying with
ASTM C847. Fabricate from structural quality, zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet complying
with ASTM A 653/A 653M,G60.
D. Welded-Wire Lath: ASTM C 933, fabricated into 2aby�,2-inch mesh with minimum 0.0625,incha
diameter,galvanized-steel wire.
2.5 MASONRY CLEANERS
A. Proprietary Acidic Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard-strength cleaner designed for removing
mortar and grout stains,efflorescence, and other new construction stains from stone masonry
surfaces without discoloring or damaging masonry surfaces; expressly approved for intended
use by cleaner manufacturer and stone producer.
2.6 FABRICATION
A. Cut stone to produce pieces of thickness, size, and shape indicated, including details on
Drawings and pattern specified in"Setting Stone Masonry"Article.
1. Shape stone specified to be laid in three course, random running bond pattern with
sawed beds.
B. Gage backs of stones for adhered veneer if more than 81 sq. in.in area.
ADHERED STONE MASONRY VENEER p44313.16 3
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND RC(:,'11(,,TX
JANUARY-2022
C. Thickness of Stone:Provide thickness indicated,but not less than the following:
1. Thickness: 1 inch plus or minus 1/4 inch.
D. Size of Stone:Provide size indicated,but not less than the following:
1. Size:4 inch plus or minus 1/8 inch.
E. Finish exposed stone faces and edges to comply with requirements indicated for finish and to
match approved samples and mockups.
1. Finish: Mixed split face,and rock face.
2. Finish for Sills:Smooth.
3, Finish for Lintels:Smooth.
4. Finish for Copings:Smooth,
a. Finish exposed ends of copings same as front and back faces.
2.7 MORTAR MIXES
A. General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air-entraining agents, accelerators,
retarders, water-repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures, unless
otherwise indicated.
1. Do not use calcium chloride.
2. Use masonry cement mortar unless otherwise indicated.
3. Mixing Pointing Mortar:Thoroughly mix cementitious and aggregate materials together
before adding water. Then mix again, adding only enough water to produce a damp,
unworkable mix that will retain its form when pressed into a ball. Maintain mortar in
this dampened condition for one to two hours. Add remaining water insmall portions
until mortar reaches required consistency.Use mortar within 30 minutes of final mixing;
do not retemper or use partially hardened material.
B. Mortar for Stone Masonry:Comply with ASTM C 270,Proportion Specification.
1. Mortar for Setting Stone:Type S.
2. Mortar for Pointing Stone:Type N.
C. CemenVPaste and Coat: Mix either neat cement and water or cement, sand,and water to a
consistency similar to that of thick cream.
D. Mortar for Scratch Coat over Metal Lath. I part portland cement, 1/2 part lime, 5 parts loose
damp sand,and enough water to produce a workable consistency.
ADHERED STONE MASONRY VIENIEEIR 0443 Q 3,L6-4
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,Tx
JANUARY-2022
E. Mortar for Scratch Coat over Unit Masonry: 1 part portland cement, 1 part time,7 parts loose
damp sand,and enough water to produce a workable consistency.
F. Pigmented Mortar:Use colored cement product.
1. Pigments shall not exceed 10 percent of portland cement by weight.
2. Pigments shall not exceed 5 percent of masonry cement by weight.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 SETTING STONE MASONRY
A. Perform necessary field cutting and trimming as stone is set.
1. Use power saws to cut stone that is fabricated with saw cut surfaces. Cut lines straight
and true,with edges eased slightly to prevent snipping.
2. Use hammer and chisel to split stone that is fabricated with split surfaces. Make edges
straight and true,matching similar surfaces that were shop or quarry fabricated.
3. Pitch face at field split edges as needed to match stones that are not field split.
B. Sort stone before it is placed in wall to remove stone that does not comply with requirements
relating to aesthetic effects, physical properties,or fabrication,or that is otherwise unsuitable
for intended use.
C. Arrange stones in random running bond pattern with 4-inch course heights as indicated,
random lengths,and uniform joint widths,with offset between vertical joints as indicated.
D. Arrange stones with color and size variations uniformly dispersed for an evenly blended
appearance.
E. Maintain uniform joint widths, except for variations due to different stone sizes and where
minor variations are required to maintain bond alignment if any. Lay walls with joints not less
than 1/4 inch at narrowest points or more than 1/2 inch at widest points.
F. Provide sealant joints of widths and at locations indicated.
1. Keep sealant joints free of mortar and other rigid materials.
2. Sealant joints are specified in Section 079200"Joint Sealants."
G. Install embedded flashing and weep holes at shelf angles, lintels, ledges,other obstructions to
downward flow of water in wall,and where indicated.
1. At multiwythe masonry walls, extend flashing through stone masonry, turned up a
minimum of 4 inches, and extend into or through inner Wythe to comply with
requirements in Section 042000"Unit Masonry."
ADHERED STONE MASONRY VENEER 044313.16 m 5
P(DUND RO(ZX S,MAYS ROUND ROCK,TX
.................. .........m................
JANUARY-2022
2. At lintels and shelf angles,extend flashing full length of angles but not less than 6 inches
into masonry at each end.
3. At sills,extend flashing not less than 4 inches at ends.
4. At ends of head and sill flashing,turn up not less than 2 inches to form end dams.
5. Extend sheet metal flashing 1/2 inch beyond masonry face at exterior,and turn flashing
down to form a drip.
& Install metal drip edges beneath flexible flashing at exterior wall face. Stop flexible
flashing 1/2 inch back from exterior wall face, and adhere flexible flashing to top of
metal drip edge,
7. Install metal flashing termination beneath flexible flashing at exterior wall face. Stop
flexible flashing 1/2 inch back from exterior wall face,and adhere flexible flashing to top
of metal flashing termination.
8. Cut flexible flashing flush with wall face after completing masonry wall construction.
H. Coat limestone with cementitious dampproofing as follows:
1. Stone at Grade: Beds,joints, and back surfaces to at least 12 inches above finish-grade
elevations.
2. Stone Extending below Grade: Beds, joints, back surfaces, and face surfaces below
grade.
I. Place weep holes in joints where moisture may accumulate, including above shelf angles and
at flashing.
1. Use mesh weep holes to form weep holes.
2. Use wicking material to form weep holes above flashing in stone sills. Turn wicking
down at lip of sill to be as inconspicuous as possible.
3. Space weep holes 24 inches o.c.
4. Trim wicking material used in weep holes flush with exterior wall face after mortar has
set.
3.2 CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES
A. Variation from Plumb: For vertical lines and surfaces, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 10 feet, 3/8
inch in 20 feet, or 1/2 inch in 40 feet or more. For external corners, expansion joints, control
joints, and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 20 feet or 1/2 inch in 40 feet or
more.
ADHEREE)ST()NIE:MASE)WIRY VENEER 044303,W 6
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TK
JANUARY-2022
B. Variation from Level: For bed joints and lines of exposed lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal
grooves,and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 20 feet or 1/2 inch in 40 feet
or more.
C. Variation of Linear Building Line: For position shown in plan,do not exceed 1/2 inch in 20 feet
or 3/4 inch in 40 feet or more.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF ADHERED STONE MASONRY VENEER
A. Install lath over unit masonry and concrete to comply with ASTM C 1063.
B. Install scratch coat over metal lath 3/8 inch thick to comply with ASTM C 926.
C. Coat backs of stone units and face of masonry backup with cement-paste bond coat, then
butter both surfaces with setting mortar. Use sufficient setting mortar, so a slight excess will
be forced out the edges of stone units as they are set. Tap units into place, completely filling
space between units and masonry backup.
D. Rake out joints for pointing with mortar to depth of not less than 1/2 inch before setting
mortar has hardened. Rake joints to uniform depths with square bottoms and clean sides.
3.4 POINTING
A. Prepare stone-joint surfaces for pointing with mortar by removing dust and mortar particles.
Where setting mortar was removed to depths greater than surrounding areas, apply pointing
mortar in layers not more than 3/8 inch deep until a uniform depth is formed.
B. Point stone joints by placing and compacting pointing mortar in layers of not more than 3/8
inch deep. Compact each layer thoroughly, and allow to it become thumbprint hard before
applying next layer.
C. Tool joints, when pointing mortar is thumbprint hard, with a smooth jointing tool to produce
the following joint profile:
1. Joint Profile:Smooth,flat face slightly below edges of stone.
3.5 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. In-Progress Cleaning: Clean stone masonry as work progresses. Remove mortar fins and
smears before tooling joints.
B. Final Cleaning:After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean stone masonry as follows:
1. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape
hoes or chisels.
2. Test cleaning methods on mockup; leave one-half of panel uncleaned for comparison
purposes. Obtain Architect's approval of sample cleaning before cleaning stone
masonry.
ADHERED STONE MASONRY VENEER 044313.16..7
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY_.21022
3. Protect adjacent stone and nonmasonry surfaces from contact with cleaner by covering
them with liquid strippable masking agent, polyethylene film, or waterproof masking
tape.
4, Wet wall surfaces with water before applying cleaner; remove cleaner promptly by
rinsing thoroughly with clear water.
5. Clean stone masonry by bucket and brush hand cleaning method described in BIA
Technical of No.20,Revised 11, using job-mixed detergent solution.
6. Clean stone masonry with proprietary acidic cleaner applied according to
manufacturer's written instructions.
7. Clean limestone masonry to comply with recommendations in 1111's "Indiana Limestone
Handbook."
3.6 EXCESS MATERIALS AND WASTE
A. Excess Stone:Stack excess stone where directed by Owner for Owner's use.
B. Disposal as Fill Material: Dispose of clean masonry waste, including mortar and excess or soil
contaminated sand,by crushing and mixing with fill material as fill is placed.
1. Do not dispose of masonry waste as fill within 18 inches of finished grade.
END OF SECTION 044313.16
AID11 ERED STONE MAw()INRY VENEER 0443L'.1 6i 8
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY—2022
SECTION 047200-CAST STONE MASONRY
PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Cast-stone trim.
1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:For each type of product.
1. For cast-stone units,include dimensions and finishes.
B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for cast-stone units. Include
dimensions,details of reinforcement and anchorages if any,and indication of finished faces.
C. Samples:
1. For each color and texture of cast stone required.
2. For colored mortar.
1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For manufacturer.
B. Material Test Reports:For each mix required to produce cast stone,based on testing according
to ASTM C 1364,including test for resistance to freezing and thawing.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer of cast-stone units similar to those
indicated for this Project, that has sufficient production capacity to manufacture required
units,and is a plant certified by the Cast Stone Institute.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 CAST-STONE UNITS
A. Cast-Stone Units:Comply with ASTM C 1364,
1. Units shall be manufactured using the vibrant dry tamp method.
2. Units shall be resistant to freezing and thawing as determined by laboratory testing
according to ASTM C 666/C 666M,Procedure A,as modified by ASTM C 1364.
CAST STONE MASONRY 0472C 0 n �
1?()1L)k11D IROCK S.MAYS GAFEWAY N:::NIHANCWBWS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY-2022
B. Fabricate units with sharp arris and accurately reproduced details,with indicated texture on all
exposed surfaces unless otherwise indicated.
1. Slope exposed horizontal surfaces 1:12 to drain unless otherwise indicated.
2. Provide raised fillets at backs of sills and at ends indicated to be built into jambs.
3. Provide drips on projecting elements unless otherwise indicated.
C. Cure Units as Follows:
1. Cure units in enclosed, moist curing room at 95 to 100 percent relative humidity and
temperature of 100 deg F for 12 hours or 70 deg F for 16 hours.
2. Keep units damp and continue curing to comply with one of the following:
a. No fewer than five days at mean daily temperature of 70 deg F or above,
b. No fewer than six days at mean daily temperature of 60 deg F or above.
C. No fewer than seven days at mean daily temperature of 50 deg F or above.
d. No fewer than eight days at mean daily temperature of 45 deg F or above.
D. Acid etch units after curing to remove cement film from surfaces to be exposed to view.
E, Colors and Textures.Match existing units.
2.2 ACCESSORIES
A. Anchors: Type and size indicated, fabricated from Type 304 stainless steel complying with
ASTM A 240/A 240M,ASTM A 276,or ASTM A 666.
B. Dowels: 1/2-inch diameter round bars, fabricated from Type 304 stainless steel complying
with ASTM A 240/A 240M,ASTM A 276,or ASTM A 666.
C. Proprietary Acidic Cleaner., Manufacturer's standard,strength cleaner designed for removing
mortar/grout stains, efflorescence, and other new construction stains from new masonry
without discoloring or damaging masonry surfaces. Use product expressly approved for
intended use by cast stone manufacturer and expressly approved by cleaner manufacturer for
use on cast stone and adjacent masonry materials.
2.3 MORTAR
A. Comply with requirements in Section 042000"Unit Masonry"for mortar mixes.
1. For setting mortar,use Type S.
2. For pointing mortar, use Type N.
(AST ST(.)NE MASONRY 10147200-2
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY-2022
B. Pigmented Mortar: Use colored cement product.
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Engage a qualified independent testing agency to sample and test cast-stone units according
to ASTM C 1364.
1. Include one test for resistance to freezing and thawing.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 SETTING CAST STONE IN MORTAR
A. Install cast-stone units to comply with requirements in Section 042000 "Unit Masonry."
B. Set units in full bed of mortar with full head joints unless otherwise indicated.
1. Fill dowel holes and anchor slots with mortar.
2. Fill collar joints solid as units are set.
3. Build concealed flashing into mortar joints as units are set.
4. Keep head joints in copings and between other units with exposed horizontal surfaces
open to receive sealant.
5. Keep joints at shelf angles open to receive sealant.
C. Rake out joints for pointing with mortar to depths of not less than 3/4 inch. Rake joints to
uniform depths with square bottoms and clean sides. Scrub faces of units to remove excess
mortar as joints are raked.
D. Point mortar joints by placing and compacting mortar in layers not greater than 3/8 inch.
Compact each layer thoroughly and allow it to become thumbprint hard before applying next
layer.
E. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard. Use a smooth plastic jointer larger
than joint thickness.
F. Rake out joints for pointing with sealant to depths of not less than 3/4 inch. Scrub faces of
units to remove excess mortar as joints are raked.
G. Provide sealant joints at head joints of copings and other horizontal surfaces; at expansion,
control,and pressure-relieving joints;and at locations indicated.
1. Keep joints free of mortar and other rigid materials.
2. Prepare and apply sealant of type and at locations indicated to comply with applicable
requirements in Section 079200"Joint Sealants."
CAST STONE MASONRY 0472. ➢...3
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY-2022
3.2 SETTING ANCHORED CAST STONE WITH SEALANT-FILLED JOINTS
A. Set cast stone as indicated on Drawings.Set units accurately in locations indicated,with edges
and faces aligned according to established relationships and indicated tolerances.
1. Install anchors, supports, fasteners, and other attachments indicated or necessary to
secure units in place.
2. Shim and adjust anchors, supports, and accessories to set cast stone in locations
indicated with uniform joints.
B. Fill anchor holes with sealant.
1. Where dowel holes occur at pressure-relieving joints, provide compressible material at
ends of dowels.
C. Set cast stone supported on clip or continuous angles on resilient setting shims. Use material
of thickness required to maintain uniform joint widths.Hold shims back from face of cast stone
a distance at least equal to width of joint.
D. Prepare and apply sealant of type and at locations indicated to comply with applicable
requirements in Section 079200"Joint Sealants."
3.3 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES
A. Variation from Plumb: Do not exceed 1/8 inch in 10 feet, 1/4 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2 inch
maximum.
B. Variation from Level: Do not exceed 1/8 inch in 10 feet, 1/4 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2 inch
maximum.
C. Variation in Joint Width: Do not vary joint thickness more than 1/8 inch in 36 inches or one-
fourth of nominal joint width,whichever is less.
D. Variation in Plane between Adjacent Surfaces(Lipping): Do not vary from flush alignment with
adjacent units or adjacent surfaces indicated to be flush with units by more than 1/16 inch,
except where variation is due to warpage of units within tolerances specified.
3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Remove and replace stained and otherwise damaged units and units not matching approved
Samples. Cast stone may be repaired if methods and results are approved by Landscape
Architect.
B. Replace units in a manner that results in cast stone matching approved Samples, complying
with other requirements,and showing no evidence of replacement.
C. In Progress Cleaning:Clean cast stone as work progresses,
1. Remove mortar fins and smears before tooling joints.
CAS� STONE MASONRY 0472M 4
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK.TX
JANUARY-2022
2. Remove excess sealant immediately,including spills,smears,and spatter.
D. Final Cleaning:After mortar is thoroughly set and cured,clean exposed cast stone as follows:
1. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape
hoes or chisels.
2. Test cleaning methods on sample; leave one sample uncleaned for comparison
purposes. Obtain Landscape Architect's approval of sample cleaning before proceeding
with cleaning of cast stone.
3. Protect adjacent surfaces from contact with cleaner by covering them with liquid
strippable masking agent or polyethylene film and waterproof masking tape.
4. Wet surfaces with water before applying cleaners; remove cleaners promptly by rinsing
thoroughly with clear water.
S. Clean cast stone by bucket-and-brush hand-cleaning method described in BIA
Technical Notes 20.
6. Clean cast stone with proprietary acidic cleaner applied according to manufacturer's
written instructions.
END OF SECTION 047200
CAST STONE MASONRY 047200-5
ROLMID ROCK�S,,MAYS GATEWAY ENHAII'40EME111JITS, ROUND ROCK,,TX
................................ ............................................................................ ................ .....................................................
.......................................
JANUARY 2022
SECTION O57000-DECORATIVE METAL
PART I-GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Decorative mechanical grilles and frames.
1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:For each type of product,including finishing materials.
B. Shop Drawings:Show fabrication and installation details for decorative metal.
1. Indicate materials,finishes,fasteners,anchorages,and accessory items.
C. Patterns, Models,or Plaster Castings: For each custom casting required.
D. Samples:For each type of exposed finish.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 STAINLESS STEEL
A. Sheet, Strip,Plate,and Flat Bar:ASTM A 666,Type 316.
B. Bars and Shapes:ASTM A 276,Type 316.
2.2 STEEL AND IRON
A. Plates,Shapes,and Bars:ASTM A 36/A 36M.
B. Cast Iron: Either gray iron, ASTM A 48/A 48M, or malleable iron, ASTM A 47/A 47M unless
otherwise indicated.
C. Steel Sheet, Cold Rolled., ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, either commercial steel or structural steel,
exposed.
23 FASTENERS
A. Fastener Materials: Unless otherwise indicated,provide the following:
1. Stainless Steel Items:Type 316 stainless-steel fasteners.
2. Steel Items: Plated steel fasteners complying with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 25 for
electrodeposited zinc coating where concealed, Type 304 stainless steel fasteners
where exposed,
IDIEC,C,,')��k'AUUVIP.,MIEIIA..
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,Tx
JANUARY-2022
3. Dissimilar Metals:Type 316 stainless-steel fasteners.
B. Provide tamper-resistant flat-head machine screws for exposed fasteners unless otherwise
indicated.
2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy
welded.
B. Brazing Rods: For copper alloys,provide type and alloy as recommended by producer of metal
to be brazed and as required for color match,strength,and compatibility in fabricated items.
C. Etching Cleaner for Galvanized Metal:Complying with MPI#25.
D. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint complying with SSPC-Paint 20 and
compatible with paints specified to be used over it.
E. Universal Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: Fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal
modified-alkyd primer complying with MPI#79 and compatible with topcoat.
F. Epoxy Zinc-Rich Primer:Complying with MPI#20 and compatible with topcoat.
G. Shop Primer for Galvanized Steel: Cementitious galvanized metal primer complying with
MPI#26.
H. Bituminous Paint:Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187/D 1187M.
2.5 FABRICATION,GENERAL
A. Form decorative metal to required shapes and sizes,true to line and level with true curves and
accurate angles and surfaces. Finish exposed surfaces to smooth,sharp, well-defined lines and
arris.
B. Mill joints to a tight,hairline fit. Cope or miter corner joints. Fabricate connections that will be
exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water.
C. Comply with AWS for recommended practices in shop welding and brazing. Weld and braze
behind finished surfaces without distorting or discoloring exposed side.Clean exposed welded
and brazed joints of flux,and dress exposed and contact surfaces.
1. Where welding and brazing cannot be concealed behind finished surfaces, finish joints
to comply with NOMMA's "Voluntary Joint Finish Standards" for Type 1 Welds: no
evidence of a welded joint.
D. Provide castings that are sound and free of warp, cracks, blowholes, or other defects that
impair strength or appearance. Grind, wire brush, sandblast, and buff castings to remove
seams,gate marks,casting flash,and other casting marks.
DECORATIVE META. 057000-2
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, N
JANUARY•- 2022
2.6 FINISHES,GENERAL
A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for
recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable,
temporary protective covering before shipping.
2.7 STAINLESS-STEEL FINISHES
A. Directional Satin Finish:No.4.
2.8 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES
A. Preparing Nongalvanized items for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous-metal surfaces to
comply with SSPC-SP 6/NACE No.3,"Commercial Blast Cleaning."
B. Primer Application: Apply shop primer to prepared surfaces of items unless otherwise
indicated.Primer need not be applied to surfaces to be embedded in concrete or masonry.
1. Shop prime uncoated ferrous-metal surfaces with universal shop prime.
2. Do not apply primer to galvanized surfaces.
C. Powder-Coat Finish: Prepare,treat,and coat nongalvanized ferrous metal to comply with resin
manufacturer's written instructions and as follows:
1. Prepare uncoated ferrous-metal surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP 6/ ACE No.3,
"Commercial Blast Cleaning."
2. Treat prepared metal with iron phosphate pretreatment,rinse,and seal surfaces.
3, Apply thermosetting polyester or acrylic urethane powder coating with cured film
thickness not less than 1.5 mils.
4. Color:Corten Rust Effect Paint with Patina.
D. Powder Coat Finish: Prepare, treat, and coat galvanized metal to comply with resin
manufacturer's written instructions and as follows:
1. Prepare galvanized metal by thoroughly removing grease, dirt, oil, flux, and other
foreign matter,
2. Treat prepared metal with zinc,phosphate pretreatment,rinse,and seal surfaces.
3. Apply thermosetting polyester or acrylic urethane powder coating with cured-film
thickness not less than 1.5 mils.
4. Color:Corten Rust Effect Paint with Patina.
DE-C;()RAT11 V 11-1 1A E'A ll.r 015-710100 3
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TK
JANUARY-2022
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where needed to secure decorative metal to in-place
construction.
B. Set products accurately in location,alignment,and elevation, measured from established lines
and levels.
C. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form tight, hairline joints or, where indicated,
uniform reveals and spaces for sealants and joint fillers.
D. Do not cut or abrade finishes that cannot be completely restored in the field. Return items
with such finishes to the shop for required alterations, followed by complete refinishing, or
provide new units as required.
E. Install concealed gaskets,joint fillers,insulation,and flashings as work progresses.
F. Restore protective coverings that have been damaged during shipment or installation.Remove
protective coverings only when there is no possibility of damage from other work.
G. Control of Corrosion:Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by insulating metals
and other materials from direct contact with incompatible materials.
1. Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that will be in contact with grout, concrete,
masonry,wood,or dissimilar metals,with a heavy coat of bituminous paint.
END OF SECTION 057000
DECORATIVE METAL 057000 4
ROUND ROCK S,MAYS GATEWAV'El4lIiIAINIC,'.',IEMElhU'!S ROUND ROCK,IN
.. .................. .
..............
JAIN11IJARY 2022
SECTION 071900-WATER REPELLENTS
PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes penetrating water-repellent treatments for the following vertical and
horizontal surfaces:
1. Cast-in-place concrete.
2. Cast stone.
3. Concrete unit masonry.
4. Natural stone.
5. Portland cement plaster(stucco).
1.2 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference:Conduct conference at Project site.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:For each type of product.
B. Samples:For each type of water repellent and substrate indicated.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Product certificates.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Applicator Qualifications:An employer of workers trained and approved by manufacturer.
B. Test Area: Test a minimum of 4-foot by 4-foot area on each type of surface. Use the
manufacturer's application instructions. Let test area protective treatment cure before
inspection. Keep test panels available for comparison throughout the protective treatment
project.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. PROSOCO, Inc.,3741 Greenway Circle, Lawrence, KS 66046. Phone: (800)255,4255; Fax: (785)
830-9797.Email: CustomerCare@prosoco.com,
WATER REPELLENTS 07�9U)- III
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY 2022
B. Equivalents may be considered.
2.2 PRODUCTS
A. Sure Klean'O Weather Seal Blok-Guard'O and Graffiti Control: Clear, solvent-based silicone
elastomer formulated to weatherproof concrete block and other porous masonry materials
and protect treated surfaces from repeated graffiti attacks without altering the natural
appearance. Blok-Guard ' and Graffiti Control penetrates and fills pores to prevent water
penetration through exterior walls exposed to normal weathering. Graffiti removal is fast and
easy using Defacer Eraser'Graffiti Remover.
1. Typical Technical Data:
a. Form:Clear Liquid
b. Specific Gravity:0.802
C. pH: Not applicable
d. Weight/Gallon:6.67 pounds
e. Active Content:9 percent
f. Total Solids:9 percent ASTM D 2369
g. VOC Content: greater than 600 grams per liter. Manufactured and marketed in
compliance with USEPA AIM VOC regulations (40 CFR 59.403). Not suitable for
sale in states and districts with more restrictive AIM VOC regulations.
h. Flash Point: 100 degrees F(38 degrees Cy ASTM D 3278
i. Freeze Point: less than-22 degrees F(less than-30 degrees C)
j. Shelf Life:1 year in tightly sealed,unopened container
2. Limitations:
a. Not suitable for extremely dense or polished surfaces.
b. Not suitable for asphaltic surfaces.
C. Not recommended for below-grade applications.
d. May darken or enhance the natural color of some surfaces.Always Test to ensure
desired results.
e. Will not prevent water penetration through structural cracks, defects or open
joints.
B., Equivalents may be considered.
WATER REPELLENTS 07MO 2
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND RC)AC.,X, TX
JANUARY- 2022
2.3 PENETRATING WATER REPELLENTS
A. Silane, Penetrating Water Repellent: Clear, containing 9 percent or more solids of
alkyltrialkoxysilanes; with alcohol, mineral spirits, water, or other proprietary solvent carrier;
and with 600 g/L or less of VOCs.
B. Siloxane, Penetrating Water Repellent: Clear, containing 9 percent or more solids of
oligomerous alkylaikoxysiloxanes; with alcohol, ethanol, mineral spirits, water, or other
proprietary solvent carrier;and with 600 g/L or less of VOCs.
C. Silane/Siloxane-Blend, Penetrating Water Repellent: Clear, silane and siloxane blend with
600 g/L or less of VOCs.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with
requirements and conditions affecting performance of the or .
1. Verify that surfaces are clean and dry according to water-repellent manufacturer's
requirements. Check moisture content in representative locations by method
recommended by manufacturer.
2. Verify that there is no efflorescence or other removable residues that would be trapped
beneath the application of water repellent.
1 Verify that required repairs are complete, cured, and dry before applying water
repellent.
B. Test pH level according to water-repellent manufacturer's written instructions to ensure
chemical bond to silica,containing or siliceous.minerals.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. New Construction and Repairs:Allow concrete and other cementitious materials to age before
application of water repellent,according to repellent manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Cleaning: Before application of water repellent, clean substrate of substances that could
impair penetration or performance of product according to water-repellent manufacturer's
written instructions.
C. Coordination with Mortar Joints: Do not apply water repellent until pointing mortar for joints
adjacent to surfaces receiving water-repellent treatment has been installed and cured,
D. Coordination with Sealant Joints:Do not apply water repellent until sealants for joints adjacent
to surfaces receiving water-repellent treatment have been installed and cured.
WATEDR REPELILE-HIIS 071900 3
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY—2022
1. Water-repellent work may precede sealant application only if sealant adhesion and
compatibility have been tested and verified using substrate,water repellent,and sealant
materials identical to those required.
3.3 APPLICATION
A. Manufacturer's Field Service:Engage a factory,authorized service representative to inspect the
substrate before application of water repellent and to instruct Applicator on the product and
application method to be used.
B. Manufacturer's Product Data Sheet: Before applying, read "Preparation" and "Safety
Information" sections for Weather Seal Blok-Guard®and Graffiti Control. Refer to the Product
Data Sheet for additional information about application of Blok,,Guard' and Graffiti Control.
Do not dilute or alter.
C. Vertical Application Instructions: For best results, apply Blok-Guard' & Graffiti Control "wet-
on-wet"to a visibly dry and absorbent surface.
D. Spray:
1. Using low pressure spray equipment (less than 50 psi), saturate the surface in a "wet-
on-wet" application from the bottom up, creating a 6-to-8-inch rundown below the
spray contact point.Avoid excessive overlapping.
2. Let the first application penetrate the masonry surface for 2 to 3 minutes. For heavily
textured and porous surfaces, reapply in same saturating manner to ensure complete
coverage of recessed surfaces.
3. Immediately brush out runs and drips to prevent build up.
E. Brush or Roller:Thoroughly saturate the surface.Avoid excessive overlapping. Brush out runs
and drip to prevent buildup.
F. Fluted Architectural Block: Spray in an "overlapping X pattern" for complete coverage of
recessed surfaces.
G. Dense,Smooth Surfaces:Apply enough in a single saturating application to completely wet the
surface without creating drips, puddles or rundown. Brush out or back roll all runs and drips
for uniform appearance. Do not over apply. Over application may cause unacceptable color
change.One application is normally enough.Always test for application rate.
H. Apply coating of water repellent on surfaces to be treated using low-pressure spray to the
point of saturation. Apply coating in dual passes of uniform, overlapping strokes. Remove
excess material; do not allow material to puddle beyond saturation. Comply with
manufacturer's written instructions for application procedure unless otherwise indicated.
1. Cast Stone: At Contractor's option, first application of water repellent may be
completed before installing units. Mask mortar and sealant bond surfaces to prevent
WATER REPELLENTS 07a,900 4
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY-2022
water repellent from migrating onto joint surfaces. Remove masking after repellent has
cured.
1. Apply a second saturation coating, repeating first application. Comply with manufacturer's
written instructions for limitations on drying time between coats and after rainstorm wetting
of surfaces between coats. Consult manufacturer's technical representative if written
instructions are not applicable to Project conditions.
J. Protect treated surfaces from rain for 4-6 hours.
3.4 CLEANIING
A, immediately clean water repellent from adjoining surfaces and surfaces soiled or damaged by
water-repellent application as work progresses. Correct damage to work of other trades
caused by water-repellent application.
B. Comply with manufacturer's written cleaning instructions.
C. Graffiti Removal: Remove most types of graffiti with Defacer Eraser® Graffiti Remover or
Enviro lean®SafStrip®.
D. Clean-Up: Clean tools and equipment immediately with mineral spirits or an equivalent
cleaning solvent.Remove over spray and spills as soon as possible.
END OF SECTION 071900
WA UIQ RIEPELILIENTS, 071,19010-5
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GAROUND ROCK,TK
JANUARY-2022
SECTION 101419-DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE
PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Cutout dimensional characters.
2. Fabricated channel dimensional characters.
3. Illuminated,fabricated channel dimensional characters.
4. Molded plastic dimensional characters.
5. Illuminated,molded-plastic dimensional characters.
1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:For each type of product.
B. Shop Drawings:For signs.
1. Include fabrication and installation details and attachments to other work.
2. Show sign mounting heights, locations of supplementary supports to be provided by
other installers,and accessories.
3. Show message list, typestyles, graphic elements, and layout for each sign at least half
size.
4. Show locations of electrical service connections.
5. Include diagrams for power,signal, and control wiring.
C. Samples:For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified.
D. Delegated-Design Submittal:
1. Include structural analysis calculations for signs indicated to comply with design loads;
signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their
preparation.
1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Maintenance data.
ICBVMIQ40NAL LETTER SIGNAGE 0414 1
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS SOUND ROCK,11.
JANUARY 2022
1.4 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of signs that fail in
materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
1. Warranty Period:Five years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000
"Quality Requirements,"to design sign structure and anchorage of monument signs according
to structural performance requirements.
B. Structural Performance: Signs and supporting elements shall withstand the effects of gravity
and other loads within limits and under conditions indicated.
C. Thermal Movements: For exterior dimensional characters,allow for thermal movements from
ambient and surface temperature changes.
1. Temperature Change:120 deg F,ambient;180 deg F,material surfaces.
D. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by
a qualified testing agency,and marked for intended location and application.
2.2 DIMENSIONAL CHARACTERS
A. Cutout Characters:Characters with uniform faces;square�cut,smooth edges;precisely formed
lines and profiles;and as follows:
1. Character Material:Sheet or plate stainless steel.
2. Character Height:As indicated on Drawings.
3. Thickness:As indicated on Drawings.
4. Finishes:
a. Integral Stainless-Steel Finish: No,4.
5. Mounting:As indicated on Drawings.
B. Fabricated Channel Characters: Metal face and side returns, formed free from warp and
distortion; with uniform faces, sharp corners, and precisely formed lines and profiles,-
internally braced for stability, to meet structural performance loading without oil-canning or
other surface deformation,and for securing fasteners; and as follows,
1. Character Material:Sheet or plate steel.
IAMENSpOINA L LET�ER.SK-,19A("M`: 0"4119,2
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROOK,TX
JANUARY-2022
2. Translucent Face Sheet:Acrylic sheet with integral color matching Architect's sample.
3. Character Height:As indicated on Drawings.
4. Character Depth:As indicated on Drawings.
5. Finishes:
a. Integral Stainless-Steel Finish:No.4.
b. Baked-Enamel or Powder-Coat Finish: Manufacturer's standard, in color as
selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
C. Overcoat:Manufacturer's standard baked--on clear coating.
6. Mounting:As indicated on Drawings.
a. Hold characters at 2-inch distance from wall surface.
C. Molded-Plastic Characters:Characters having uniform faces and profiles,and as follows:
1. Illuminated Characters: Characters with concealed LED lighting, including transformers,
insulators, and other accessories; with provision for servicing and concealing
connections to building electrical system. Space lamps apart from each other and away
from character surfaces as needed to illuminate evenly.
a. Power:As indicated on electrical Drawings.
2. Color: Manufacturer"s standard integral color process, in color matching Architect's
sample.
2.3 DIMENSIONAL CHARACTER MATERIALS
A. Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 240/A 240M or ASTM A 666, Type 316, stretcher-leveled
standard of flatness.
B. Acrylic Sheet: ASTM D 4802, category as standard with manufacturer for each sign, Type UVF
(UV filtering).
2.4 ACCESSORIES
A. Fasteners and Anchors: Manufacturer's standard as required for secure anchorage of signs,
noncorrosive and compatible with each material joined,and complying with the following:
1. Use concealed fasteners and anchors unless indicated to be exposed.
2. For exterior exposure, furnish stainless--steel or hot--dip galvanized devices unless
otherwise indicated.
3. Exposed Metal-Fastener Components,General:
DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,T�N
JANUARY-2022
a. Fabricated from same basic metal and finish of fastened metal unless otherwise
indicated.
4. Sign Mounting Fasteners:
3. Concealed Studs: Concealed (blind), threaded studs welded or brazed to back of
sign material, screwed into back of sign assembly, or screwed into tapped lugs
cast integrally into back of cast sign material,unless otherwise indicated.
b. Projecting Studs:Threaded studs with sleeve spacer,welded or brazed to back of
sign material, screwed into back of sign assembly, or screwed into tapped lugs
cast integrally into back of cast sign material,unless otherwise indicated.
C. Through Fasteners: Exposed metal fasteners matching sign finish, with type of
head indicated,installed in predrilled holes.
& Adhesive:As recommended by sign manufacturer.
C. Bituminous Paint:Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187/D 1187M.
2.5 FABRICATION
A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard sign assemblies according to requirements
indicated.
1. Mill joints to a tight,hairline fit.Form assemblies and joints exposed to weather to resist
water penetration and retention.
2. Provide welds and brazes behind finished surfaces without distorting or discoloring
exposed side.Clean exposed welded and brazed connections of flux,and dress exposed
and contact surfaces.
3. Conceal connections if possible; otherwise, locate connections where they are
inconspicuous,
4internally brace dimensional characters for stability, to meet structural performance
loading without oil-canning or other surface deformation,and for securing fasteners.
5. Provide rabbets, lugs, and tabs necessary to assemble components and to attach to
existing work. Drill and tap for required fasteners. Use concealed fasteners where
possible; use exposed fasteners that match sign finish.
6. Castings: Fabricate castings free of warp, cracks, blowholes, pits, scale, sand holes, and
other defects that impair appearance or strength. Grind,wire brush,sandblast,and buff
castings to remove seams, gate marks, casting flash, and other casting marks before
finishing.
DIMENS1101NAIL LETTE1K'S1K',`,NXGF '0 114�9 4
ROUND ROOK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROOK,'PX
JANUARY-2022
B. Brackets: Fabricate brackets, fittings, and hardware for bracket mounted signs to suit sign
construction and mounting conditions indicated. Modify manufacturer's standard brackets as
required.
1. Stainless-Steel Brackets: Factory finish brackets to match sign background finish unless
otherwise indicated.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install signs using mounting methods indicated and according to manufacturer's
written instructions.
1. Install signs level, plumb,true to line, and at locations and heights indicated, with sign
surfaces free of distortion and other defects in appearance.
2. Before installation,verify that sign surfaces are clean and free of materials or debris that
would impair installation.
3. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of exterior aluminum in contact with
grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals, with a heavy coat of bituminous
paint.
B. Mounting Methods:
1. Concealed Studs: Using a template,drill holes in substrate aligning with studs on back of
sign.Remove loose debris from hole and substrate surface.
a. Masonry Substrates: Fill holes with adhesive. Leave recess space in hole for
displaced adhesive. Place sign in position and push until flush to surface,
embedding studs in holes.Temporarily support sign in position until adhesive fully
sets.
b. Thin or Hollow Surfaces:Place sign in position and flush to surface,install washers
and nuts on studs projecting through opposite side of surface,and tighten.
2. Projecting Studs: Using a template,drill holes in substrate aligning with studs on back of
sign.Remove loose debris from hole and substrate surface.
a. Masonry Substrates: Fill holes with adhesive. Leave recess space in hole for
displaced adhesive. Place spacers on studs, place sign in position, and push until
spacers are pinched between sign and substrate, embedding the stud ends in
holes.Temporarily support sign in position until adhesive fully sets.
b. Thin or Hollow Surfaces: Place spacers on studs, place sign in position with
spacers pinched between sign and substrate,and install washers and nuts on stud
ends projecting through opposite side of surface,and tighten.
Et MENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE H, 4 @ V.�5
ROUND ROCK S,MAYS GATEWAYEnNIHANCEMENTS, ROUND ROCK,TX
........................
JANUARY 2022
3. Through Fasteners: Droll holes in substrate using predrilled holes in sign as template.
Countersink holes in sign if required. Place sign in position and flush to surface. Install
through fasteners and tighten.
4. Back Bar and Brackets: Remove loose debris from substrate surface and install backbar
or bracket supports in position,so that signage is correctly located and aligned.
5. Adhesive: Clean bond-breaking materials from substrate surface and remove loose
debris. Apply linear beads or spots of adhesive symmetrically to back of sign and of
suitable quantity to support weight of sign after cure without slippage. Keep adhesive
away from edges to prevent adhesive extrusion as sign is applied and to prevent
visibility of cured adhesive at sign edges. Place sign in position, and push to engage
adhesive.Temporarily support sign in position until adhesive fully sets.
C. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as signs are installed.
END OF SECTION 101419
n,IM,lI...NS�01'4A��l.:II.FTTF'.IR S11GNA(91E
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK.YX
.. ...
.............................................................................................
JANUARY....2022
SECTION 311000-SITE CLEARING
PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Protecting existing vegetation to remain.
2. Removing existing vegetation.
3. Clearing and grubbing.
4. Stripping and stockpiling topsoil.
5. Removing above-and below-grade site improvements.
6. Disconnecting,capping,or sealing site utilities.
7. Temporary erosion and sedimentation control.
1.2 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference:Conduct conference at Project site.
1.3 MATERIAL OWNERSHIP
A. Except for materials indicated to be stockpiled or otherwise remain Owner's property,cleared
materials shall become Contractor's property and shall be removed from Project site.
1.4 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Traffic: Minimize interference with adjoining roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent
occupied or used facilities during site clearing operations.
1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities
without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction.
2. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed trafficways if required by Owner
or authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Salvageable Improvements: Carefully remove items indicated to be salvaged and store on
where indicated.
C. Utility Locator Service: Notify utility locator service for area where Project is located before
site clearing.
SITE CLEARING 3G VR;X)o•0
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY .2022
D. Do not commence site clearing operations until temporary erosion- and sedimentation
control and plant-protection measures are in place.
E. Tree- and Plant-Protection Zones: Protect according to requirements in Section 015639
"Temporary Tree and Plant Protection."
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Satisfactory Soil Material: Requirements for satisfactory soil material are specified in
Section 312000"Earth Moving."
1. Obtain approved borrow soil material off-site when satisfactory soil material is not
available on-site.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Protect and maintain benchmarks and survey control points from disturbance during
construction.
B. Verify that trees,shrubs, and other vegetation to remain or to be relocated have been flagged
and that protection zones have been identified and enclosed according to requirements in
Section 015639"Temporary Tree and Plant Protection."
C. Protect existing site improvements to remain from damage during construction.
1. Restore damaged improvements to their original condition,as acceptable to Owner.
3.2 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL
A. Provide temporary erosion- and sedimentation control measures to prevent soil erosion and
discharge of soil bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways,
according to erosion, and sedimentation control Drawings and requirements of authorities
having jurisdiction.
B. Verify that flows of water redirected from construction areas or generated by construction
activity do not enter or cross protection zones,
C. Inspect, maintain, and repair erosion and sedimentation-control measures during
construction until permanent vegetation has been established.
D. Remove erosion and sedimentation controls, and restore and stabilize areas disturbed during
removal.
�3�1101010-2
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY—2022
3.3 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION
A. Protect trees and plants remaining on-site according to requirements in Section 015639
"Temporary Tree and Plant Protection."'
B. Repair or replace trees, shrubs,and other vegetation indicated to remain or be relocated that
are damaged by construction operations according to requirements in Section 015639
"Temporary Tree and Plant Protection."
3.4 EXISTING UTILITIES
A. Locate, identify,disconnect, and seal or cap utilities indicated to be removed or abandoned in
place.
1. Arrange with utility companies to shut off indicated utilities.
B. Interrupting Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or
others, unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to
provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated:
1. Notify Landscape Architect not less than two days in advance of proposed utility
interruptions.
2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Landscape Architect's written
permission.
C. Removal of underground utilities is included in earthwork sections; in applicable fire
suppression, plumbing, HVAC, electrical, communications, electronic safety and security, and
utilities sections; and in Section 024116"Structure Demolition" and Section 024119 "Selective
Demolition."
3.5 CLEARING AND GRUBBING
A. Remove obstructions, trees, shrubs, and other vegetation to permit installation of new
construction.
1. Grind down stumps and remove roots larger than 3 inches in diameter, obstructions,
and debris to a depth of 18 inches below exposed subgrade.
2. Use only hand methods or air spade for grubbing within protection zones.
B. Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil material
unless further excavation or earthwork is indicated.
1. Place fill material in horizontal layers not exceeding a loose depth of 8 inches, and
compact each layer to a density equal to adjacent original ground.
3.6 TOPSOIL STRIPPING
A. Remove sod and grass before stripping topsoil.
SHE CLf ARdNG 31 1 -3
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUAF 2022
B. Strip topsoil to depth of 6 inches in a manner to prevent intermingling with underlying subsoil
or other waste materials.
C. Stockpile topsoil away from edge of excavations without intermixing with subsoil or other
materials. Grade and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown
dust and erosion by water.
3.7 SITE IMPROVEMENTS
A. Remove existing above- and below-grade improvements as indicated and necessary to
facilitate new construction.
3.8 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS
A. Remove surplus soil material, unsuitable topsoil, obstructions, demolished materials, and
waste materials including trash and debris,and legally dispose of them off Owner's property.
B. Separate recyclable materials produced during site clearing from other nonrecyclable
materials. Store or stockpile without intermixing with other materials, and transport them to
recycling facilities.Do not interfere with other Project work.
END OF SECTION 311000
SHE CIIANNG 31 4 000 4
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY—2022
SECTION 312000-EARTH MOVING
PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Excavating and filling for rough grading the Site.
2. Preparing subgrades for walks,turf and grasses,and plants.
3. Subbase course for concrete walks.
4. Excavating and backfilling trenches for utilities and pits for buried utility structures.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Backfill:Soil material used to fill an excavation.
1. Initial Backfill: Backfill placed beside and over pipe in a trench, including haunches to
support sides of pipe.
2. Final Backfill: Backfill placed over initial backfill to fill a trench.
B. Base Course:Aggregate layer placed between the subbase course and hot mix asphalt paving.
C. Bedding Course:Aggregate layer placed over the excavated subgrade in a trench before laying
pipe.
D. Borrow Soil:Satisfactory soil imported from off-site for use as fill or backfill.
E. Drainage Course: Aggregate layer supporting the slab--on-grade that also minimizes upward
capillary flow of pore water.
F. Excavation: Removal of material encountered above subgrade elevations and to lines and
dimensions indicated.
1. Authorized Additional Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond
indicated lines and dimensions as directed by Landscape Architect. Authorized
additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Contract
provisions for changes in the Work.
2. Unauthorized Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated
lines and dimensions without direction by Landscape Architect. Unauthorized
excavation, as well as remedial work directed by Landscape Architect, shall be without
additional compensation.
G. Fill:Soil materials used to raise existing grades.
EARTH MOVING 3V2d Y)1 1
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY 2022
H. Structures:Buildings,footings,foundations,retaining walls,slabs,tanks, curbs,mechanical and
electrical appurtenances, or other man-made stationary features constructed above or below
the ground surface.
1. Subbase Course: Aggregate layer placed between the subgracle and base course for hotmix
asphalt pavement, or aggregate layer placed between the subgrade and a cement concrete
pavement or a cement concrete or hot-mix asphalt walk.
1. Subgrade: Uppermost surface of an excavation or the top surface of a fill or backfill
immediately below subbase,drainage fill,drainage course,or topsoil materials.
K. Utilities: On-site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables as well as underground
services within buildings.
2.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference:Conduct preexcavation conference at Project site.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Material test reports.
1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Utility Locator Service: Notify utility locator service for area where Project is located before
beginning earth-moving operations.
B. Do not commence earth-moving operations until plant,protection measures specified in
Section 015639"Temporary Tree and Plant Protection"are in place.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 SOIL MATERIALS
A. General: Provide borrow soil materials when sufficient satisfactory soil materials are not
available from excavations,
B, Satisfactory Soils: Soil Classification Groups GW, GP, GM, 5 , SP, and SM according to
ASTM D 2487,Groups A-1,A-2-4,A-2 5,and A-3 according to AASHTO M 145,or a combination
of these groups; free of rock or gravel larger than 2 inches in any dimension, debris, waste,
frozen materials,vegetation,and other deleterious matter.
C. Unsatisfactory Soils: Soil Classification Groups GC, SC, CL, ML, OL, CH, MH, OH, and PT
according to AST MD2487, Groups A.,2.,- , A,.2-7, AA, A-5, A-6, and A-7 according to
AASHTO M 145,or a combination of these groups,
1. Unsatisfactory soils also include satisfactory soils not maintained within 2 percent of
optimum moisture content at time of compaction.
EARTH MCWING 3�2000 '2
MOUND FLOCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY-2022
0, Subbase Material: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel,crushed
stone,and natural or crushed sand;ASTM D 2940/1)2940M;with at least 90 percent passing a
1-1/2-inch sieve and not more than 12 percent passing a No.200 sieve.
E. Base Course: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed
stone,and natural or crushed sand;ASTM D 294/1)2940M 0;with at least 95 percent passing a
1-1/2-inch sieve and not more than 8 percent passing a No.200 sieve.
F. Engineered Fill: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed
stone,and natural or crushed sand;ASTM D 2940/D 2940M;with at least 90 percent passing a
1-1/2-inch sieve and not more than 12 percent passing a No.200 sieve.
G. Bedding Course: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed
stone,and natural or crushed sand;ASTM D 2940/D 2940M;except with 100 percent passing a
1-inch sieve and not more than 8 percent passing a No. 200 sieve.
H. Drainage Course: Narrowly graded mixture of washed crushed stone,or crushed or uncrushed
gravel; ASTM D 448; coarse,aggregate grading Size 57; with 100 percent passing a 1-1/2-inch
sieve and zero to 5 percent passing a No.8 sieve.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by
settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earth-
moving operations.
B. Protect and maintain erosion and sedimentation controls during earth-moving operations.
C. Protect subgrades and foundation soils from freezing temperatures and frost. Remove
temporary protection before placing subsequent materials.
3.2 EXCAVATION,GENERAL
A. Unclassified Excavation: Excavate to subgrade elevations regardless of the character of surface
and subsurface conditions encountered. Unclassified excavated materials may include rock,
soil materials, and obstructions. No changes in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time will be
authorized for rock excavation or removal of obstructions.
1. If excavated materials intended for fill and backfill include unsatisfactory soil materials
and rock,replace with satisfactory soil materials.
3.3 EXCAVATION FOR WALKS AND PAVEMENTS
A. Excavate surfaces under walks and pavements to indicated lines, cross sections, elevations,
and subgrades.
EARTH MOVING 312000-3
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY 2022
3.4 EXCAVATION FOR UTILITY TRENCHES
A. Excavate trenches to indicated gradients,lines,depths,and elevations.
B. Excavate trenches to uniform widths to provide the following clearance on each side of pipe or
conduit. Excavate trench walls vertically from trench bottom to 12 inches higher than top of
pipe or conduit unless otherwise indicated.
1. Clearance: 12 inches each side of pipe or conduit.
C. Trench Bottoms: Excavate and shape trench bottoms to provide uniform bearing and support
of pipes and conduit. Shape subgrade to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and
barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits. Remove projecting stones and
sharp objects along trench subgrade,
1. Excavate trenches 6 inches deeper than elevation required in rock or other unyielding
bearing material to allow for bedding course.
D. Trenches in Tree-and Plant-Protection Zones:
1. Hand-excavate to indicated lines,cross sections,elevations,and subgrades. Use narrow
tine spading forks to comb soil and expose roots. Do not break, tear, or chop exposed
roots. Do not use mechanical equipment that rips,tears,or pulls roots.
2. Do not cut main lateral roots or taproots; cut only smaller roots that interfere with
installation of utilities.
3. Cut and protect roots according to requirements in Section 015639 "Temporary Tree
and Plant Protection."
3.5 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION
A. Fill unauthorized excavation under foundations or wall footings by extending bottom elevation
of concrete foundation or footing to excavation bottom, without altering top elevation. Lean
concrete fill, with 28 day compressive strength of 2500 psi, may be used when approved by
Landscape Architect.
1. Fill unauthorized excavations under other construction, pipe, or conduit as directed by
Landscape Architect.
3.6 STORAGE OF SOIL MATERIALS
A. Stockpile borrow soil materials and excavated satisfactory soil materials without intermixing
Place,grade,and shape stockpiles to drain surface water.Cover to prevent windblown dust.
1. Stockpile soil materials away from edge of excavations. Do not store within drip line of
remaining trees.
F.A IR�11�MOWN(2p 31120001 4
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY-2022
3.7 UTILITY TRENCH BACKFILL
A. Place backfill on subgrades free of mud,frost,snow,or ice.
B. Place and compact bedding course on trench bottoms and where indicated. Shape bedding
course to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints,
fittings,and bodies of conduits.
C. Trenches under Footings: Backfill trenches excavated under footings and within 18 inches of
bottom of footings with satisfactory soil; fill with concrete to elevation of bottom of footings.
Concrete is specified in Section 033000"Cast-in-Place Concrete."
D. Initial Backfill:Place and compact initial backfill of satisfactory soil,free of particles larger than
1 inch in any dimension,to a height of 12 inches over the pipe or conduit.
1. Carefully compact initial backfill under pipe haunches and compact evenly up on both
sides and along the full length of piping or conduit to avoid damage or displacement of
piping or conduit.Coordinate backfilling with utilities testing.
E. Final Backfill: Place and compact final backfill of satisfactory soil to final subgrade elevation.
F. Warning Tape: Install warning tape directly above utilities, 12 inches below finished grade,
except 6 inches below subgrade under pavements and slabs.
3.8 SOIL FILL
A. Plow, scarify, bench, or break up sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal so fill
material will bond with existing material.
B. Place and compact fill material in layers to required elevations as follows:
I. Under grass and planted areas,use satisfactory soil material.
2. Under walks and pavements,use satisfactory soil material.
3. Under steps and ramps,use engineered fill.
4. Under building slabs,use engineered fill.
5. Under footings and foundations,use engineered fill.
3.9 SOIL MOISTURE CONTROL
A. Uniformly moisten or aerate subgrade and each subsequent fill or backfill soil layer before
compaction to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content.
1. Do not place backfill or fill soil material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain
frost or ice.
EARTH MC ANG 3V 2 5
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS POUND ROCK.TX
JANUARY-2022
2, Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, otherwise satisfactory soil material that
exceeds optimum moisture content by 2 percent and is too wet to compact to specified
dry unit weight.
3.10 COMPACTION OF SOIL BACKFILLS AND FILLS
A. Place backfill and fill soil materials in layers not more than 8 inches in loose depth for material
compacted by heavy compaction equipment and not more than 4 inches in loose depth for
material compacted by hand-operated tampers,
B. Place backfill and fill soil materials evenly on all sides of structures to required elevations and
uniformly along the full length of each structure.
C. Compact soil materials to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry unit weight
according to ASTM D 698:
1. Under walkways,scarify and recompact top 6 inches below subgrade and compact each
layer of backfill or fill soil material at 92 percent.
2. Under turf or unpaved areas, scarify and recompact top 6 inches below subgrade and
compact each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 85 percent.
1 For utility trenches, compact each layer of initial and final backfill soil material at 85
percent.
3.11 GRADING
A. General: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface,free of irregular surface changes. Comply
with compaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines,and elevations indicated.
B. Site Rough Grading:Slope grades to direct water away from buildings and to prevent ponding.
Finish subgrades to elevations required to achieve indicated finish elevations, within the
following subgrade tolerances:
1. Turf or Unpaved Areas:Plus or minus I inch.
2. Walks: Plus or minus 1 inch.
3.12 SUBBASE AND BASE COURSES UNDER PAVEMENTS AND WALKS
A. Place subbase course on subgrades free of mud,frost,snow,or ice.
B. On prepared subgrade,place subbase course under pavements and walks as follows:
1. Shape subbase course to required crown elevations and cross-slope grades.
2. Place subbase course that exceeds 6 inches in compacted thickness in layers of equal
thickness,with no compacted layer more than 6 inches thick or less than 3 inches thick.
EART11 11 MOWING 3112000 6
ROUND RCJOK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANOEdftENTS ROUND ROOK,TX
JANUARY—2022
3. Compact subbase course at optimum moisture content to required grades, lines, cross
sections, and thickness to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry unit weight
according to ASTM D 698.
3.13 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Special Inspections:Owner will engage a qualified special inspector to perform inspections:
B. Testing Agency. Owner will engage a qualified geotechnical engineering testing agency to
perform tests and inspections.
C. Allow testing agency to inspect and test subgrades and each fill or backfill layer. Proceed with
subsequent earth moving only after test results for previously completed work comply with
requirements.
D. Footing Subgrade: At footing subgrades, at least one test of each soil stratum will be
performed to verify design bearing capacities. Subsequent verification and approval of other
footing subgrades may be based on a visual comparison of Subgrade with tested subgrade
when approved by Landscape Architect.
E. When testing agency reports that subgrades, fills, or backfills have not achieved degree of
compaction specified, scarify and moisten or aerate, or remove and replace soil materials to
depth required;recompact and retest until specified compaction is obtained.
3.14 PROTECTION
A. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion. Keep
free of trash and debris.
B. Repair and reestablish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed
surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction due to subsequent
construction operations or weather conditions.
C. Where settling occurs before Project correction period elapses, remove finished surfacing,
backfill with additional soil material,compact,and reconstruct surfacing.
1. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent
work,and eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible.
3.15 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS
A. Remove surplus satisfactory soil and waste materials, including unsatisfactory soil, trash, and
debris,and legally dispose of them off Owner's property.
END OF SECTION 312000
EARTH MOMG 312000-7
ROUND ROCK S.MAY GA�E'VVAV'Eil,4�,�A�,I,CE,MIE�,$TS ROUND RCK.I 1K,TX
............................................. ...........
JANUARY 2022
SECTION 320130—LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE
PART
1-GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
A. Maintenance required under this contract shall conform to the specifications and criteria in this
section. Items included in this section include,but are not limited to,the following:
I. Mowing,edging and trimming of lawn areas.
1 Application of herbicides and pesticides,as required.
1 Weeding,cultivating and cleaning of all plantings.
4. Adjustment of irrigation clocks for weather and growth conditions.
5. General site clean up:Removal of trash and products of maintenance.
6. Hand watering of machine-transplanted trees.
7. Truck watering of trees and turf,via manual system.
1.2 CONTRACT PERIOD
A. These specifications shall govern all maintenance work on completed and partially-completed
project areas,commencing at the Notice to Proceed and terminating ninety(60)days after the
issuance of Notice of Substantial Completion or until associated common areas have ninety
nine percent(99%)coverage of prescribed grass to achieve final acceptance.
B. Owner requests a I-year maintenance agreement in addition to the above. This should be a
separate line item in the bid schedule.The Contract period for this agreement will be governed
by an additional agreement between the Owner and Landscape Contractor
C. It is the intent of the contract to provide the Owner with a project site that is attractive in ap=
pearance,and to keep all plant materials and lawns in a healthy and vigorous condition.
1.3 CONTRACTOR'S PERFORMANCE
A. The Contractor shall perform all work as often as necessary to fulfill the spirit and intent of the
contract. Personnel shall be neat in appearance, perform their work in a professional manner,
keep noise to a minimum,and stage their work from a location on the site out of the way of the
mainstream of the users. In general, the Contractor's presence on the site shall be in
conspicuous as possible.
B. All personnel employed by the Contractor for maintenance and repairs required under this sec,
tion shall be neatly attired with long pants and shirts at all times.
1.4 NEGLECT AND VANDALISM
A. Turf, shrubs, trees or plants that are damaged or killed due to Contractor's operations, negli
gence,or chemicals shall be replaced at no expense to the Owner.
LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE 320 N K,
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY-2022
B. Sprinklers or structures that are damaged due to the Contractor's operation must be replaced
by the Contractor promptly.
C. All damage to,or thefts of landscape elements not caused or allowed by the Contractor subse-
quent to the issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be corrected by the
Contractor at the Owner's expense,upon receipt of written authorization to proceed.
D. Damage due to thefts or vandalism prior to the date of the Certificate of Substantial Comple-
tion shall be at the Contractor's expense.
1.5 EMERGENCIES
A. The Contractor shall answer emergency or complaint calls regarding conditions in landscaped
areas regarding fallen trees or branches, or shrubs or trees that obstruct the driveways, and
shall correct the problem or place warning signs and advise the Owner of the need for major
work to be performed.
PART 2-MATERIALS&PRODUCTS
2.1 OVERSEEDING(IF IN SEASON)
Kind of Seed Minimum&Pure live Lbs. Pure Live
Seed Required Seed per 1.000 S.F.
Fall Overseed Gulf Annual Rye
(9/15-11/1) 85% 5 lbs.
2.2 MACHINERY
A. Machinery requirements listed under this Section are not intended to be restrictions of specific
manufacturers or models unless so stated. Specific mention of manufacturers is intended as a
guide to illustrate the final product of maintenance operations desired.
1. Lawn Mowers: Shall be of the rotary-type, in good working order, finely turned to pro-
tect the lawn from excessive exhaust fumes. Blades shall be sharp, to reduce shredding
of the cut grass.
2. Lawn Edgers:Shall be of a rigid or flexible blade-type that will produce a fine,clean edge
where lawns meet walkways,pavements,or curbs.
3. Fertilizer Spreaders:Cyclone-type spreader,or equal.No visible underlapping of applica-
tions will be permitted.
4. Pruning Tools: Shall be maintained in good working order. Cutting edges shall be sharp.
Disinfect all tools when used for the removal of diseased limbs with a solution of Clorox
and water,mixed at a 1:5 ratio.
5. Watering Truck & Pump: Minimum 1200 gal. tank/pump. Pressure at nozzle: 35 PSI (1
1/2"outlet).
LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE 320430-2
ROUND ROCK�S,NIAY�S l�,2AfIEWA)(IFI�lil-,IAI���ICEMEINIIS RCAJIND ROCK,IX
............................................. .......
JANUARY 2022
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. All maintenance operations shall be performed by the Contractor's own force, superintended
by personnel familiar with the job.Subcontracting of maintenance work shall not be allowed.
B. Maintenance Period shall commence immediately upon the issuance of the contract. It will be
the Contractor's sole responsibility to maintain plantings in original intended condition
throughout the Maintenance Period of this contract.
C. Accidental damage to the landscape plantings beyond the control of the Contractor shall be re-
ported immediately to the Owner.
3.2 IRRIGATION SYSTEM
A. Irrigation system maintenance shall generally be construed as any activity or activities neces,
sary to keep the system 100%operational. Irrigation system maintenance shall include,but not
be limited to:
1. Replacement of equipment damaged by Contractor operations.
2. Repair of other equipment damaged or malfunctioning on a time and material basis. (As
requested by the Owner.)
3. Reporting of system status to Owner on a monthly basis or as necessary in case of
emergency.
4. Adjustment and cleaning of heads so as to correct misdirectional throw, improper cov,
erage and damage to equipment.
B. The Contractor shall monitor and program the irrigation controllers to maintain optimum mois-
ture levels in all planted areas.
C. Irrigation cycles shall be set to take place after 11:00 pm and prior to sunrise (4:00 am - 5:00
am), unless otherwise instructed by the Owner, except during visits of grounds maintenance
personnel. During such visits, the irrigation system may be operated as desired by those per
sonnei.
D. Irrigation cycles should gradually be reduced from September to the winter, in order to gener-
ally reduce late season plant growth and vigor,and to stimulate hardening off and dormancy of
plant material.
3.3 STAKING AND GUYING
A. Contractor shall maintain staking and guying of trees at all times, and shall be responsible for
any damage to trees or plant materials caused by chafing or breaking of foliage or limbs coming
in contact with stakes, ties, guys, eye bolts, or bracing materials. Periodically, adjust broken
LANE)SCAF11.",MAIWIENANC,'IF
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK.TX
JANUARY-2022
stakes and ties as needed. If ties are too tight,they must be replaced or adjusted.All labor and
material costs shall be considered in base bid for the initial 90-day maintenance period.
B. Trees and large shrubs that may require guys,stakes or special care during the winds and rains
shall receive the required care prior to and immediately after anticipated and actual occur
rences,to ensure that no damage results to the plant material.
3.4 PRUNING
A. Contractor shall prune regularly, as required. Remove dead wood and aesthetically horticul-
turally balance the planting, as directed by the Landscape Architect.All suckers and undesired
growth shall be removed immediately.
B. Do not prune limbs from trunks more than 12"above ground per 1"caliper(minimum 8").
C. Pruning of shrubs should create a uniformly dense plant. Selectively thin and tip back annually.
Prune to enhance natural branching effect of plants. Do not change shape of shrubs by pruning.
Refer to schedule.
3.5 TURF MAINTENANCE
A. Mowing: During periods of cool weather, mow at one and one--half inches(1 1/2"), but during
hot weather should not be lower than two inches(2") from the soil. Regular weekly mowing is
strongly recommended. Never scalp the lawn or cut more than one-third (1/3)of the existing
top growth in one mowing. Remove excessive clippings, never allowing clippings to remove on
lawn surface for more than four(4)hours.
B. Watering: Provide a regular, deep watering program. The established turf should not be kept
wet but should dry out under regular conditions. If it is hot or windy,water more often. in very
hot weather, a fast watering with fine spray will cool the turf zone and can supplement the
regular deeper watering program. In shaded areas caused by trees or shrubs, water more fre-
quently because of the competition for soil moisture. If lawn wilts (shows grey-brown), water
more frequently.
C. In areas of new planting and lawns, allow new lawn to grow over tree ball. Maintain height of
grass at tree trunk with hand clippers. Do not use weed whips around tree trunks.
3.6 GENERAL CLEAN UP
A. The Contractor shall dispose of all waste materials or refuse from his operations off the prop-
erty,except where other arrangements have been made with the Owner.
B. Keep all expansion and score joints free of any vegetation which may appear and apply ap-
propriate herbicide to discourage future growth in these areas.
C. Leaves,papers,grass clippings or other debris shall be removed weekly,or at each visit from all
areas.
D. Remove dead animals from the site immediately,as they are encountered.
LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE 320130-4
ROUND ROCK S,MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS R011.)ND ROCK,Tx
. ...................... .................... .................
INNUAIRY !20!22
PART 4-SCHEDULE
4.1 SCHEDULE
A. The Schedule as included herein shall be used as a guide for the work specified,which may fall
within the post-construction maintenance period. Should the Contractor require an alteration
of the Schedule,contact the Owner.
SCHEDULE"A"
FUNCTIONS FREQUENCY
Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May June July Aug. Sept.Oct. Nov. Dec.
Mowing 3 3 4 5 5 5 4 4 5 4 4 4
Edging 1 1 4 5 5 4 4 4 5 4 1 1
Debris Removal 2 2 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 4
Pruning I I
Weed Control Beds 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Clean&Sweep
Curbs&Gutters 2 2 4 4 5 4 5 4 4 5 4 4
Overseed Rye 1*
Index Irrigation 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Spray for Borers 1 1 1 1
*Depending on Prevailing Weather
END OF SECTION 320130
LAINEWAPIE MAIINTENANCIF 320130 5,
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT$ ROUND ROCK,'GX
JANUARY 2022
SECTION 320519—GEOTEXTILES
PART 1—GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
A. Geotextiles for the following applications:
1. Subsurface drains
2. Erosion Control
3. Landscaping
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 328400—Planting Irrigation
B. Section 329200—Turf and Grasses
C. Section 329300—Plants
1.3 REFERENCES
A. ASTM D 4491-Standard Test Methods for Water Permeability of Geotextiles by Permittivity.
B. ASTM D 4632-Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles.
C. ASTM D 4533-Standard Test Method for Trapezoid Tearing Strength of Geotextiles.
D. ASTM D 4751-Standard Test Method for Determining Apparent Opening Size of a Geotextile.
E. DOT Standards-Texas Department of Transportation Standard Specifications.
1.4 DESIGN/PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Design considerations: Aggregate and Thickness selected based on the recommendations of
the manufacturer.
B. Sub-base and base design shall conform to the applicable requirements of the DOT Standards
for Texas and the sub-base recommendations of the manufacturer.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including:
1. Preparation instructions and recommendations.
2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations.
3. Installation methods.
CEOrEXfl F.S 320519-1
ROUND ROCK S,MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX
JANUARY- 2022
K Samples:Submit manufacturers samples of each product specified.
C. Manufacturer's Certificates:Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications:Manufacturer with a minimum for five years documented experi-
ence with the products specified and with ISO Certification certifying material compliance.
B. Installer Qualifications: Installer experienced in performing work of this section that has spe,
cialized in installation of work similar to that required for this project. Installer must also be
able to provide skilled workman with satisfactory record of performance on landscaping or pav
ing projects of comparable size and quality.
C. Preinstallation Meetings:
1. Convene a preinstallation meeting a minimum of two weeks prior to start of work.
2. Verify project requirements,subbase and base conditions,manufacturer's installation
instructions and coordination with other related work.
3. Require attendance of parties directly affecting work of this section, including the Con
tractor,engineer,installer,and manufacturer's representative.
4. Comply with Division I requirements.
1.7 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING
A. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation.
B. Protect materials during handling and installation to prevent damage.
1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Maintain environmental conditions recommended by manufacturer for desired results.Do not
install products under conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits.
B. In cold weather, do not use frozen materials or materials coated with ice or frost,and do not
build on frozen base or wet,saturated or muddy subgrade.
C. Protect partially completed work against damage from other construction traffic when work is
in progress.
1.9 SEQUENCING
A, Ensure that products of this section are supplied to affected trades in time to prevent interrup,
tion of construction progress.
GEOTEXTILES 3205n9- 5
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY-2022
PART 2—PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturer:Fiberweb Geosynthetics,which is located at:1611 County Rd.B
West ;Roseville,MN 55113;Tel:651330-2920; Fax:651-797-2319;Email:request info(in-
fo@boddingtons.us);Web:www.typargeotextiles.com
B. Requests for substitutions will be considered.
2.2 APPLICATION
A. Geotextile Selection for Landscaping
1. Typar 3401
2. Typar 3341
3. Typar 3301
2.3 GEOTEXTILES
A. General:TYPAR non-woven,thermally bonded GEOTEXTILES utilize continuous filament tech;
nology.Typar Geotextiles shall conform to AASHTO requirements for certification,sampling,
testing and acceptance and shipment and storage requirements.
B. TYPAR 3301
1. Mechanical(Marv)
a. Grab tensile strength ASTM D 4632:120 lbs
b. Grab elongation ASTM D 4632:60 lbs
c. Trapezoidal tear strength ASTM D 4533:35 lbs
d. Puncture strength:25 lbs
2. Hydraulic(MARV)
a. Apparent opening size ASTM D 4751:50 US Sieve
b. Permittivity ASTM D 4491:0.8 sec
c. Water flow rate ASTM D 4491:95 gal/min/sf
3. Physical(Typical)
a. Unit weight:3.0 oz/yd
b. Roll diameter:8 inches
c. Length:100 yds
d. Width: 151 inches
e. Rall area:419 sy
GEOTEXTIL_ES 320519-3
IRIC)UNII ROCKS.AAA.YSGATF'WA�'li::,NIHA��,�CE,MIE�$TS ROUND ROOK,TX
............................... .......... .... ...........
JAINUARY-2022
f. Roll weight gross:87 lbs
C. TYPAR 3341
1. Mechanical(Marv)
a, Grab tensile strength ASTM D 4632:120 lbs
b. Grab elongation AST IM D4632:60 percent
c. Trapezoidal tear strength ASTM D 4533:40 lbs
d, Puncture strength: 34 lbs
2. Endurance(MARV)I
a. UV Resistance @ 500 hrs ASTM D 4355:70 percent
3. Hydraulic(MARV)
a. Apparent opening size ASTM D 4751: 60 US Sieve
b. Permittivity ASTM D 4491:0.7 sec
c. Water flow rate ASTM D 4491:85 gal/min/sf
4. Physical(Typical)
a. Unit weight:3.4 oz/sy
b. Roll diameter:8 inches
c. Length: 100 yd
d.
it : 151 inches
e. Roll area:419 sy
f. Roll weight gross:97 lbs
D. TYPAR 3401
1. AASHTO M288:Class 3
2. Mechanical(Marv)
a. Grab tensile strength ASTM D 4632: 130 lbs
b. Grab elongation ASTM D 4632:60 percent
c. Trapezoidal tear strength ASTM D 4533:60 lbs
d. Puncture strength:41 lbs
e. CBR Puncture: 225 lbs
3. Endurance(MARV)l
a. UV Resistance @ 500 hrs ASTM D 4355:70 percent
4. Hydraulic(MARV)
a. Apparent opening size ASTM D 4751.70 US Sieve
b. Permittivity ASTM D4491:0.7 sec
GEOTEKI'1111.11:�S 320519-4
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,'TX
JANUARY-2022
c. Water flow rate ASTM D 4491: 60 gal/min/sf
5. Physical(Typical)
a. Unit weight:4.0 oz/yd
b. Roll diameter.9 inches
c. Length: 100 yd
d. Width: 151 inches
e. Roll area:419 sy
f. Roll weight gross: 113 lbs
g. Width:187 inches
h. Roll area:519 sy
i. Roll weight gross:142 lbs
PART 3—EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Before beginning installation,verify site conditions are as indicated on the Drawings. Notify the
Architect if site conditions are not acceptable. Do not begin preparation or installation until un-
acceptable conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Subgrade Preparation:
1. Prepare subgrade as specified in Section 3123 00.Verify subgrade in accordance with
porous paving system manufacturer's instructions.
2. Excavate area allowing for unit thickness and the engineered base depth(where re-
quired).
3. Provide adequate drainage from excavated area if area has potential to collect water,
when working with implace soils that have poor permeability.
4. Provide a subdrainage system as specified in section 33 06 00.
5. Ensure in-place soil is relatively dry and free from standing water.
6. Uniformly grade base.
7. Level and clear base of large objects,such as rocks and pieces of wood.
B. Sub-Base Preparation:
1. Install sub-base as specified in Section 3123 00.Verify sub-base is installed in accord-
ance with porous paving system manufacturer's instructions.
GEOTEXHLES 320519-5
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GMEWAY ENHANCEMENTSROW',O ROCK,,, �X
.... ...............................................................................................................-
JAPAJARY -2022
Coordinate sub-base installation and preparation with subdrains specified in Ser bion 33
0600.
31. If required,place a geotextile separation layer between the natural ground and the'en,
gineered base.
4. Place engineered base to a thickness of 6 inches.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install Geotextiles as indicated on the Drawings in accordance with the manufacturers recom-
mendations.
B., Landscaping:Install as specified in 329300
END OF SECTION 320519
3201519-6
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,Tx
JANUARY-2422
SECTION 321313-CONCRETE PAVING
PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes Concrete Paving.Including the Following:
1. Curbs and gutters.
2. Walks.
1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:For each type of product.
B. Samples:For each type of product,ingredient,or admixture requiring color selection.
C. Design Mixtures: For each concrete paving mixture. Include alternate design mixtures when
characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances
warrant adjustments.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Ready Mix Concrete Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-
mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for
production facilities and equipment.
1. Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete
Production Facilities" (Quality Control Manual Section 3, "Plant Certification
Checklist").
1.4 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING
A. Preconstruction Testing Service: Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform
preconstruction testing on concrete paving mixtures.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 CONCRETE,GENERAL
A. ACI Publications:Comply with ACI 301 unless otherwise indicated.
2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A. Plain--Steel Welded--Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 1064/A 1064M, fabricated from as-drawn
steel wire into flat sheets.
B. Deformed Steel Welded-Wire Reinforcement:ASTM A 1064/A 1064M,flat sheet.
CONCRETE PAVING
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,IX
JANUARY -20D
C. Reinforcing Bars:ASTM A 615/A 615M,Grade 60;deformed.
D. Joint Dowel Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 plain-steel bars;zinc coated (galvanized)
after fabrication according to ASTM A 767/A 767M,Class I coating.Cut bars true to length with
ends square and free of burrs.
E. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and
fastening reinforcing bars,welded-wire reinforcement, and dowels in place. Manufacture bar
supports according to SI's "Manual of Standard Practice"from steel wire, plastic,or precast
concrete of greater compressive strength than concrete specified.
2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Cementitious Materials: Use the following cementitious materials, of same type, brand, and
source throughout Project:
I. Portland Cement:ASTM C 150/C 150M,gray portland cement Type I.
2. Fly Ash:ASTM C 618,Class F.
3. Slag Cement:ASTM C 989/C 989M,Grade 100 or 120.
4. Blended Hydraulic Cement-ASTM C 595/C 595M,Type IL,Portia nd-limestone cement.
B
oral eight Aggregates: AST MC33/C 33M, Class4M, uniformly graded. Provide
aggregates from a single source.
C. Air-Entraining Admixture:ASTM C 260/C 260M,
D. Chemical Admixtures: Admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other
admixtures and to contain not more than 01 percent water-soluble chloride ions by mass of
cementitious material.
E. Water:Potable and complying with ASTM C 94/C 94M.
2.4 FIBER REINFORCEMENT
A. Synthetic Fiber: Monofilament polypropylene fibers engineered and designed for use in
decorative concrete paving, complying with ASTM C 1116/C 1116M, Type 111, 1/2 to 1 1/2
inches long.
B. Synthetic Fiber: Fibrillated polypropylene fibers engineered and designed for use in decorative
concrete paving,complying with ASTM C 1116/C 1116M,Type 111, 1/2 to 1-1/2 inches long.
2.5 CURING MATERIALS
A. Absorptive Cover:AST O M 182,cotton mats.
B. Moisture-Retaining Cover:ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet.
::'AWNG 3213'3 2
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROOK,TX
JANUARY-2022
C. Water:Potable.
D. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular, film forming, manufactured for
application to fresh concrete.
E. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B,
dissipating.
F. White, Waterborne, Membrane--Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 2, Class B,
dissipating.
2.6 RELATED MATERIALS
A. Joint Fillers:ASTM D 1751,asphalt saturated cellulosic fiber in preformed strips.
B. Slip Resistive Aggregate Finish: Factory-graded, packaged, rustproof, nonglazing, abrasive
aggregate of fused aluminum-oxide granules or crushed emery aggregate containing not less
than 50 percent aluminum oxide and not less than 20 percent ferric oxide; unaffected by
freezing,moisture,and cleaning materials.
2.7 CONCRETE MIXTURES
A. Prepare design mixtures, proportioned according to ACI 301, for each type and strength of
normal weight concrete, and as determined by either laboratory trial mixtures or field
experience.
B. Cementitious Materials: Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than
portland cement in concrete as follows:
1. Fly Ash or Pozzolan:25 percent.
2. Slag Cement: 50 percent.
3. Combined Fly Ash or Pozzolan, and Slag Cement: 50 percent, with fly ash or pozzolan
not exceeding 25 percent.
C. Add air-entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in normal-weight
concrete at point of placement having an air content as follows:
1. Air Content:4-1/2 percent plus or minus 1,1/2 percent.
D. Chemical Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions.
E. Synthetic Fiber: Uniformly disperse in concrete mixture at manufacturer's recommended rate,
but not less than 1.0 Ib/cu.yd.
F. Color Pigment: Add color pigment to concrete mixture according to manufacturer's written
instructions and to result in hardened concrete color consistent with approved mockup.
G. Concrete Mixtures:Normal,weight concrete.
CONCRETE PAVING 13 3,.3
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY—2022
1. Compressive Strength(28 Days):3500 psi.
2. Maximum W/C Ratio at Point of Placement:0.45.
3. Slump Limit:4 inches,plus or minus 1 inch.
2.8 CONCRETE MIXING
A. Ready-Mixed Concrete:Measure, batch,and mix concrete materials and concrete according to
ASTM C 94/C 94M and ASTM C 1116/C 1116M. Furnish batch certificates for each batch
discharged and used in the or .
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Proof-roll prepared subbase surface below concrete paving to identify soft pockets and areas
of excess yielding.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Remove loose material from compacted subbase surface immediately before placing concrete.
3.3 EDGE FORMS AND SCREED CONSTRUCTION
A. Set, brace, and secure edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed guides to required
lines, grades, and elevations. Install forms to allow continuous progress of work and so forms
can remain in place at least 24 hours after concrete placement.
B. Clean forms after each use and coat with form-release agent to ensure separation from
concrete without damage.
3.4 STEEL REINFORCEMENT INSTALLATION
A, Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting
reinforcement.
3.5 JOINTS
A. General: Form construction, isolation, and contraction joints and tool edges true to line, with
faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. Construct transverse joints at right angles to
centerline unless otherwise indicated.
B. Construction Jointsi: Set construction joints at side and end terminations of paving and at
locations where paving operations are stopped for more than one-half hour unless paving
terminates at isolation joints.
C. Isolation Joints- Form isolation joints of preformed joint-filler strips abutting concrete curbs,
catch basins, manholes, inlets,structures,other fixed objects,and where indicated.
CONCIREIE IPAVIIN,G 3,`b V 4
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY—2022
D. Contraction Joints: Form weakened-plane contraction joints,sectioning concrete into areas as
indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one-fourth of the concrete
thickness.
E. Edging:After initial floating,tool edges of paving,gutters,curbs,and joints in concrete with an
edging tool to a 1/4-inch radius. Repeat tooling of edges after applying surface
finishes.Eliminate edging-tool marks on concrete surfaces.
3.6 CONCRETE PLACEMENT
A. Moisten subbase to provide a uniform dampened condition at time concrete is placed. Do not
place concrete around manholes or other structures until they are at required finish elevation
and alignment.
B. Comply with ACI 301 requirements for measuring,mixing,transporting,and placing concrete.
C. Deposit and spread concrete in a continuous operation between transverse joints.Do not push
or drag concrete into place or use vibrators to move concrete into place.
D. Screed paving surface with a straightedge and strike off.
E. Commence initial floating using bull floats or darbies to impart an open-textured and uniform
surface plane before excess moisture or bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not further
disturb concrete surfaces before beginning finishing operations or spreading surface
treatments.
3.7 FLOAT FINISHING
A. General:Do not add water to concrete surfaces during finishing operations.
B. Float Finish: Begin the second floating operation when bleedwater sheen has disappeared and
concrete surface has stiffened sufficiently to permit operations. Float surface with power-
driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Finish surfaces
to true planes. Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Refloat surface immediately to uniform
granular texture.
1. Medium-to-Fine-Textured Broom Finish: Draw a soft-bristle broom across float-finished
concrete surface, perpendicular to line of traffic,to provide a uniform,fine-line texture.
3.8 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING
A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot
temperatures.
B. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection.
C. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy
conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 Ib/sq. ft. x h before and during finishing
CONCRETE PAVING :3e,°1";3`'w#..5
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,,TX
JANUARY-2022
operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding,
and bull floating or darbying concrete but before float finishing.
D. Begin curing after finishing concrete but not before free water has disappeared from concrete
surface.
E. Curing Methods:Cure concrete by moisture curing.
3.9 PAVING TOLERANCES
A. Comply with tolerances in ACI 117 and as follows:
1. Elevation:3/4 inch.
2. Thickness: Plus 3/8 inch,minus 1/4 inch.
3. Surface:Gap below 10-feet-long;unleveled straightedge not to exceed 1/2 inch.
4. Joint Spacing:3 inches.
5. Contraction Joint Depth.,Plus 1/4 inch,no minus.
6. Joint it : Plus 1/8 inch, no minus.
3.10 REPAIR AND PROTECTION
A. Remove and replace concrete paving that is broken, damaged, or defective or that does not
comply with requirements in this Section. Remove work in complete sections from joint to
joint unless otherwise approved by Landscape Architect.
B. Protect concrete paving from damage. Exclude traffic from paving for at least 14 days after
placement. When construction traffic is permitted, maintain paving as clean as possible by
removing surface stains and spillage of materials as they occur.
C. Maintain concrete paving free of stains, discoloration, dirt, and other foreign material. Sweep
paving not more than two days before date scheduled for Substantial Completion inspections.
END OF SECTION 321313
CC)1N(',:1R1EF1E PAVOC; 21'Y-3-6
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GAROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY-2022
SECTION 32 3113—LOUVERED FENCE
PART 1—GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
A. This section describes the following fence system:
1. Fixed louver modular fencing panels fabricated with extruded aluminum louvers and flat
aluminum bars including extruded aluminum fence posts.Louvered security fence shall be
furnished and installed as shown on the plans and specified herein, overall height of
vertical louver framework shall be six-foot(6-0")tall.
1.2 REQUIREMENTS
B. Furnish materials,labor,expertise,and equipment necessary to complete all work specified in this
section and as shown on the drawings.
C. Structural Performance: Provide product and installation capable of withstanding the effects of
gravity lads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated.
1. Uniform pressure of 30 Ibf/sq.ft.acting inward or outward.
2. Thermal Movements resulting from a temperature change (range) of 120 degrees
Fahrenheit ambient and 180 degrees Fahrenheit material surfaces.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop drawings and manufacturer's literature: Provide specifications and construction detail
drawings to substantiate quality of materials and provide details of fabrication and installation.
B. Submittals shall be in accordance with standard construction practices to include complete
detailed layout of all panels and posts.Submittals shall include plan layout,elevations and section
views of panels and posts.
C. Certificate:manufacturer's certification that materials meet specification requirements.
1.4 REFERENCES
A. ASTM B 209—Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate.
B. ASTM B 221 — Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods,
Wire,Profiles and Tubes.
C. ASTM D3363—Standard Test Method for Film Hardness by Pencil Test.
D. ASTM D2794—Standard Test Method for Resistance of Organic Coatings to the Effects of Rapid
Deformation.
E. ASTM 8117—Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray Apparatus.
LOUVERED FENCE '32:31 p:;1 1
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY-2022
F. ASTM D822 — Standard Practice for Filtered Open Flame Carbon-Arc Exposures of Paint and
Related Coatings.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installation of fence and materials shall conform to the requirements of the fence manufacturer.
& The fence shall be warranted from any defects in materials and workmanship for a period as
specified in the relevant section of the contract documents.
PART 2—PRODUCTS
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Louvered security fence:
1. Approved Louvered Fence System,Manufacturer:
a. "Palm Shield",American Fence Company,or approved equal.
2. Material Descriptions:
a. Extruded Aluminum:ASTM B 221,Alloy 6063 Temper T-6.
b. Sheet Aluminum:ASTM B211,Alloy 6063—Temper T .
C. Powder Coating Material Hardness:ASTM 3363 2H.
3. Louver Panel Description:
a. Louver Panel Height:6'.
b. Louver Panel it : Not to exceed 6'.
C Louver fencing system consisting of horizontal, fixed louver, modular fence panels
fabricated with extruded aluminum framing bars and supported by extruded
aluminum fence posts.
d. Extended Flange to allow fora minimum of 1/2 inch overlap of louvers for 100%
direct visual screening.
e. Fixed Louver Bars: 0.1250,inch thick louver with an installed profile of 2,inch X
2,873 inch tall.
f. Louver Vertical Framework: 3-inch x 3 inch x 1/4 inch aluminum angle. Framework
supporting the louvers shall be solid welded and mitered.
9. Louver Horizontal Top Cap:3 inch x 3-inch x 114 inch aluminum top cap.
h. Louver Horizontal Bottom Cap:3-inch x 3-inch x'4 inch angle bottom cap.
LOUVERIED FIEN11CIE
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,Tx
JANUARY-2022
i. Cross Bar:2-inch x 1/8-inch aluminum flat bar.
4. Fence Posts:
a. Panel posts shall be 4-inch square by%inch minimum extruded tubular aluminum
sections with solid aluminum caps.Length as specified on the contract drawings.
b. On center post spacing shall be as specified by manufacturer.
C. All fence posts to be plated with 10"x 10"x%"aluminum plates with four N"hole
for anchors.
5. Fittings and accessories: All fittings and accessories shall be stainless steel and sized as
specified by the fence manufacturer. Fence panels to be attached to posts with Y4" x 1"
stainless steel screws.Panels and posts are predrilled to support level installation.
6. Anchor Bolts: Anchor bolts shall be (state means of anchoring posts to adjoining surface)
and adequate to support loads based on screening height,exposures,and loading.
7. Factory Finish:Aluminum fence panels and posts shall receive polyester powder coating.
a. Polyester powder coating: Electrostatically applied colored polyester powder
coating heat cured to chemically bond finish to metal substrate.
b. Color shall be as selected by Owner.
C. Minimum hardness measured in accordance with ASTM D3363 2H.
d. Direct impact resistance tested in accordance with ASTM D2794. Withstand 160
inch-pounds.
e. Salt spray resistance tested in accordance with ASTM B117: No undercutting,
rusting, or blistering after 500 hours in 5 percent salt spray at 95" F and 95%
relative humidity after 1,000 hours,less than 3/16 inches undercutting.
f. Weatherability tested in accordance with ASTM D822: No film failure and 88
percent gloss retention after 1 year exposure in South Florida with test panels
tilted 45°.
PART 3—EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Verify that final grading in fence location is completed and without irregularities which will
interfere with fence installation. Louvered fence is designed to be installed on a level surface.
Variations in height,slopes,stairs steeping shall be shown on contract drawings and on submittal
drawings.
B. Field verify all fence dimensions and layout prior to commencing installation.
C. Do not commence work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
LOUVERED FENCE 323113-3
ROUND ROCK 5.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY-2022
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install fence in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions.
8. Install fence plumb and level.Posts are plated and mounted to top of surface.
C. Do not install bent,bowed or otherwise damaged panels.Remove damaged components from site
and replace.
D. Secure fence panels with stainless with X"x 1"stainless steel screws to fence posts.All posts and
panels will be predrilled to support level installation.
END OF SECTION 323113
LOUVIERIED FENCE 323 3 4
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY--2022
SECTION 328400-PLANTING IRRIGATION
PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Piping.
2. Manual valves.
3. Automatic control valves.
4. Sprinklers.
5. Quick couplers.
6. Controllers.
7. Boxes for automatic control valves.
8. Turnover Items
1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Irrigation zone control shall be automatic operation with controller and automatic control
valves.
B. Location of Sprinklers and Specialties: Design location is approximate. Make minor
adjustments necessary to avoid plantings and obstructions such as signs and light standards.
Maintain 100 percent irrigation coverage of areas indicated.
C. Delegated Design: Design 100 percent coverage irrigation system, including comprehensive
engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer,using performance requirements and
design criteria indicated.
D. Minimum Working Pressures: See critical analysis chart on drawings for minimum pressure
requirements for piping,valves,and specialties unless otherwise indicated.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, operating
characteristics,and furnished specialties and accessories.
1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Color coded 'as-built'irrigation plan,operational manual and maintenance data.
PLAN'UNG WR GATION 328400-1
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS A"OUND ROCX,TX
JANUARY' 2022
B. All applicable city,state required materials
2.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by
a qualified testing agency,and marked for intended location and application.
T2-
PRODUCTS
2a PIPES,TUBES,AND FITTINGS
A. Comply with requirements in the piping schedule for applications of pipe, tube, and fitting
materials,and for joining methods for specific services,service locations,and pipe sizes.
B. PVC Pipe:ASTM D 1785,PVC 1120 compound,Schedules 40 and 80.
1. PVC Socket Fittings:AST IVI D 24661,
2. PVC Threaded Fittings:AST IVI D 2464,Schedule 80.
3. PVC Socket Unions: Construction similar to IVISS SP-107, except both headpiece and
tailpiece shall be PVC with socket ends.
C. PVC Pipe,Pressure Rated:ASTM D 2241, PVC 1120 compound,SDR 21 and SDR 26.
1. PVC Socket Fittings:ASTM D 2467,Schedule 80,
2. PVC Socket Unions: Construction similar to NISS SP-107, except both headpiece and
tailpiece shall be PVC with socket or threaded ends.
2.2 PIPING JOINING MATERIALS
A. Metal, Pipe-Flange Bolts and Nuts:AS ME B18.2.1,carbon steel unless otherwise indicated.
B. Solvent Cements for Joining PVC Piping: ASTM D 2564. Include primer according to
ASTM F 656.
C. Plastic,Pipe-Flange Gasket,Bolts,and Nuts:Type and material recommended by piping system
manufacturer unless otherwise indicated.
2.3 MANUAL VALVES
A. Bro n ze Ba I I Valves:
1 Description:
a. Standard:MSS SP 110.
b. S Rating:150 prig.
P11.ANUNG IRINCA'1111101N 32841 W 2
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GAROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY 2022
C. Body Design:Two piece.
d. Body Material:Bronze.
e. Ends:Threaded or solder joint if indicated.
f. Seats: PTFE or TFE.
g. Stem:Bronze.
h. Ball:Chrome plated brass.
i. Port: Full or regular,but not reduced.
B. Iron Ball Valves:
1. Description:
a. Standard:MSS SP-•72.
b. CWP Rating:200 psig.
C. Body Design:Split body.
d. Body Material:ASTM A 126,gray iron.
e. Ends: Flanged.
f. Seats:PTFE or TFE.
g. Stem:Stainless steel.
h. Ball:Stainless steel.
i. Port:Full.
C, Plastic Ball Valves:
1. Description:
a. Standard:MSS SP-122.
b. Pressure Rating: 150 psi.
C. Body Material:PVC.
d. Type:Union.
e. End Connections:Socket or threaded.
PLANVING IRRIGAHON 328400-3
ROUNID ROCK S,MAYS GAIEWAYENIIHANCRAENffS RC)UND ROCK,TX
JANUAK7._. 20-22
f. Port: Full.
D. Iron Gate Valves,Resilient Seated:
1. Description:
a. Standard:AWWA C509,
b. Pressure Rating:200 psi minimum.
C. Body Material:Ductile or gray iron with bronze trim.
d. End Connections:Mechanical joint or push-on joint.
e. Interior Coating:Comply with A CSS .
f. Body Design: Nonrising stem.
g. Operator:Stem nut.
h. Disc:Solid wedge with resilient coating.
2.4 AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVES
A. Bronze and Plastic Automatic Control Valves:See legend ori drawings
2.5 AUTOMATIC DRAIN VALVES
A. Description: Spring-loaded-ball type of corrosion-resistant construction and designed to open
for drainage if line pressure drops below 2-1/2 to 3 psi.
2.6 SPRINKLERS
A. General Requirements: Designed for uniform coverage over entire spray area indicated at
available water pressure.
1. Plastic,Exposed,Impact-Drive Rotary Sprinklers: See legend on drawings
2. Plastic, Pop�up,Gear Drive Rotary: See legend on drawings
3. Plastic, Pop-up,Impact-Drive Rotary Sprinklers: See legend on drawings
4, Plastic,Surface Spray Sprinklers:See Legend on drawings
2.7 CONTROLLERS
A. See legend on drawing. Install per manufacturers specifications
PLAN'1NG I RRIC3A TKA4 328400-4
ROUND ROOK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROOK,Tx
JANUARY-2022
2.8 BOXES FOR AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVES
A. Plastic Boxes:NDS Pro Plus Series Valve Boxes
B. Drainage Backfill:Cleaned gravel or crushed stone,graded from 3 inches maximum.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 EARTHWORK
A. Excavating,trenching,and backfilling are specified in Section 312000"Earth Moving."
B. Install warning tape directly above pressure piping, 12 inches below finished grades, except 6
inches below subgrade under pavement and slabs.
C. Provide minimum cover over top of underground piping according to the following:
1. See detail for pipe depths
3.2 PIPING INSTALLATION
A. Location and Arrangement; Drawings indicate location and arrangement of piping systems.
Install piping as indicated unless deviations are approved on Coordination Drawings.
B. Install piping at minimum uniform slope of 0.5 percent down toward drain valves.
C. Install piping free of sags and bends.
D. Install groups of pipes parallel to each other,spaced to permit valve servicing.
E. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.
F. Install unions adjacent to valves and to final connections to other components with NPS 2 or
smaller pipe connection.
G. Install flanges adjacent to valves and to final connections to other components with NPS 2-112
or larger pipe connection.
H. Install expansion loops in control valve boxes for plastic piping.
I. Lay piping on solid subbase,uniformly sloped without humps or depressions.
J. Install ductile-iron piping according to AWWA C600.
K. Install PVC piping in dry weather when temperature is above 40 deg F. Allow joints to cure at
least 24 hours at temperatures above 40 deg F before testing.
3.3 JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.
PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400,5
ROUIND ROOK S,MAYS GAPEWAYIEN11 Wi,iCEmEil,411-s ROUND ROCK, IX
.................. ................................... ........................-
JANUARY 2EW
B, Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before
assembly.
C. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to AS 131.20.1. Cut
threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore
full ID.Join pipe fittings and valves as follows:
1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal
threading is specified.
2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or
damaged.Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds.
D. Flanged Joints: Select rubber gasket material, size,type, and thickness for service application.
Install gasket concentrically positioned.Use suitable lubricants an bolt threads.
E. Ductile-Iron Piping Gasketed Joints:Comply with A C600 and A M41.
F. PVC Piping Solvent,Cemented Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittings
according to the following:
1. Comply with ASTM F 402 for safe,handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent
cements.
2. PVC Pressure Piping: Join schedule number, AST IVI D 1785, PVC pipe and PVC. socket
fittings according to AST IVI D 2672. Join other,.than-schedule-number PVC pipe and
socket fittings according to ASTM D 2855.
3.4 VALVE INSTALLATION
A. Underground Iron Gate Valves, Resilient Seat: Comply with AWWA C600 and A M44.
Install in valve casing with top flush with grade.
B. Throttling Valves: Install in underground piping in boxes for automatic control valves.
C. Drain Valves:Install in underground piping in boxes for automatic control valves.
3.5 SPRINKLER INSTALLATION
A. Install sprinklers after hydrostatic test is completed.
B. Install sprinklers at manufacturer"s recommended heights.
C. Locate part,circle sprinklers to maintain a minimum distance of 4 inches from walls and 2
inches from other boundaries unless otherwise indicated.
3.6 AUTOMATIC I RRI ON-CONTROL SYSTEM INSTALLATION
A. See drawings for controller location.
PLAINTINC�WRIGAirioiiq 32804
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROOK,TX
JANUARY--2022
B. Equipment Mounting: Install exterior freestanding controllers on precast concrete bases.
1. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams,
instructions,and directions furnished with items to be embedded.
2. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported
equipment.
C. Install control cable in same trench as irrigation piping and at least 2 inches below or beside
piping. Provide conductors of size not smaller than recommended by controller manufacturer.
Install cable in separate sleeve under paved areas.
3.7 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify all valves with Christies I.D.tags
B. Warning Tapes:Arrange for installation of continuous,underground,detectable warning tapes
over underground piping during backfilling of trenches.See Section 312000"Earth Moving"for
warning tapes.
3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform tests and inspections.
B. Tests and Inspections:
1. Hydrostatic Test: Prior to the installation of any valves, all pressure lines shall be tested
under a hydrostatic pressure of 150 psi for a period of not less than two hours. Ball
valves and pressure gauges shall be installed at all terminating ends of the mainline and
the remainder of all points in between shall be capped and the line fully charged with
water after all air has been expelled from the line.
All hydrostatic tests shall be made in the presence of the Landscape Architect, Irrigator
Inspector or designated representative. No pressure line shall be backfilled until it has
been inspected, tested, approved in writing, and the mainline and valve locations have
been noted on the'as-built'drawings.
Contractor shall furnish the necessary force pump and all other test equipment and shall
perform the test.
2. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, operate controllers and
automatic control valves to confirm proper system operation.
3. Test and adjust controls and safeties.Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and
equipment.
C. Any irrigation product will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
D. Prepare test and inspection reports.
PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400-7
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND R.0(,�K,TX
JANUARY--J022
3.9 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust settings of controllers and automatic control valves to provide flow rate at rated
operating pressure required for each sprinkler circuit.
B. Adjust sprinklers and devices,except those intended to be mounted aboveground,so they will
be flush with,or not more than 1/2 inch above,finish grade.
3.10 TURNOVER ITEMS
A. Provide one controller chart for each automatic controller. The chart shall show the entire
area covered by the controller, preferably in a single sheet.The chart shall be a reduced copy
of the approved"record"print.Reduce the print to a size that is the maximum dimensions that
will fit within the controller door without folding. if the controller sequence is illegible at this
reduction scale,a"multi-sheet"chart may be provided as to provide adequate legibility.
B. Each control station on the Chart shall be marked with a different color to show its area of
coverage. When completed and approved, the chart shall be laminated. The chart shall be
installed in the controller enclosure.
C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Within a minimum of 14 calendar days prior to
acceptance of construction, prepare and deliver descriptive materials, properly prepared in
two individually bound copies of the operation and maintenance manual. The manual shall
describe the material installed and shall be in sufficient detail to permit operating personnel to
identify, operate, and maintain all equipment. Spare parts lists and related manufacturer's
information shall be included for each equipment its installed. Each complete, bound
manual shall include the following information:
D. Index sheet stating Contractor's address and telephone number,including names and address.
E. Materials to be furnished: The following items shall be supplied as part of this Contract and
shall be turned over to the Public Works Landscape inspector at the conclusion of the Project
at the Final Acceptance Inspection: 1. Two (2) special tools/wrenches for disassembly and
adjustment of each type of irrigation equipment/heads installed that require such special
tools/wrenches. 2.Two keys for each type of automatic controller.3.One valve box cover key.
4. "Record" prints, CD's and 5. Documentation of Water Department's inspection and
acceptance of backflow device.
3.11 GUARANTEE
A. General: The entire irrigation system, including all or done under this Contract, shall be
guaranteed against all defects and fault of material and workmanship for a period of one (1)
year following Final Acceptance of the Work as documented by the Owners Representative.All
materials used shall carry a manufacturer's guarantee of one (1) year. Should any problem
with the irrigation system be discovered within the guarantee period, it shall be corrected by
Irrigation Contractor at no additional expense to Owner within fourteen (1 4)calendar days of
receipt of written notice from City.
END OF SECTION 328400
PLMOIIING 11011GAT1101IN 32841000..K
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,IX
..........—........—...—............. .� ..........................................�..�......m......
........... ,pAN'UARY....2022
SECTION 329113-SOIL PREPARATION
PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes planting soils specified by composition of the mixes.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 311000"Site Clearing"for topsoil stripping and stockpiling.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Duff Layer: A surface layer of soil, typical of forested areas, that is composed of mostly
decayed leaves,twigs,and detritus.
B. Imported Soil:Soil that is transported to Project site for use.
C. Manufactured Soil: Soil produced by blending soils, sand, stabilized organic soil amendments,
and other materials to produce planting soil.
D. Planting Soil: Existing, on site soil; imported soil; or manufactured soil that has been modified
as specified with soil amendments and perhaps fertilizers to produce a soil mixture best for
plant growth.
E. Subgrade: Surface or elevation of subsoil remaining after excavation is complete, or the top
surface of a fill or backfill before planting soil is placed.
F. Subsoil: Soil beneath the level of subgrade; soil beneath the topsoil layers of a naturally
occurring soil profile,typified by less than 1 percent organic matter and few soil organisms.
G. Surface Soil: Soil that is present at the top layer of the existing soil profile. In undisturbed
areas, surface soil is typically called "topsoil'; but in disturbed areas such as urban
environments,the surface soil can be subsoil.
H. USCC: U.S.Composting Council.
1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference:Conduct conference at project site.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:For each type of product.
B. Samples: For each bulk-supplied material in quart- or gallon-sized sealed containers labeled
with content,source,and date obtained;providing an accurate representation of composition,
color,and texture.
SOIL PREPARATf ON 329 3, 'd
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK.TX
JANUARY-2022
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
X Field quality-control reports.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent, state-operated, or university-operated
laboratory; experienced in soil science, soil testing, and plant nutrition; with the experience
and capability to conduct the testing Indicated,- and that specializes in types of tests to be
performed.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.2 MATERIALS
2.2 PLANTING SOILS SPECIFIED BY COMPOSITION
A. Planting-Soil Type: Existing, on-site surface soil, with the duff layer, if any, retained;and
stockpiled on-site; modified to produce viable planting soil. Blend existing, on-site surface soil
with the following soil amendments and fertilizers in the following quantities to produce
planting soil:
1. Ratio of Loose Compost to Soil: 1:3 by volume.
2. Ratio of Loose Sphagnum Peat to Soil:2.09 to 5.0%by volume.
3. Soil chemistry suitable for growing the plants specified.
B. Planting-Soil Type: Imported, naturally formed soil from off-site sources and consisting of
sandy loam soil according to USDA textures;and modified to produce viable planting soil.
1. Sources: Take imported, unamended soil from sources that are naturally well-drained
sites where topsoil occurs at least 4 inches deep, not from agricultural land, bogs, or
marshes,- and that do not contain undesirable organisms; disease-causing plant
pathogens; or obnoxious weeds and invasive plants including, but not limited to,
quackgrass, Johnsongrass, poison ivy, nutsedge, nimblewill, Canada thistle, bindweed,
bentgrass,wild garlic,ground ivy,perennial sorrel,and bromegrass.
2. Additional Properties of Imported Soil before Amending: Soil reaction of pH 6 to 7 and
minimum of 4 percent organic,matter content, friable, and with sufficient structure to
give good tilth and aeration.
3, Unacceptable Properties:Clean soil of the following:
a. Unacceptable Materials: Concrete slurry, concrete layers or chunks, cement,
plaster, building debris, oils, gasoline, diesel fuel, paint thinner, turpentine, tar,
roofing compound,acid,and other extraneous materials that are harmful to plant
growth.
S011L PRIEPAIRAflOIN jlw'Kp 9
ROUND ROOK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROOK,TX
JANUARY-2022
b. Unsuitable Materials:Stones, roots, plants,sod,clay lumps,and pockets of coarse
sand that exceed a combined maximum of 8 percent by dry weight of the
imported soil.
C. Large Materials: Stones, clods, roots, clay lumps, and pockets of coarse sand
exceeding 2 inches in any dimension.
4. Amended Soil Composition: Blend imported, unamended soil with the following soil
amendments and fertilizers in the following quantities to produce planting soil:
a. Ratio of Loose Compost to Soil: 1:3 by volume.
b. Ratio of Loose Sphagnum Peat to Soil:2.0%to 5.0% by volume.
C. Soil chemistry suitable for growing the plants specified.
C. Planting-Soil Type: Manufactured soil consisting of manufacturer's basic topsoil, and sandy
loam blended in a manufacturing facility with sand, stabilized organic soil amendments, and
other materials to produce viable planting soil.
1. Additional Properties of Manufacturer's Basic Soil before Amending:Soil reaction of pH
6 to 7 and minimum of 2 percent organic-matter content, friable, and with sufficient
structure to give good tiith and aeration.
2. Unacceptable Properties:Manufactured soil shall not contain the following:
a. Unacceptable Materials: Concrete slurry, concrete layers or chunks, cement,
plaster, building debris, oils, gasoline, diesel fuel, paint thinner, turpentine, tar,
roofing compound,acid,and other extraneous materials that are harmful to plant
growth.
b. Unsuitable Materials:Stones,roots,plants,sod,clay lumps,and pockets of coarse
sand that exceed a combined maximum of 5 percent by dry weight of the
manufactured soil.
C. Large Materials: Stones, clods, roots, clay lumps, and pockets of coarse sand
exceeding 1-1/2 inches in any dimension.
3. Blend manufacturer's basic soil with the following soil amendments and fertilizers in the
following quantities to produce planting soil:
a. Ratio of Loose Compost to Soil: 1:4 by volume.
b. Soil chemistry suitable for growing the plants specified.
2.3 INORGANIC SOIL AMENDMENTS
A. Lime: ASTM C 602, agricultural liming material containing a minimum of 80 percent calcium
carbonate equivalent and as follows:
SOIL PREPARATION ;T,'"�@�';,9.-3
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY--2022
1. Class:T,with a minimum of 99 percent passing through a No.8 sieve and a minimum of
75 percent passing through a No.60 sieve.
2. Class: 0,with a minimum of 95 percent passing through a No.8 sieve and a minimum of
55 percent passing through a No.60 sieve.
3. Form: Provide lime in form of ground calcitic limestone.
B. Sulfur: Granular, biodegradable, and containing a minimum of 90 percent elemental sulfur,
with a minimum of 99 percent passing through a No.6 sieve and a maximum of 10 percent
passing through a No.40 sieve.
C. Iron Sulfate: Granulated ferrous sulfate containing a minimum of 20 percent iron and 10
percent sulfur.
D. Perlite:Horticultural perlite,soil amendment grade.
E. Agricultural Gypsum: Minimum 90 percent calcium sulfate, finely ground with 90 percent
passing through a No.50 sieve.
F. Sand: Clean, washed, natural or manufactured, free of toxic materials, and according to
ASTM C 33/C 33M.
2.4 ORGANIC SOIL AMENDMENTS
A. Compost: Well-composted, stable, and weed-free organic matter produced by composting
feedstock,and bearing SCC's"Seal of Testing Assurance,"and as follows:
1. Feedstock: Limited to leaves.
2. Reaction: pH of 5.5 to 8.5.
3. Soiuble Salt Concentration:Less than 4 dS/m.
4. Moisture Content:35 to 55 percent by weight.
5. Organic Matter Content:50 to 60 percent of dry weight,
6. Particle Size:Minimum of 98 percent passing through a 1/2-inch sieve.
& Sphagnum Peat: Partially decomposed sphagnum peat moss, finely divided or of granular
texture with 100 percent passing through a 1/2 inch sieve,a pH of 3.4 to 4.8,and a soluble-salt
content measured by electrical conductivity of maximum 5 dS/m.
C. Wood Derivatives: Shredded and composted, nitrogen--treated sawdust,ground bark, or wood
waste;of uniform texture and free of chips,stones,sticks,soil,or toxic materials.
S01 L PIRIEPAIRA F1110N 32,19'�,3 4
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENIHANCEMEMTS ROUND ROCK,Tx
JANUARY 2022
2.5 FERTILIZERS
A. Superphosphate:Commercial,phosphate mixture,soluble; a minimum of 20 percent available
phosphoric acid.
B. Commercial Fertilizer: Commercial-grade complete fertilizer of neutral character,consisting of
fast- and slow-release nitrogen, 50 percent derived from natural organic sources of urea
formaldehyde,phosphorous,and potassium in the following composition:
1. Composition: 1 Ib/1000 sq.ft.of actual nitrogen,4 percent phosphorous,and 2 percent
potassium,by weight.
2. Composition: Nitrogen, phosphorous, and potassium in amounts recommended in soil
reports from a qualified testing agency.
C. Slow-Release Fertilizer: Granular or pelleted fertilizer consisting of 50 percent water-insoluble
nitrogen,phosphorus,and potassium in the following composition:
1. Composition: 20 percent nitrogen, 10 percent phosphorous, and 10 percent potassium,
by weight.
2. Composition: Nitrogen, phosphorous, and potassium in amounts recommended in soil
reports from a qualified testing agency.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Place planting soil and fertilizers according to requirements in other Specification Sections.
B. Verify that no foreign or deleterious material or liquid such as paint, paint washout, concrete
slurry, concrete layers or chunks, cement, plaster, oils, gasoline, diesel fuel, paint thinner,
turpentine,tar,roofing compound,or acid has been deposited in planting soil.
3.2 PREPARATION OF UNAMENDED,ON-SITE SOIL BEFORE AMENDING
A. Excavation: Excavate soil from designated area(s) to a depth of 6 inches and stockpile until
amended.
B. Unacceptable Materials: Clean soil of concrete slurry, concrete layers or chunks, cement,
plaster, building debris, oils, gasoline, diesel fuel, paint thinner, turpentine, tar, roofing
compound,acid,and other extraneous materials that are harmful to plant growth.
C. Unsuitable Materials: Clean soil to contain a maximum of 8 percent by dry weight of stones,
roots,plants,sod,clay lumps,and pockets of coarse sand.
D. Screening:Pass unamended soil through a 2-inch sieve to remove large materials.
SOIL PREPARATION 329113-5
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,1'X
JANUARY 2022
3.3 PLACING AND MIXING PLANTING SOIL OVER EXPOSED SUBGRADE
A. General: Apply and mix unamended soil with amendments on-site to produce required
planting soil. Do not apply materials or till if existing soil or subgrade is frozen, muddy, or
excessively wet.
B. Subgrade Preparation: Till subgrade to a minimum depth of 6 inches. Remove stones larger
than 2 inches in any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish, and other extraneous matter and
legally dispose of them off Owner's property.
C. Mixing:Spread unamended soil to total depth of 6 inches, but not less than required to meet
finish grades after mixing with amendments and natural settlement. Do not spread if soil or
subgrade is frozen,muddy,or excessively wet.
1. Amendments:Apply soil amendments, and fertilizer, if required, evenly on surface, and
thoroughly blend them with unamended soil to produce planting soil.
a. Mix lime and sulfur with dry soil before mixing fertilizer.
b. Mix fertilizer with planting soil no more than seven days before planting.
2. Lifts: Apply and mix unamended soil and amendments in lifts not exceeding 8 inches in
loose depth for material compacted by compaction equipment, and not more than 6
inches in loose depth for material compacted by hand-operated tampers.
D. Compaction: Compact each blended lift of planting soil to 75 to 82 percent of maximum
Standard Proctor density according to ASTM D 698 and tested in-place.
E. Finish Grading: Grade planting soil to a smooth, uniform surface plane with loose, uniformly
fine texture.Roll and rake,remove ridges,and fill depressions to meet finish grades.
3.4 PLACING MANUFACTURED PLANTING SOIL OVER EXPOSED SUBGRADE
A. General:Apply manufactured soil onsite in its final, blended condition. Do not apply materials
or till if existing soil or subgrade is frozen,muddy,or excessively wet.
B. Subgrade Preparation: Till subgrade to a minimum depth of 6 inches. Remove stones larger
than 1-1/2 inches in any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish, and other extraneous matter
and legally dispose of the off Owner's property.
C. Application:Spread planting soil to total depth of 6 inches, but not less than required to meet
finish grades after natural settlement. Do not spread if soil or subgrade is frozen, muddy, or
excessively wet.
1. Lifts: Apply planting soil in lifts not exceeding 8 inches in loose depth for material
compacted by compaction equipment, and not more than 6 inches in loose depth for
material compacted by hand operated tampers.
&0,111 PREPAIRAT11,C)IN 3�'1911�"'l 6
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROOK„TX
JANUARY-2022
D. Compaction: Compact each lift of planting soil to 75 to 82 percent of maximum Standard
Proctor density according to ASTM D 698.
E. Finish Grading: Grade planting soil to a smooth, uniform surface plane with loose, uniformly
fine texture.Roll and rake,remove ridges, and fill depressions to meet finish grades.
3.5 BLENDING PLANTING SOIL IN PLACE
A. General:Mix amendments with in place, unamended soil to produce required planting soil.Do
not apply materials or till if existing soil or subgrade is frozen,muddy,or excessively wet.
B. Preparation: Till unamended, existing soil in planting areas to a minimum depth of 6 inches.
Remove stones larger than 1-1/2 inches in any dimension and sticks, roots,rubbish,and other
extraneous matter and legally dispose of them off Owner's property.
C. Mixing: Apply soil amendments and fertilizer, if required, evenly on surface, and thoroughly
blend them into full depth of unamended,in-place soil to produce planting soil.
1. Mix lime and sulfur with dry soil before mixing fertilizer.
2. Mix fertilizer with planting soil no more than seven days before planting.
D. Compaction:Compact blended planting soil to 75 to 82 percent of maximum Standard Proctor
density according to ASTM D 698.
E. Finish Grading: Grade planting soil to a smooth, uniform surface plane with loose, uniformly
fine texture.Roll and rake,remove ridges,and fill depressions to meet finish grades.
3.6 APPLYING COMPOST TO SURFACE OF PLANTING SOIL
A. Application: Apply 4 inches of compost to surface of in-place planting soil. Do not apply
materials or till if existing soil or subgrade is frozen,muddy,or excessively wet.
B. Finish Grading: Grade surface to a smooth, uniform surface plane with loose, uniformly fine
texture. Roll and rake,remove ridges,and fill depressions to meet finish grades.
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency:Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.
B. Perform the following tests and inspections:
1. Compaction: Test planting-soil compaction after placing each lift and at completion
using a densitometer or soil-compaction meter calibrated to a reference test value
based on laboratory testing according to ASTM D 698. Space tests at no less than one
for each 1000 sq.ft.of in-place soil or part thereof.
C. Soil will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
D. Prepare test and inspection reports.
SOIL PREPARATION :l 9I!I 3-7'
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY 2022
E. Label each sample and test report with the date,location keyed to a site plan or other location
system,visible conditions when and where sample was taken,and sampling depth.
3.8 PROTECTION AND CLEANING
A. Protection Zone: Identify protection zones according to Section 015639 "Temporary Tree and
Plant Protection."
B. Protect areas of in-place soil from additional compaction, disturbance, and contamination.
Prohibit the following practices within these areas except as required to perform planting
operations:
1. Storage of construction materials,debris,or excavated material.
2. Parking vehicles or equipment.
3. Vehicle traffic.
4. Foot traffic.
5. Erection of sheds or structures.
6. Impoundment of water.
7. Excavation or other digging unless otherwise indicated.
C. Remove surplus soil and waste material including excess subsoil, unsuitable materials, trash,
and debris and legally dispose of them off Owner's property unless otherwise indicated,
1. Dispose of excess subsoil and unsuitable materials on-site where directed by Owner.
END OF SECTION 329113
S01111.PIREPAIRATION
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY EMHANCpEMENTS ROUND ROCK,Tx
JANUARY= 2022
SECTION 329200-TURF AND GRASSES
PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Seeding.
2. Sodding.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Pesticide: A substance or mixture intended for preventing, destroying, repelling, or mitigating
a pest. This includes insecticides, miticides, herbicides, fungicides, rodenticides, and
molluscicides. It also includes substances or mixtures intended for use as a plant regulator,
defoliant,or desiccant.
B. Planting Soil: Existing,onsite soil; imported soil;or manufactured soil that has been modified
with soil amendments and perhaps fertilizers to produce a soil mixture best for plant growth.
See Section 329113"Soil Preparation"and drawing designations for planting soils.
1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference:Conduct conference at project site.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Certification of grass seed.
I. Certification of each seed mixture or turfgrass sod.
B. Product certificates.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified landscape Installer whose work has resulted in successful
turf establishment.
1. Installer's Field Supervision: Require Installer to maintain an experienced full-time
supervisor on Project site when work is in progress.
2. Personnel Certifications: Installer's field supervisor shall have certification in one of the
following categories from the Professional Landcare Network:
a. Landscape Industry Certified Technician-Exterior.
b. Landscape Industry Certified Lawncare Manager.
TUiRF AND GRASSES 329200-1
IRCAYND R10C.,ACS,MAYS GATIEWAY IE NII WINCEMIENTS ROUND ROCK,TX
JAIINWARY-2022
c. Landscape Industry Certified Lawncare Technician.
3. Pesticide Applicator:State licensed,commercial.
1.6 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING
A. Seed and Other Packaged Materials: Deliver packaged materials in original, unopened
containers showing weight, certified analysis, name and address of manufacturer, and
Indication of compliance with state and Federal laws,as applicable.
8, Sod: Harvest, deliver, store, and handle sod according to requirements in "Specifications for
Turfgrass Sod Materials" and "Specifications for Turfgrass Sod Transplanting and Installation"
sections in TPI's"Guideline Specifications to Turfgrass Sodding." Deliver sod within 24 hours of
harvesting and in time for planting promptly.Protect sod from breakage and drying.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 SEED
A. Grass Seed: Fresh,clean, dry, new-crop seed complying with AGSA's "Rules for Testing Seeds"
for purity and germination tolerances.
B. Seed Species:
1. Quality:State,certified seed of grass species as listed below for solar exposure.
2. Quality: Seed of grass species as listed below for solar exposure, with not less than 85
germination, not less than 95 percent pure seed, and not more than 0.5 percent weed
seed:
3. Full Sun:cynodon ductylon(Bermuda Grass)
2.2 TURFGRASS SOD
A. Turfgrass Sod: Approved, complying with "Specifications for Turfgrass Sod Materials" in TPI's
"Guideline Specifications to Turfgrass Sodding." Furnish viable sod of uniform density, color,
and texture that is strongly rooted and capable of vigorous growth and development when
planted.
8, Turfgrass Species:Sod of grass species as follows:
1. Full Sun:cynodon dactylon(Bermuda Grass)
2.3 FERTILIZERS
A. Commercial Fertilizer: Commercial,grade complete fertilizer of neutral character, consisting of
fast- and slow release nitrogen, 50 percent derived from natural organic sources of urea
formaldehyde,phosphorous,and potassium in the following composition:
TUIRIFAINID GRASSES 3292R)-2
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK.'rx
JANUARY-2(}22
1. Composition: 1 Ib/1000 sq.ft.of actual nitrogen,4 percent phosphorous,and 2 percent
potassium, by weight.
B. Slow Release Fertilizer: Granular or pelleted fertilizer consisting of 50 percent water-insoluble
nitrogen, phosphorus,and potassium in the following composition:
1. Composition: 20 percent nitrogen, 10 percent phosphorous, and 10 percent potassium,
by weight.
2.4 PESTICIDES
A. General: Pesticide, registered and approved by the EPA, acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, and of type recommended by manufacturer for each specific problem and as
required for Project conditions and application. Do not use restricted pesticides unless
authorized in writing by authorities having jurisdiction.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 TURF AREA PREPARATION
A. General: Prepare planting area for soil placement and mix planting soil according to
Section 329113 "Soil Preparation.
B. Reduce elevation of planting soil to allow for soil thickness of sod.
C. Moisten prepared area before planting if soil is dry.Water thoroughly and allow surface to dry
before planting.Do not create muddy soil.
D. Before planting, obtain Landscape Architect's acceptance of finish grading; restore planting
areas if eroded or otherwise disturbed after finish grading.
3.2 SEEDING
A. Sow seed with spreader or seeding machine. Do not broadcast or drop seed when wind
velocity exceeds 5 mph.
1. Evenly distribute seed by sowing equal quantities in two directions at right angles to
each other.
2. Do not use wet seed or seed that is moldy or otherwise damaged.
3. Do not seed against existing trees. Limit extent of seed to outside edge of planting
saucer.
B. Sow seed at a total rate of 2 Ib./1000 sq.ft.
C. Rake seed lightly into top 1/8 inch of soil,roll lightly,and water with fine spray.
TURF AND GRASSES 329200-3
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY-2022
3.3 SODDING
A. Lay sod within 24 hours of harvesting. Do not lay sod if dormant or if ground is frozen or
muddy.
B. Lay sod to form a solid mass with tightly fitted joints.Butt ends and sides of sod;do not stretch
or overlap.Stagger sod strips or pads to offset joints in adjacent courses.Avoid damage to soil
or sod during installation. Tamp and roll lightly to ensure contact with soil, eliminate air
pockets, and form a smooth surface. or sifted soil or fine sand into minor cracks between
pieces of sod;remove excess to avoid smothering sod and adjacent grass.
1. Lay sod across slopes exceeding 1:3.
2. Anchor sod on slopes exceeding 1:6 with wood pegs or steel staples spaced as
recommended by sod manufacturer but not less than two anchors per sod strip to
prevent slippage.
C. Saturate sod with fine water spray within two hours of planting. During first week after
planting, water daily or more frequently as necessary to maintain moist soil to a minimum
depth of 1-1/2 inches below sod.
3.4 TURF MAINTENANCE
A. General: Maintain and establish turf by watering, fertilizing, weeding, mowing, trimming,
replanting, and performing other operations as required to establish healthy,viable turf. Roll,
regrade, and replant bare or eroded areas to produce a uniformly smooth turf. Provide
materials and installation the same as those used in the original installation.
B. Mow turf as soon as top growth is tall enough to cut. Repeat mowing to maintain specified
height without cutting more than one,-third of grass height. Remove no more than one-third of
grass-leaf growth in initial or subsequent mowings.
3.5 SATISFACTORY TURF
A. Turf installations shall meet the following criteria as determined by Landscape Architect:
1. Satisfactory Seeded Turf:At end of maintenance period,a healthy, uniform,close stand
of grass has been established, free of weeds and surface irregularities, with coverage
exceeding 90 percent over any 10 sq.ft.and bare spots not exceeding 5 by 5 inches.
2. Satisfactory Sodded Turf: At end of maintenance period, a healthy, well-rooted, even•
colored, viable turf has been established, free of weeds, open joints, bare areas, and
surface irregularities.
B, Use specified materials to reestablish turf that does not comply with requirements and
continue maintenance until turf is satisfactory.
END OF SECTION 329200
FURF:AIND ;,)292100.,A
ROUND ROCKS.MAYS GAMWAV ENHANCEMENTS E)UND RwO..._.._K.... .TX
w._._.. ._— ....... ..�._..........n...a.......... w .................... ..........................
.JANUARY--2{22
SECTION 329300-PLANTS
PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Plants.
2. Tree-watering devices.
3. Landscape edgings.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 329600"Transplanting"for transplanting non nursery-grown trees.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Backfill:The earth used to replace or the act of replacing earth in an excavation.
B. Pesticide: A substance or mixture intended for preventing, destroying, repelling, or mitigating
a pest. Pesticides include insecticides, miticides, herbicides, fungicides, rodenticides, and
molluscicides.They also include substances or mixtures intended for use as a plant regulator,
defoliant,or desiccant.Some sources classify herbicides separately from pesticides.
C. Planting Soil: Existing,on site soil; imported soil;or manufactured soil that has been modified
with soil amendments and perhaps fertilizers to produce a soil mixture best for plant growth.
See Section 329113"Soil Preparation"for drawing designations for planting soils.
D. Root Flare: Also called "trunk flare." The area at the base of the plant's stem or trunk where
the stem or trunk broadens to form roots;the area of transition between the root system and
the stem or trunk.
1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference:Conduct conference at Project site.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:For each type of product.
B. Samples of each type of mulch.
C. Samples of each type of edging and mortar.
T'G,ANI S 329300-1
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROS K,IX
JANUARY 2022
I.S INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Product certificates.
B. Sample warranty,
1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Maintenance Data: Recommended procedures to be established by Owner for maintenance of
plants during a calendar year.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer's Field Supervision: Require Installer to maintain an experienced full-time supervisor
on Project site when work is in progress.
1. Pesticide Applicator:State licensed,commercial.
B. Provide quality,size,genus, species,and variety of plants indicated,complying with applicable
requirements in ANSI Z60.1.
1.8 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING
A. Deliver bare-root stock plants within 24 hours of digging. immediately after digging up bare-
root stock, pack root system in wet straw, hay,or other suitable material to keep root system
moist until planting. Transport in covered, temperature-controlled vehicles, and keep plants
cool and protected from sun and wind at all times.
B. Do not prune trees and shrubs before delivery. Protect bark,branches,and root systems from
sun scald,drying,wind burn,sweating,whipping,and other handling and tying damage.Do not
bend or bind tie trees or shrubs in such a manner as to destroy their natural shape. Provide
protective covering of plants during shipping and delivery. Do not drop plants during delivery
and handling.
C. Handle planting stock by root ball.
D. Store bulbs,corms,and tubers in a dry place at 60 to 65 deg F until planting.
E. Deliver plants after preparations for planting have been completed,and install immediately. If
planting is delayed more than six hours after delivery,set plants and trees in their appropriate
aspect (sun, filtered sun, or shade), protect from weather and mechanical damage, and keep
roots moist.
1.9 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Installer agrees to repair or replace plantings and accessories that fall in
materials,workmanship,orgrowth within specified warranty period.
1. Failures include,but are not limited to,the following:
NP475 .329300-2,
ROUND FLOCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY-2022
a. Death and unsatisfactory growth, except for defects resulting from abuse, lack of
adequate maintenance,or neglect by Owner.
b. Structural failures including plantings falling or blowing over.
2. Warranty Periods: From date of Substantial Completion.
a. Trees,Shrubs,Vines,and Ornamental Grasses: 12 months.
b. Ground Covers, Biennials,Perennials,and Other Plants: 12 months.
C. Annuals:Three months.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 PLANT MATERIAL
A. General: Furnish nursery-grown plants true to genus, species, variety, cultivar, stem form,
shearing, and other features indicated in Plant List, Plant Schedule, or Plant Legend indicated
on Drawings and complying with ANSI Z60.1; and with healthy root systems developed by
transplanting or root pruning. Provide well-shaped, fully branched, healthy, vigorous stock,
densely foliated when in leaf and free of disease,pests,eggs,larvae,and defects such as knots,
sun scald,injuries,abrasions,and disfigurement.
B. Root-Ball Depth: Furnish trees and shrubs with root balls measured from top of root ball,
which begins at root flare according to ANSI Z60.1.Root flare shall be visible before planting.
A. Annuals and Biennials: Provide healthy, disease-free plants of species and variety shown or
listed,with well-established root systems reaching to sides of the container to maintain a firm
ball, but not with excessive root growth encircling the container. Provide only plants that are
acclimated to outdoor conditions before delivery and that are in bud but not yet in bloom.
2.2 FERTILIZERS
A. Planting Tablets: Tightly compressed chip-type, long-lasting, slow-release, commercial-grade
planting fertilizer in tablet form. Tablets shall break down with soil bacteria, converting
nutrients into a form that can be absorbed by plant roots.
1. Size: 10-gram tablets.
2. Nutrient Composition: 20 percent nitrogen, 10 percent phosphorous, and 5 percent
potassium, by weight plus micronutrients.
2.3 MULCHES
A. Organic Mulch:Shredded hardwood.
B. Mineral Mulch:Rounded riverbed gravel or smooth-faced stone.
1. Size Range:1 inch minimum,2 inch maximum.
P= NT, 329300-3
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY-2022
2. Color: Uniform tan-beige color range acceptable to Landscape Architect.
C. Mineral Mulch:Crushed granite gravel.
1. Size Range:1 inches maximum,1/2 inch minimum.
1 Color:Uniform tan-beige color range acceptable to Landscape Architect.
2.4 WEED-CONTROL BARRIERS
A. General: Geotextile Filter Fabric to comply with specifications set forth in Section 320519
"Geotextiles,"
B. Nonwoven Geotextile Filter Fabric: Polypropylene or polyester fabric, 3 oz./sq.yd. minimum,
composed of fibers formed into a stable network so that fibers retain their relative position.
Fabric shall be inert to biological degradation and resist naturally encountered chemicals,
alkalis,and acids.
2.5 PESTICIDES
A. General: Pesticide registered and approved by the EPA, acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, and of type recommended by manufacturer for each specific problem and as
required for Project conditions and application. Do not use restricted pesticides unless
authorized in writing by authorities having jurisdiction.
16 LANDSCAPE EDGINGS
A. Steel Edging: Standard commercia F steel edging, fabricated in sections of standard lengths,
with loops stamped from or welded to face of sections to receive stakes.
1. Edging Size:3/16 inch thick by 4 inches deep.
2. Finish: Black,
B. Limestone Edging: Natural limestone dry stack, chopped in sections of standard lengths,
mortared in place.
1. Edging Size:6 inches wide by 6 inches high.
1 Color: Uniform tan-beige color range acceptable to Landscape Architect.
2.7 TNG DEVICES
A. Slow• elease Watering Device: Standard product manufactured for drip irrigation of plants
and emptying its water contents over an extended time period; manufactured from UV light-
stabilized nylon-reinforced polyethylene sheet,PVC,or HDPE plastic.
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANOEMENTS ROUND ROCK,IX
JANUARY-2022
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 PLANTING AREA ESTABLISHMENT
A. General: Prepare planting area for soil placement and mix planting soil according to
Section 329113"Soil Preparation."
B. Placing Planting Soil: Place and mix planting soil in-place over exposed subgrade.
C. Before planting, obtain Landscape Architect's acceptance of finish grading; restore planting
areas if eroded or otherwise disturbed after finish grading.
3.2 EXCAVATION FOR TREES AND SHRUBS
A. Planting Pits and Trenches:Excavate circular planting pits.
1. Excavate planting pits with sides sloping inward at a 45-degree angle. Excavations with
vertical sides are unacceptable.Trim perimeter of bottom leaving center area of bottom
raised slightly to support root ball and assist in drainage away from center. Do not
further disturb base. Ensure that root ball will sit on undisturbed base soil to prevent
settling.Scarify sides of planting pit smeared or smoothed during excavation.
2. Excavate approximately three times as wide as ball diameter.
3. Excavate at least 12 inches wider than root spread and deep enough to accommodate
vertical roots for bare-root stock.
4. Do not excavate deeper than depth of the root ball,measured from the root flare to the
bottom of the root ball.
B. Backfill Soil: Subsoil and topsoil removed from excavations may not be used as backfill soil
unless otherwise indicated.
3.3 TREE,SHRUB,AND VINE PLANTING
A. Inspection: At time of planting, verify that root flare is visible at top of root bat! according to
ANSI 260.1. If root flare is not visible,remove soil in a level manner from the root ball to where
the top-most root emerges from the trunk. After soil removal to expose the root flare,verify
that root ball still meets size requirements.
B. Roots: Remove stem girdling roots and kinked roots. Remove injured roots by cutting cleanly;
do not break.
C. Set each plant plumb and in center of planting pit or trench with root flare 2 inches above
adjacent finish grades.
1. Backfill: Planting soil.
2. Balled and Burlapped Stock: After placing some backfill around root ball to stabilize
plant, carefully cut and remove burlap, rope, and wire baskets from tops of root balls
PLAI'4FS- 329300-5
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND R() K, FX
JANUARY- 2022
and from sides,but do not remove from under root balls. Remove pallets, if any,before
setting. Do not use planting stock if root ball is cracked or broken before or during
planting operation.
3. Container-Grown Stock: Carefully remove root ball from container without damaging
root ball or plant.
4. Backfill around root ball in layers, tamping to settle soil and eliminate voids and air
pockets. When planting pit is approximately one-half filled, water thoroughly before
placing remainder of backfill. Repeat watering until no more water is absorbed,
5. Place planting tablets equally distributed around each planting pit when pit is
approximately one-half filled. Place tablets beside the root ball about 1 inch from root
tips;do not place tablets in bottom of the hole.
a. Bare-Root Stock: Place tablets beside soil-covered roots,- do not place tablets
touching the roots.
b. Quantity:Two per plant.
6. Continue backfilling process.Water again after placing and tamping final layer of soil.
D. Slopes:When planting on slopes,set the plant so the root flare on the uphill side is flush with
the surrounding soil on the slope; the edge of the root ball on the downhill side will be above
the surrounding soil.Apply enough soil to cover the downhill side of the root ball.
3.4 TREE,SHRUB,AND VINE PRUNING
A. Remove only dead,dying,or broken branches.Do not prune for shape.
B. Prune,thin,and shape trees,shrubs,and vines as directed by Landscape Architect.
C. Prune,thin,and shape trees,shrubs,and vines according to standard professional horticultural
and arboricultural practices. Unless otherwise indicated by Landscape Architect, do not cut
tree leaders; remove only injured, dying, or dead branches from trees and shrubs; and prune
to retain natural character.
D. Do not apply pruning paint to wounds.
3.5 GROUND COVER AND PLANT PLANTING
A. Set out and space ground cover and plants other than trees, shrubs,and vines as indicated on
Drawings in even rows with triangular spacing.
B. Use planting soil for backfill.
C. Dig holes large enough to allow spreading of roots.
D, or soil around roots to eliminate air pockets and leave a slight saucer indentation around
plants to hold water.
FILANIS 3293N)-6
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY-24722
E. Water thoroughly after planting,taking care not to cover plant crowns with wet soil.
F. Protect plants from hot sun and wind; remove protection if plants show evidence of recovery
from transplanting shock.
3.6 PLANTING AREA MULCHING
A. Install weed-control barriers before mulching according to manufacturer's written instructions.
Completely cover area to be mulched, overlapping edges a minimum of 12 inches and secure
seams with galvanized pins.
B. Mulch backfilled surfaces of planting areas and other areas indicated.
1. Trees and Treelike Shrubs in Turf Areas: Apply organic mulch ring of 3-inch average
thickness, with 24-inch radius around trunks or stems. Do not place mulch within 3
inches of trunks or stems.
2. Organic Mulch and Mineral Mulch in Planting Areas: Apply 3-inch average thickness of
organic mulch extending 12 inches beyond edge of individual planting pit or trench and
over whole surface of planting area,and finish level with adjacent finish grades.
3.7 EDGING INSTALLATION
A. Steel Edging: Install steel edging where indicated according to manufacturer's written
instructions.Anchor with steel stakes spaced approximately 30 inches apart, driven below top
elevation of edging.
B. Limestone Edging: Install limestone edging where indicated on Drawings. Anchor with
mortared base and mortared joints.
C. Shovel-Cut Edging: Separate mulched areas from turf areas,curbs, and paving with a 45-
degree,4-to 6-inch-deep,shovel-cut edge.
3.8 INSTALLING SLOW-RELEASE WATERING DEVICE
A. Provide one device for each tree.
3.9 PLANT MAINTENANCE
A. Maintain plantings by pruning, cultivating, watering, weeding, fertilizing, mulching, restoring
planting saucers, resetting to proper grades or vertical position, and performing other
operations as required to establish healthy,viable plantings.
B. Fill in, as necessary, soil subsidence that may occur because of settling or other processes.
Replace mulch materials damaged or lost in areas of subsidence.
C. Apply treatments as required to keep plant materials,planted areas,and soils free of pests and
pathogens or disease. Use integrated pest management practices when possible to minimize
r;TAh�T
329300,7
ROUND ROCK S.MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK,TX
JANUARY 21022
use of pesticides and reduce hazards. Treatments include physical controls such as hosing off
foliage,mechanical controls such as traps,and biological control agents.
D. Apply pesticides and other chemical products and biological control agents according to
authorities having jurisdiction and manufacturer's written recommendations. Coordinate
applications with Owner's operations and others in proximity to the Work. Notify Owner
before each application is performed.
E, Protect plants from damage due to landscape operations and operations of other contractors
and trades. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods.Treat, repair, or
replace damaged plantings.
F. At time of Substantial Completion,verify that tree-watering devices are in good working order
and leave them in place. Replace improperly functioning devices.
3.10 MAINTENANCE SERVICE
A. Maintenance Service: Provide maintenance by skilled employees of landscape Installer.
Maintain as required in "Plant Maintenance" Article. Begin maintenance immediately after
plants are installed and continue until plantings are acceptably healthy and well established,
but for not less than maintenance period below:
1. Maintenance Period for Trees and Shrubs: 12 months from date of Substantial
Completion.
2. Maintenance Period for Ground Cover and Other Plants: 12 months from date of
Substantial Completion,
END OF SECTION 329300
Nok"fl`rS 329300 8,
02000 PLANS, DETAILS AND NOTES
If applicable, insert reference(s)to project plans; details; and notes
Plan sets available at: ttps://www.ro ndroc texas. ov/cit businesses/solicitatio
y- ns/'